St. Cloud State University St. Cloud State University
theRepository at St. Cloud State theRepository at St. Cloud State
Culminating Projects in Education
Administration and Leadership
Department of Educational Leadership and
Higher Education
8-2020
The Perceptions of School Counselors on Preparedness for The Perceptions of School Counselors on Preparedness for
Serving Gifted Students Using Bullying Prevention and Serving Gifted Students Using Bullying Prevention and
Intervention Strategies Intervention Strategies
Rick Halley
Follow this and additional works at: https://repository.stcloudstate.edu/edad_etds
Part of the Educational Leadership Commons
Recommended Citation Recommended Citation
Halley, Rick, "The Perceptions of School Counselors on Preparedness for Serving Gifted Students Using
Bullying Prevention and Intervention Strategies" (2020).
Culminating Projects in Education Administration
and Leadership
. 71.
https://repository.stcloudstate.edu/edad_etds/71
This Dissertation is brought to you for free and open access by the Department of Educational Leadership and
Higher Education at theRepository at St. Cloud State. It has been accepted for inclusion in Culminating Projects in
Education Administration and Leadership by an authorized administrator of theRepository at St. Cloud State. For
more information, please contact [email protected].
The Perceptions of School Counselors on Preparedness for Serving Gifted
Students Using Bullying Prevention and Intervention Strategies
by
Rick L. Halley
A Dissertation
Submitted to the Graduate Faculty of
St. Cloud State University
in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements
for the Degree
Doctor of Education in
Educational Administration and Leadership
August, 2020
Dissertation Committee:
John Eller, Chairperson
Elizabeth Fogarty
David Lund
Plamen Miltenoff
2
Abstract
Despite 40 years of significant national research on various aspects of bullying (Espelage,
& Swearer, 2004), and although past research has intentionally spent time examining bullying in
specific populations, one population ignored in the research is the gifted student population
(Peterson & Ray, 2006a, 2006b). The limited research available indicates gifted students may be
vulnerable or are at risk of being targets of bullies, may become the bullies, or may even be bully-
victims (Cross, 2001a, 2001b; Peters & Bain, 2011; Parliament of Victoria, 2012; Roddick, 2011;
Schroeder-Davis, 2012). While educators and administrators play an integral role in the
development and safety of the gifted child, the research is clear; school counselors are best suited
to serve the unique developmental needs of gifted students (Bauman, 2008; Philips & Cornell,
2012).
The study was conducted to understand how versed and skilled counselors perceive their
abilities to be in addressing gifted and bullying at the elementary, middle school, and high school
levels. Data was collected through interviews of 9 Minnesota counselors who serve gifted
students, 3 at elementary, 3 at middle school and 3 at high school. Data showed bullying is a
concern at the elementary and middle school level. Gifted students were identified as a targeted
group at the elementary and middle school level. Most elementary and middle school counselors
did not feel confident in serving the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students. The
study found counselors did utilize numerous strategies to address bullying, more at the elementary
level with fewer utilized at the high school level. Most counselors in the study reported an anti-
bullying program is being utilized, with four counselors reporting no program being used.
Counselors overall perceive the strategies utilized by administrators were effective for reducing
bullying.
The themes of the dissertation include: the concept of giftedness, the unique social and
emotional needs of gifted students, the evolving role of the counselor in serving gifted students,
and the information about bullying and prevention and intervention.
The study contributes to the body of research on bullying by providing more information
for those who work toward understanding the healthy development of gifted youngsters. Also, the
study sheds light on preparedness of counseling programs at colleges and universities preparing
counselors to meet the unique needs of gifted students.
Keywords: Bully, Bullying, Social & Emotional, Counselors, Gifted, Prevention, Intervention
3
Dedication
This journey, and final paper is dedicated first and foremost to every child, of any age ever
bullied. To the bullied: Please know you are loved, valued, and not forgotten. My heart breaks for
all the students bullied who felt their best option was to take their own life. I am equally frustrated
to have discovered in this process adults have not always been there in ways which you needed.
The study seeks to advance this cause, and to build capacities in all those working with students,
but especially in school counselors.
Next, I dedicate this work to Leta Setter Hollingworth (1886-1939). I became obsessed
with Leta and what she accomplished for the gifted population. Why don’t more people know
about these accomplishments? One of the first counselors of gifted education, she devoted her life
to helping us further understand the social and emotional needs of the gifted. It was fascinating to
see that our paths crossed years apart in Chadron, McCook, and Lincoln, Nebraska. The fact so
much of what is being done even today comes from seeds Leta planted, adds to the legacy and
impact of her life.
I would feel remorse for not recognizing another researcher, Dr. Susan M. Swearer of
Nebraska. Dr. Swearer, at the University of Nebraska, either alone, or through collaborations with
others, has contributed endless amounts of research and ideas to the field. A well-respected
advocate nationally as well as internationally, she was a recent 2019 Keynote speaker at the
(second) World Anti-Bullying Forum held in Dublin, Ireland.
Jean Sunde Peterson has also become my modern-day professional obsession. What a
legacy she is leaving, not to mention what impact and contributions she is making to the field of
gifted and counseling. With that, I also direct everyone’s attention to the marvelous work of Linda
Silverman with the Gifted Development Center in Colorado. Then there’s Susannah H. Wood. It
4
is my hope to meet each of you yet in my lifetime. I know the solution for eradicating bullying
and keeping our children safe will have been highly influenced by your work and
recommendations.
Finally, I dedicate this to Dr. James T. Webb. I had the privilege of meeting and speaking
to Dr. Webb at a SENG facilitator training in Denver. Dr. Webb was a pioneer with his work
around the social and emotional needs of gifted students. Unfortunately, Dr. Webb passed away
on July 27, 2018, just as I had finished the draft of Chapter three of my dissertation. The SENG
organization will remain a critical organization for addressing the social and emotional needs of
gifted students today and in the future.
5
Acknowledgements
I begin by acknowledging my patient and incredible wife, Kandy, and amazing daughter,
Mariah, who have been nothing but supportive. This enormous project has meant weekends away
from home, piles of books always lying around my designated area, endless days of sitting at the
computer, days processing ideas aloud, days attending meetings with experts-- superintendents,
the MN Dept of Education, teachers, counselors and administrators, as I learned everything I
could about the themes of my dissertation.
I never would have gotten through the journey without my St. Cloud cohort. What a
wonderful, diverse and unique group of individuals coming from such varied backgrounds and
experiences. May great things continue for each of you with your completed degrees!
I am forever grateful for all the wisdom of people who have taken this path before me, and
who have moved the field forward so our gifted students are learning new information and skills
each day. A special thanks to gifted educators and authors, Dr. Richard Cash, and Barbara
Dullaghan for their knowledge and inspiration. This process has taught me that there is much
work and advocating to be done when it comes to meeting the social and emotional concerns of
students, especially our gifted population.
Thanks to my editor, Rita Speltz, a retired English teacher. I would not have chosen
anyone else. Those darn split infinitives needed extra attention.
Thanks to everyone who agreed to be a part of my board, including Dr. Elizabeth Fogarty
of the University of Minnesota, whom I will always be envious of, knowing she has studied with
the best of the best in Gifted education, including studies at the University of Connecticut.
It goes almost without saying, but a special thanks to all the counselors who agreed to
participate in the study, especially during a pandemic.
6
Finally, thanks to everyone who encouraged me, who asked me how I was progressing, or
who has ever been a part of my life, and added to the skills I needed to go through such a process
of completing and defending a dissertation. This would include my parents, Marvin and Beverly
Halley; my brother, Ron; my sister, Tammy; my friend, Meredith Aby-Keirstead, and my high
school speech teacher, Patricia (Olson) Stauss of Lincoln, Nebraska. Ms. Stauss has given me
skills which have allowed me to be a part of conversations in places I never dreamed possible,
including a symposium at Harvard.
7
Table of Contents
Page
List of Tables ............................................................................................................... 12
Chapter
I. Introduction .............................................................................................................. 13
Statement of the Problem ............................................................................. 20
Purpose of the Study ..................................................................................... 21
Assumptions of the Study ............................................................................. 21
Research Plan for the Study ............................................................................... 22
Delimitations ................................................................................................ 22
Research Questions ...................................................................................... 23
Definition of Terms ...................................................................................... 24
Summary ............................................................................................................ 29
II. Review of Related Literature ................................................................................... 32
Understanding the Conceptualization of Giftedness .......................................... 33
History of the Concept of Giftedness ........................................................... 35
Other Relevant Conceptions of Giftedness .................................................. 40
Conclusion .................................................................................................... 44
The Unique Social and Emotional Needs of Gifted Students ............................ 46
Common Traits of Gifted Students .............................................................. 49
Socialization: Peer Relationships and Possible Isolation ............................. 50
Overexcitabilities of the Gifted Child .......................................................... 51
Depression and Suicide ................................................................................ 54
8
Chapter Page
Social and Emotional Competence: Focus on The Whole Child ................. 57
Conclusion .................................................................................................... 57
History and Changing Role of the Counselor in U.S. Schools ........................... 59
Industrial Revolution .................................................................................... 60
The Beginning of Counseling Gifted Students ............................................. 61
The Great Depression ................................................................................... 61
Formation of American School Counselor Association (ASCA) ................ 66
A Nation at Risk ........................................................................................... 69
Limitations and Concerns ............................................................................. 70
History of Bullying ............................................................................................. 74
Types of Bullying ......................................................................................... 77
The Bystander: Hurting or Helping .............................................................. 79
History of Bullying in Minnesota ................................................................. 79
Teachers and Bullying .................................................................................. 82
Administrators and Bullying ........................................................................ 84
Counselors and Bullying .............................................................................. 85
Characteristics of a Bully ............................................................................. 85
Characteristics of a Victim ........................................................................... 86
Prevalence and Significant Concern ............................................................. 87
Counselors, Gifted and Bullying .................................................................. 95
Significant Research on Gifted, Bullying, and Development ...................... 95
Gifted Students and Cyberbullying .............................................................. 98
9
Chapter Page
Effective Anti-bullying Strategies to Be Implemented and Supported by
Counselors ............................................................................................ 101
Effective Bullying Programs .............................................................................. 105
Conclusion of Literature Review ....................................................................... 109
III. Methodology ............................................................................................................ 113
Research Questions ...................................................................................... 114
Participants ......................................................................................................... 114
Human Subject Approval ................................................................................... 116
Research Design ................................................................................................. 116
Pilot Testing ................................................................................................. 116
Interview Questions ...................................................................................... 117
Instruments for Data Collection and Analysis ................................................... 119
Treatment of Data ............................................................................................... 119
Description of the Sample .................................................................................. 121
Procedures and Timelines .................................................................................. 124
Summary ............................................................................................................ 125
IV. Findings and Results ................................................................................................ 127
Introduction .................................................................................................. 127
Research Problem ............................................................................................... 127
Purpose of the Study ..................................................................................... 127
Interview and Participants ............................................................................ 128
Description of the Sample Participants .............................................................. 128
10
Chapter Page
Research Questions ............................................................................................ 131
Interview Results: Participant Demographics .............................................. 132
Interview Results: Research Question One .................................................. 134
Interview Results: Research Question Two ................................................. 140
Interview Results: Research Question Three ............................................... 144
Interview Results: Research Question Four ................................................. 150
Summary ............................................................................................................ 154
V. Summary and Discussion ......................................................................................... 157
Research Questions ...................................................................................... 158
Research Findings Question One ................................................................. 159
Research Findings Question Two ................................................................. 164
Research Findings Question Three ............................................................... 165
Research Findings Question Four ................................................................ 170
Limitations .................................................................................................... 171
Addressing Themes Found in the Interviews ..................................................... 171
Recommendations for Furth Research ............................................................... 174
Recommendations for Practice ........................................................................... 175
Concluding Remarks .......................................................................................... 175
References ............................................................................................................................ 177
Appendices
A. Letter of Cooperation .................................................................................................. 256
B. Adult Informed Consent Form .................................................................................... 257
11
Chapter Page
Appendices (continued)
C. Qualitative Interview Questions ................................................................................. 259
D. Example of Coding Journal for Theme Analysis ...................................................... 261
12
List of Tables
Table Page
4.1 Respondents’ Years of Experience ........................................................................... 132
4.2 Respondents’ Area of Service .................................................................................. 133
4.3 Respondents’ Identified Race ................................................................................... 133
4.4 Counselors Perceptions of Occurrence of Bullying in their Building .................... 134
4.5 Counselors’ Perceptions of Targets of Bullying ...................................................... 138
4.6 Counselors’ Level of Confidence in Serving the Unique Needs of Gifted
Students .............................................................................................................. 141
4.7 Perception of Anti-Bullying Programs ..................................................................... 144
4.8 Counselors’ Perceived Strategies Used to Reduce Bullying .................................... 147
4.9 Strategies used by Administrators to Reduce Bullying ............................................ 150
4.10 Counselors’ Perceptions of Effectiveness of Strategies Used by
Administrators .................................................................................................... 152
13
Chapter I: Introduction
Dylan Klebold was identified as a gifted student. In fact, according to his mother’s
memoir Dylan, at age 4, through the school’s early entrance process, started kindergarten
(Klebold, 2016). The memoir reveals he struggled with the gifted program. Just 13 years later, on
April 20, 1999, Dylan Klebold, along with Eric Harris, murdered twelve students, one teacher,
and injured 24 others in Littleton, Colorado, before committing suicide in the Columbine
Shooting, one of several high-profile school massacres in the United States (Allanson, Lestor, &
Notar, 2015; Brown, & Merritt, 2002; Cullen, 2009; Hughes, 1999; Kohut, 2000; Langman, 2010;
Larkin, 2009; Viadero, 2009). Evidence suggests the shooters had planned and executed the
complex attack as a result of years of bullying (Leary, Kowalski, Smith, & Phillips, 2003). The
shooting involved Robyn Anderson, another gifted (honor) student who purchased two shotguns
and a Hi-Point 9 mm Carbine which would later be used in the shooting (Congressional Record,
2000).
Bullying had already been a significant concern internationally. Bullying had been the
focus of research in Scandinavia countries in the late 1960s, 1970s and early 1980s, prior to the
Columbine Shooting (Devoe et al., 2004; Haynie, Nansel, Eitel, Crump et al., 2001; Olweus,
1993a. 1993b. 1996, 1999; O’Moore & Hillery, 1989; Rigby, 1993; Swearer & Cary, 2003;
Unnever & Cornell, 2003). By the 1990s, systematic research on student bullying was being
conducted in Scandinavia, Japan, England, Australia and Canada (Besag, 1989; Devoe et al.,
2004; Haynie et al., 2001; Olweus, 1993a, 1993b; Swearer, 2010; Swearer & Cary, 2003;
Unnever & Cornell, 2003, 2004).
14
However, while studies were being conducted on subpopulations, research specifically on
the gifted population was being ignored. Gifted children are a diverse group and may not fit the
historic profile. According to Colangelo and Wood (2015),
Gifted students live in poverty in both urban and rural areas (Howley & Howley, 2012;
Worrell & Young, 2012). Gifted students include Native Americans, Asian Americans,
African Americans, Latinos and other individuals from various racial and ethnic
backgrounds (Kitano, 2012). Gifted students can identify as gay, lesbian, queer, or
transgender (Peterson & Rischar, 2000). Students may have disabilities, may struggle with
underachievement, and may have difficulties with relationships. (p. 133)
Defining giftedness is problematic as there are several paradigms to consider (Kaufman,
2018). Levy and Plucker (2008) advocated for gifted students to be considered a separate and
unique population to gather much needed information for best serving their academic as well as
social and emotional needs.
As a result of the Columbine shooting in the United States, Dan Olweus began to train and
collaborate with his American colleagues in using systematic programming and research (Buck,
2017; Olweus, 1993a, 1993b). Olweus is considered the founding father of anti-bullying research.
He composed anti-bullying legislation in Sweden in the mid-1990s (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b).
Sweden’s legislation may have helped guide anti-bullying legislation in U.S. states beginning in
the late 90s. However, not until 2005 did the federal government collect data on bullying in the
United States. The study conducted by the U.S. Department of Education revealed nearly 28% of
students reported being bullied. Today, all states have some form of anti-bullying laws.
Minnesota’s first anti-bullying legislation (2009) ranked as one of the weakest in the nation by a
report released by the U.S. Department of Education (Weber, 2011). However, Minnesota
15
Governor Mark Dayton signed a tougher and more comprehensive bill in 2014 (U.S. Departent of
Education, 2011, 2014). Today, bullying is not taken lightly (Goldman, 2012; Kowalski, Limber,
& Agaston, 2012; Olweus, 2013a, 2013b). Students and adults have been reprimanded, and in
some cases sentenced for their involvement in bullying (Agaston, 2012).
According to the National Center for Educational Statistics (2016), students are bullied for
numerous reasons. Gifted students have unique social and emotional needs, including
asynchronous development, intensities or Dabrowski’s overexcitabilities, and tendencies to
struggle with relationships (Alsop, 2003, Fonesca, 2011; Lind, 2001; Silverman, 1999). Gifted
students may experience anxieties, perfectionism, and a strong sense of justice (Adderholt-Elliot,
1989; Fonesca, 2011; NAGC, 2020). The gifted may even struggle to understand why someone
would bully another person, making them even vulnerable to bullying (Betts, 1985, 1986; Betts &
Kirher, 1999; Cross, 2001a, 1002b; Kitano, 1990; Peterson, & Ray, 2006a, 2006b). Other reasons
students are bullied include: Physical appearance, race/ethnicity, gender, religion, personal
beliefs, sexual orientation, health, and disabilities (Peterson, & Ray, 2006a, 2996b). As a result of
systematic research, and changes in U.S. laws around bullying, school counselors began to play
an important role in reducing bullying in schools (Phillips, & Cornell, 2012). Evidence from
several studies suggests shortage of teachers’ effectiveness when teachers address incidents of
bullying (Fekkes, Pijpers, & Verloove-Vanhorick, 2004; Lee, 2006; Mishna, Pepler, & Wiener,
2006; Thomsen, 2002, 2012). Philips and Cornell (2012) found school counselors are more
qualified than other educators to identify and confirm acts of bullying. Jacobsen and Bauman
(2007) argued school counselors displayed more empathy for victims of physical and relational
bullying than teachers. Counselors understand the impacts of bullying are far-reaching (Jacobsen
& Bauman, 2007). Counselors understand bullied gifted students report lower self-esteem and
16
self-worth (Austin & Joseph, 1996; Kokkinos & Panayiotou, 2004; Rigby & Slee, 1993). Gifted
students may encounter sleep disorders or illness (Gruber & Finneran, 2007; Kliewer, 2006;
Rigby, 1993, 1996, 1999, 2003; Vaillancourt et al., 2008) may have difficulties with relationships
(Boulton & Underwood, 1992; Edwards, Hershberger, Russell, & Market, 2001; Espelage & Holt,
2013; Gonsalkorale & Williams, 2007; Graham & Juvonen,1998; Juvonen, Nishina & Graham,
2000; Uchino, Cacioppo, & Kiecolt-Glaser, 1996), may experience more anxiety and depression
as a result (Espelage & Holt, 2013; Graham, & Juvonen, 1998; Kaltiala-Heino, Rimpela, M,
Martunnin, Rimpela, A, & Rantanen, 1999; Kim, Koh, & Leventhal, 2005) and may have altered
brain functioning (Knack, Gomez, & Jensen-Campbell, 2010). Bullied children fantasize about
killing themselves more than non-bullied children and even attempt to take their life more often
than their non-victimized peers (Brunstein-Klomek, Marocco, Kleinman, Schonfeld, & Gould,
2007; Brunstein-Klomek, Marrocco, Kleinman, Schonfield, & Gould, 2008).
Significant findings of specific populations over the years caution certain populations may
be more vulnerable to bullying. Maker (1977) estimates 3% of all special education students are
gifted. Numerous studies conclude special education students are at a high risk of being targets
for bullying (Blake, Lund, Zhou, Kwok, & Benz, 2012; Swearer, Wang, Maag, Siebecker, &
Frerichs, 2012). Swearer et al. (2012) followed more than 800 special education and general
education students from nine elementary, middle, and high schools. The results revealed 77% of
the special education students were found to have been victimized by bullies, and 38% admitted
they had bullied others.
Another targeted group is the gay, lesbian, bisexual and transsexual population. Gifted
students are of various sexual orientations. For this reason, earlier research around LBGT and
17
bullying must be considered (NAGC, 1998). Concerns for gifted gay students initiated the
National Association for Gifted Children (1998) to establish a Gifted Children, Gay, Lesbian,
Bisexual and Transgender task force (NAGC, 1998). Data indicates there is still reason to be
concerned. A recent school climate survey (2009) found 61.1% of LGBT students felt unsafe at
school because of their sexual orientation, 39.9% felt unsafe because of their gender expression
(GLSEN, 2009, 2013).
Levy and Plucker (2008) advocate for making gifted students a special population. Levy
and Plucker (2008) argue,
Gifted students should be considered a special population because of differential abilities
and expectation, associated with their abilities. Gifted children constitute a unique
subculture that necessitates understanding and application of specialized skills by
understanding and application of specialized skills by helping professionals, including
school counselors. (p. 4)
One of the most, if not the most significant studies of gifted students at this time,
conducted by Peterson and Ray (2006a, 2006b), found 67% of gifted students had experienced
bullying by eighth grade. The study revealed bullying reported by 1 in 4 elementary gifted
students. Furthermore, 16% of gifted students identified themselves as bullies, with 29%
acknowledging they had violent thoughts. Peterson (2006) noted, “while most of the bullying
reported was verbal, it doesn’t mean it was any less harmful than the physical variety” (p. 165).
The limited research available recognized many gifted students do not feel comfortable sharing
their concerns with their families or teachers. The gifted population does not appear to want to
call any additional attention to their victimization (Peterson, & Ray, 2006a, 2006b).
18
Within the study of the gifted population, limited research on bullying of twice-
exceptional students is available (Baum & Owen, 1984: Rose, Monda-Amaya, & Espelage, 2009,
2011; Rowley, 2012). Twice exceptional is a term used for a student identified as gifted but also
has a learning disability. Twice exceptional identification often includes students on the autism
spectrum disorder (Winebrenner, 1996). Literature may also use the term 2E to describe these
students. Unfortunately, students with such specific learning disabilities face high levels of
bullying victimization (Elkind, 1973, Rose et al., 2011; Rowley, 2012). The National Center for
Learning Disabilities (2014) found 75% of students with disabilities report being bullied at least
once in the past 10 months. The fact bullying is happening in this population at such high rates
may be significant when considering it is difficult to diagnose giftedness. (Beckmann, &
Minnaert, 2018; Webb et al., 2005).
Bullying in the gifted population is an overlooked concern (Cross, 2001a, 2001b; Peterson
& Ray, 2006a, 2006b; Pfeiffer & Stocking 2000; Schroeder-Davis, 2012). Yet, this is not the first
time the gifted have been neglected (Eckel, 1950). Dr. Ruth Strang and Pauline Williamson began
the American Association for Gifted Children (AAGC) after noting the gifted were “the most
neglected children in our democracy” (AAGC, 1999, para. 1, Jolly, 2018). In a report to
Congress, Commissioner of Education, Sidney P. Marland, Jr. (1972), argued the most neglected
minority in American education was a group of youngsters he identified as gifted. If this is still
true today, this would account to over 3.2 million students in public schools in gifted and talented
programs, according to the latest report from the Office of Civil Rights within the U.S.
Department of Education. identified as gifted.
To present the other side, Mulvey and Cauffman (2001) caution, “...efforts to predict
which students will behave violently will not be successful” (p. 304). Espelage and King (2018)
19
leading bullying researchers point out Peterson and Ray’s (2006a, 2006b) study lacked a control
group. Neihart (1999) would argue gifted students have normal, if not better than average social
and emotional development. Dr. Tracy Cross has spent much time on this subject. Cross (2005)
has an important warning,
Gifted students need adults to guide them. Acts of individuals must be understood at the
individual level. The lesson of Columbine is not that gifted children are homicidal. Their
giftedness should in no way be assumed a cause agent in their appropriate act. A lesson of
Columbine should be school must create safe environments where learning can thrive.
Being gifted in differing types of school settings has led to different experiences. Rather
than finding condemnations for gifted students. We must commit ourselves to helping
students thrive, including gifted students. (p. 199)
In review, and to connect our themes of this complex topic and discussion, research on
bullying has been occurring in our country for over forty years (Espelage, & Swearer, 2004). The
actions of the (gifted) Columbine student shooters initiated the immediate need for research on
bullying in the United States. However, much needed research specifically on the gifted
population has been neglected and limited.
Since Columbine, each state has passed anti-bullying legislation, including Minnesota.
Despite this legislation, millions of students will be bullied this year (Modecki, Michin,
Harbaugh, Guerra, & Runions, 2014). Modecki et al., (2014) meta-analysis of 80 studies on
bullying involvement rates established bullying varies across studies from 9 to 98% of
participants. Overall, the meta-analysis revealed 35% of students will experience traditional
bullying and 15% will experience cyberbullying. Over 160,000 students, including gifted
students, will skip school because they are fearful of being bullied (Whitted and Dupper, 2005).
20
The 40 years of research reveals students from specific populations may be at a higher risk of
being bullied which includes special ed, LBGT, gifted, and 2 E students. Students of color, in
ELL, may also be marginalized for being different (Kohut, 2007; Sue, 2010).
Eradicating bullying requires us to take immediate action (Bullying Prevention, 2012;
Chamberlain, 2003). Experts agree school personnel, from educators, to administrators, to
counselors, must be involved in finding a solution (Espelage, & Swearer, 2004, 2010). Research
indicates principals or school leaders do not utilize all options available to implement and best
address school violence (Volokh & Snell, 1998). Further research reveals teachers are not trained
in knowing all the needs of gifted students (Rogers,1986, 2001; Smith & Shu, 2000), in knowing
all the programming options for bullying and gifted students, and are not trusted by gifted
students for having the capacity for best addressing their bullying concerns (Harris & Petrie,
2003). The key to fixing this problem lies in the hands of school counselors for numerous reasons
(Bauman, 2008; Philips & Cornell, 2012). School counselors are the key stakeholders in the
bullying intervention and prevention process (Austin, Reynolds, & Barnes, 2012). They are the
best suited to provide counseling, prevention and intervention to students in the educational
setting (Bardwell, 2010; DiMatteo, 2012; Harris, & Petrie, 2003; Philips & Cornell, 2012).
Statement of the Problem
Bullying is an important public health concern (Espelage, 2014, 2015; Espelage &
Swearer, 2004, 2010; Marr & Fields, 2001; Srabstein & Leventhal, 2010). Limited research exists
on gifted and bullying. Gifted students may be given to being targets of bullying for several
reasons (Blackburn, & Erickson, 1986; Boardman, & Hildreth, 1948; Cultross, 1982; Espelage,
2003; Espelage & Swearer, 2003, 2004; Garbarino & DeLara, 2003; Newman, Horne, &
Bartolomucci, 2000; Orpinas & Horne, 2006; Swearer, 2010; Swearer & Doll, 2001). Counselors
21
play a critical role in stopping bullying (Cross, 2001a, 2001b, 2005; Harris, & Petrie, 2003;
Olweus, 1993a 1993b; Ross, 1996; Silverman 1989, 1993; Smith & Sharp, 1994; Sullivan, 2000).
One population ignored in the 40 years of research on bullying is the gifted population. Use of a
qualitative study utilizing interviews allows for a deep, insightful analysis of what counselors
perceive around the seriousness of bullying, including the targeted populations, the strategies
utilized, anti-bullying programs used, as well as effectiveness of strategies by their administrators
for reducing bullying.
Purpose of the Study
The study investigated the perceptions of Minnesota elementary counselors, middle school
counselors, and high school counselors, in various districts working with identified gifted
students. The purpose was to determine if participating counselors felt skilled in adequately
supporting the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students, specifically around bullying.
The study examined the bullying strategies and anti-bullying bullying programming being utilized
to support gifted learners. To conclude, perceptions of counselor's feelings regarding
administrators use of strategies for reducing bullying were examined. Information was
systematically gathered and analyzed to provide possible explanations regarding counselors’
perspectives on bullying and the gifted population.
Assumptions of the Study
Roberts (2010) defined assumptions as the aspects of the study one might “take for
granted” (p. 139). The following assumptions were identified in conducting this quantitative
design study:
Study participants answered the questions honestly and without reservation.
22
The sample studied was representative of the total population of Minnesota’s
practicing school counselors.
Participants had access to or knew who the gifted students are currently served.
Study participants understood their district’s bullying policies.
Study participants understood the definition of bullying as used by the Minnesota
Department of Education Safe and Technical Schools.
Research Plan for the Study
Following approval by the dissertation committee, the researcher completed the following
Received approval from St. Cloud State University’s Institutional Review Board
(IRB).
Developed and sent informational and recruitment message describing the purpose of
the study, the informed consent provision, and provided the researcher’s information if
there were any concerns or questions.
Contacted numerous principals throughout the state of Minnesota, kindergarten to
grade 12, to seek permission to consider their counselors who worked with gifted
students for participation in the study.
Developed a set of questions for a 30-minute interview in which participants could
express interest to participate.
Conducted thirty-minute interviews with each participant.
Delimitations
Roberts (2010) described de-limitations as the researcher’s method of narrowing the
study’s scope. The delimitations of this study include:
23
The researcher chose the time of the year in which the study was conducted. A hurdle
faced when collecting qualitative data was a pandemic occurred reducing personal
access to counselors from across the state, resulting in all interviews being completed
virtually.
The state of MN does require that all districts have an identification in place to
determine who the gifted students are. The legislation, however, does not require
districts to provide services for gifted students. For the sake of this study, counselors
were selected where services are being provided to gifted individuals.
Schwandt, (2007) describes a crisis of representation as the difficulty to capture and
convey an experience of another individual simply using words. Several tools were employed to
help maximize effect of the interviews. Member checks were utilized to cross-check the
researcher’s interpretation of interviews with the meaning of the interviewee in order to preserve
her voice as it relates to the phenomenon of the study. Piloting of questions was utilized as well as
numerous reviews of the coding and data gathered.
Research Questions
The study was qualitative in nature. The researcher interviewed counselors serving gifted
students from elementary, middle school and high schools across the state of Minnesota. The
following research questions were used to guide this study.
1. To what extent do school counselors believe bullying occurred in their building(s), and
what specific populations, if any, do counselors identify as targets of bullying?
2. What is the level of confidence of school counselors in understanding and serving the
unique social and emotional needs of gifted students?
24
3. What strategies and anti-bullying programs do school counselors utilize while
addressing bullying of gifted students?
4. What strategies do counselors identify to be most often used by administrators for
creating a safe school environment for all students, including the gifted population,
and do counselors perceive these strategies to be effective?
Definition of Terms
Aggression. Behavior intended to harm another individual who does not wish to be
harmed. (Baron & Richardson, 1994).
Anti-bullying. Anti-bullying refers to laws, policies, organizations, and movements
aimed at stopping or preventing bullying (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b).
Bullies. People who exert dominance over or inflict pain upon others through physical,
verbal, sexual, or emotional abuse. They appear to derive satisfaction from inflicting injury and
suffering on others (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b).
Bullying. A person who is exposed, repeatedly and over time to negative actions on the
part of one or more persons, and he or she is having difficulty defending himself or herself.
Although the definition may vary by state, a common definition includes:
1. Unwanted, negative active actions or aggression.
2. Repetition: Bullying behavior has been repeated over time.
1. Imbalance of Power: Bullying often involves an imbalance of power or strength
(Olweus, 1993a , 1993b, 1999).
Bullying. Bullying is any unwanted aggressive behavior(s) by another youth or group of
youths who are not siblings or current dating partners which involves an observed or perceived
power imbalance and is repeated multiple times or is highly likely to be repeated. Bullying may
25
inflict harm or distress on the targeted youth including physical, psychological, social, or
educational harm (Gladden, Vivolo-Kantor, Hamburger, & Lumpkin, 2014).
Bullying: Minnesota Dept of Education Safe and Supportive Schools Act Definition.
Bullying is an act that is intimidating, threatening, abusive or harming conduct that is objectively
offensive and,
1. There is an actual or perceived imbalance of power.
2. The conduct is repeated or forms a pattern
3. Materially and substantially interferes with students' educational opportunities or
performance or ability to participate in school functions or activities or received school
benefits, services or privileges (“MDE”, Safe & Supportive Schools Act, 2019).
Bullying intervention. A schoolwide foundation that offers a value system based on
caring, respect, empathy, and personal responsibility. Using positive discipline and support,
having clear behavioral expectations and consequences, building capacities and skills, and
involving all stakeholders including students, parents, adults, teachers, counselors, psychologists
and administration. Intervention should target specific risk factors and teach students and parents
skills for identifying and addressing bullies (Feinberg, 2003; NCSP, 2003; Olweus, 1997, 2001,
2013).
Bullying prevention. A prevention plan includes practices and policies that address all
forms of bullying, harassment, violence and emphasize eliminating such behaviors. A
comprehensive plan should be timely, used consistently, include social-emotional support for
victims, bullies and bystanders, and must have clear disciplinary steps (National Association of
School Psychologist, 2018).
26
Bully-victim. Bully-victim is a child who is at times a bully, and yet at other times a
victim of a bully (Dewar, 2007).
Cyberbullying. Cyberbullying is bullying that takes place over digital devices like cell
phones, computers, and tablets. Cyberbullying can occur through SMS, Text, and apps, or online
in social media, forums, or gaming, where people can view, participate in, or share content.
Cyberbullying includes sending, posting, or sharing negative, harmful, false, or mean content
about someone else. It can include sharing personal or private information about someone else,
causing embarrassment or humiliation (Stopbullying.gov, 2014).
Definition of giftedness from Marland Report. Gifted and talented children are those
identified by professionally qualified persons who, by virtue of outstanding abilities are capable
of high performance. These are children who require differentiated educational programs and
services beyond those normally provided by the regular school program, in order to realize their
contribution to self and society. Children capable of high performance include those with
demonstrated achievement and/or potential ability in any of the following areas:
1. General intellectual ability
2. Specific academic ability
3. Creative or productive thinking
3. Leadership ability
4. Visual and performing arts
5. Psychomotor abilities (Marland, 1972).
Direct bullying. Direct bullying is a verbal and/or physical form of aggression. In fact,
this type of bullying may involve hitting, kicking, or making insults, offensive and hurtful
comments or even threats (Shetgiri, 2014).
27
Emotional bullying. A form of bullying that can be more subtle and can involve isolating
or excluding a child from activities. This type of bullying appears to be more common among
girls (Juvonen, Graham & Schuster, 2003).
Evidence-based approach. A practice that has been rigorously evaluated and has shown
to make a positive, statistically difference in important outcomes. Results should be producible in
other settings (Oregon Research Institute, 2020).
Exclusion: This is the act of excluding someone or somebody; the state of being left out,
especially from mainstream society and its advantage (Social Exclusion Unit, 2001).
Indirect bullying. This type of bullying often refers to relational aggression, which
includes social exclusion of victims through the manipulation of social relationships by bullies or
injuring the reputation of the victims. Relational bullying is more common among girls and can
lead to feelings of rejection at a critical time in social development (Shetgiri, 2014).
Non-verbal bullying. These are unwanted acts, such as threatening gestures, defacing
property, pushing or shoving, or even taking items from others (Atlas & Pepler, 1998).
Physical bullying: A type of bullying that can be physical in nature. This type of bullying
can accompany verbal bullying and involve acts such as kicking, hitting, biting, pinching, hair
pulling, and threats of physical harm (Janssen, Craig, Boyce, & Pichett, 2004).
Psychological bullying: This is a form of bullying that includes dirty looks, stalking,
manipulation, intimidation, and extortion (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b).
Perceptions. The study of human perception is complex. For the sake of this study
perception will be defined as understanding one’s reality from information obtained by senses,
intuition, knowledge, and experiences (Cantril, 1968).
28
Mass shooting. When someone “kills four or more people in a single incident (not
including himself), typically in a single location” (Krouse & Richardson, 2015).
MN Safe and Supportive Schools Act. An act relating to education; providing for safe
and supportive schools by prohibiting bullying; amending Minnesota Statutes 2012, section 124
D. 895, subdivision 1; 124D. 8955; Minnesota Statutes 2013 Supplement, section 124D.10,
subdivision 8 proposing coding for new law in Minnesota Statutes, chapters 121A; 127A;
repealing Minnesota Statutes 2012, section 121A.0695, (“MDE”, 2019).
School climate. The feelings students and staff have about their environment over time a
period of time (Peterson & Skiba, 2001).
School guidance counselor. Although the role of the counselor has evolved over time,
many counselors now focus on one of, or all three areas: Removing barriers to academic
achievement, supporting social and emotional development of students, and guiding college and
career readiness decisions (ASCA, 2001, 2003, 2008, 2012).
Social bullying. This type of bullying is often referred to as relational bullying or
relational aggression. Its purpose is to hurt someone’s reputation or relationships. This is done by
excluding individuals, leaving individuals out on purpose, spreading rumors about someone,
embarrassing someone on purpose, often in a public form, or telling other children not to be
friends with an individual (U.S. Department of Health, 2014).
Social withdrawal. Described as social inhibition, shyness, reticence, and social
isolation. These are all terms which conjure up images of an individual who spends time alone,
not interacting with others. Some of these terms may carry connotations of social anxiety,
isolation, insecurity, fearfulness, wariness, or loneliness. Social withdrawal, inhibition, and
shyness are often used interchangeably (Rubin, Hymel & Mills, 1989).
29
Thrice-exceptional (3e). A student who is colored, gifted and has a special academic or
behavioral need (Lawson-Davis, 2018).
Twice-exceptional (2e). Twice exceptional individuals demonstrate exceptional levels of
capacity, competence, commitment, or creativity in one or more domains coupled with one or
more learning difficulties. This combination of exceptionalities results in a unique set of
circumstances. Their exceptional potentialities may dominate, hiding their disability; each may
make the other so that neither is recognized or addressed (Baldwin, Omdal, & Pereles, 2015).
Twice-exceptional (2e). The term “twice-exceptional,” also referred to as “2e,” is used to
describe gifted children who have the characteristics of gifted students with the potential for high
achievement and give evidence of one or more disabilities as defined by federal or state eligibility
criteria. These disabilities may include specific learning disabilities, speech and language
disorders, emotional/behavioral disorders, physical disabilities, autism spectrum, or other
impairments, such as attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. (NAGC, 2018).
Verbal bullying. A form of direct bullying. It is when an individual uses insults, teasing,
or harmful words to gain power over his or her peers (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b).
Victim. This is the individual being bullied, the person or group who receives the
aggression of the bully/bullies. (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b).
Youth violence, The term refers to the intentional use of physical force or power to
threaten or harm others, impacting young people between ages 10-24 (CDC, 2018).
Summary
Bullying is a significant public health concern in the United States, and the subject of an
ever-increasing body of research world-wide (Batsche, & Knoff, 1994; Bosworth, & Espelage,
1999; Coy, 2001; Espelage, & King, 2018; Espelage & Swearer, 2003). At age 87, Olweus was a
30
keynote speaker at the first World Bullying Forum held in Sweden in 2017. The second World
Bullying Forum was held in July of 2019 in Ireland, and included keynote speakers, researchers,
presenters and participants from over 37 countries, including participants from midwestern United
States. While there are many studies on elementary, middle and high schools nationally and
internationally (Ahmed & Braithwaite, 2004; Berdondini & Smith, 1996; Dake, Price &
Telljohann, 2003; Juvonen, Nishna, Graham, 2000), studies focusing specifically on gifted
students are limited. Bullying impacts the social and emotional needs of students as well as
impacts their academic needs and opportunities (Crick & Grotpeter, 1995; Juvonen & Nishina,
2000; Milsom, & Gallo, 2006). Bullying has the potential to continue to impact students even
beyond their school experience (Leff, Power, & Goldstein, 2004; Marsh, Parada, Craven, &
Finger, 2004; Meraviglia, Becker, Rosenbluth, Sanchez, & Robertson, 2003; Paquette &
Underwood, 1999; Rigby, 1996, 2003; Van der Wal, de Wit, & Hirasing, 2003). Research
indicates the potential of bullying leading to rejection, feelings of isolation, exclusion, low self-
esteem, poor academic achievement, anxiety, depression, and may contribute to suicidal
tendencies (“CDC” 2015; Nansel, Haynie, & Simons-Morton, 2003). The gifted student
population may especially be vulnerable or at risk for being targets of bullies, or may become
bullies, or bully-victims themselves (Cross, 2001a, 2001b, Peterson & Ray, 2006a, 2006b;
Roddick, 2011Schroeder-Davis, 2012). Whitted and Dupper (2005) argue school counselors play
a pivotal role as program developers and promoters, as well as on-site coordinators of bullying
prevention programs. In addition, counselors play the key in helping gifted students to cope
effectively and navigate the challenges of being gifted and bullied (Nansel et al., 2003; Peterson,
2006; Wood, 2010).
31
Limited research exists on the perceptions of school counselors regarding bullying and
gifted students (Peterson, & Ray, 2006a, 2006b). Chapter I provided the argument for the study
by laying out the complexity of this problem, the purpose and significance of the study, the
statement of the problem, as well as the scope of the research questions. Chapter II presents a
literature review on the concept of giftedness, the unique social and emotional needs of gifted
students, and the evolving role of the school counselor in serving gifted students. The review will
end by examining the results of nearly 40 years of research on bullying, and evidence-based
practices counselors can utilize with prevention and intervention strategies and anti-bullying
programs in the counseling of gifted individuals. Chapter III describes the methodology for the
study, with Chapter IV analyzing the data, and Chapter V synthesizing these findings through
discussion, leading to recommendations, and evidence-based solutions used by counselors for
reducing bullying incidents and keeping all students, including gifted students, safe and well. The
study then concludes with a bibliography and appendices.
32
Chapter II: Review of Related Literature
Espelage and Swearer (2003) argue bullying has emerged as one of the most fundamental
problems facing schools to date. Despite this argument, Peterson (2006), believes counselor
training programs have given little attention to the gifted student population, especially meeting
the unique social and emotional needs of high-potential students, including twice-exceptional
students. Peterson (2006) asserts:
All children are affected adversely by bullying, but gifted children differ from various
other populations in significant ways. Bullying in the gifted-student population is a highly
significant and overlooked problem that leaves these students emotionally shattered,
making them even more prone to extreme anxiety, dangerous levels of depression and
sometimes even violence and self-harm. (p. 1)
To clearly explore and understand the complexity of this phenomenon, the literature
review will be divided into four themes. First, the literature review will examine popular theories
around the concept of Giftedness. Each state defines “Giftedness” in its own terms, and thus
provides services differently based on these definitions (NAGC, 2010). However, the study will
share a common definition (Marland, 1972) used by most states in determining their definition,
services, procedures and policies. Next, the literature review will examine the unique and specific
social and emotional concerns of gifted students. The study then will explore and define the
evolving role of counselors in working with gifted students. Finally, the literature review will
examine bullying, its impacts on students, including gifted students. The literature on the bully,
the victim, and the bystander will be discussed. This review culminates in understanding the
counselor’s role in serving students with prevention strategies and programming for reducing
bullying.
33
By breaking down this complex phenomenon into themes: the concept of giftedness,
specific social and emotional needs of the gifted, counselor’s evolving role in serving the gifted,
and, finally, ways in which counselors may support gifted students through strategies and
programming, the review may provide insights and information to be used and analyzed for
keeping gifted children and adolescents safe from suicide, self-harm, violent thoughts, threats,
intimidation, death by others or even from devastating violence (Baker, 1995; Bartel, & Reynolds,
1986; Peterson & Ray, 2006a, 2006b).
Understanding the Conceptualization of Giftedness
Even after an extensive review of literature on the subject, a definition of “Giftedness” or
assigning of the label of “gifted remains elusive (Bristow, Craig, Hallock, & Laycock, 1951, Card
& Guiliano, 2016). Abeysekera’s (2014) research illuminates the change of definitions of
giftedness over the past centuries is due to social, scientific, and political reasons, including the
development of intelligence testing, and the U. S. Department of Education’s initiative to identify
talented youth among minority students. Researchers Al-Hroub and Khory (2018) elucidate the
abundance of diverse definitions of giftedness is and has been a major problem in the field of
gifted research. Miller (2008) would agree. Miller believes a clear definition of giftedness is
needed in order to successfully teach, parent, and counsel, and even effectively study and
understand giftedness.
Coleman and Cross (2001) provide the history and rationale for defining giftedness in
their collective text, taking the reader back to Ancient Greece, then to Emperor Charlemagne in
eighth-century France, then brings the reader to the United States and our founding fathers.
According to Coleman and Cross (2001), Thomas Jefferson proposed tests be instituted to
identify gifted learners at the public’s expense (p. 2). Jefferson said, “We hope to avail the state of
34
these talents which nature has sown as liberally among the poor as the rich, but which perish
without use, if not sought for and activated” (Coleman & Cross, 2001, p. 43). Jefferson’s line of
reasoning has persisted. Gifted expert and researcher, Joseph Renzulli, claims the concept of
giftedness may be the most controversial topics in the field of gifted education. Renzulli’s 1978
article, What makes giftedness? Re-examining a definition is considered one of the most read and
cited articles in gifted research. According to Renzulli, finding and agreeing on a definition is
difficult for at least two reasons (Renzulli, 1978). The first is the definition can limit or restrict the
number of performance areas considered in determining the eligibility for special programs. A
conservative definition might limit a student from entering a gifted program purely because the
program might consider academic performance only and exclude other areas such as art, music,
leadership, drama, public speaking and creative writing (Al-Hroub, & Khoury, 2018; Renzulli,
1976, 1978, 1986, 1997a, 1997b, 1998, 2000). The second reason provided by Renzulli is finding
and agreeing on a definition may specify the degree or level of excellence a child must obtain to
be considered gifted (Renzulli, 1978, 2000).
The National Association for Gifted Students position paper, Key Considerations in
Identifying and Supporting Gifted and Talented Learners, found on the NAGC (2020) site claims:
“Definitions provide the framework for gifted education programs and services, and guide key
decisions such as which students will qualify for services, the areas of giftedness to be addressed
in programming (e.g., intellectual giftedness generally, specific abilities in math), when the
services will be offered, and even why they will be offered.” Rogers (2001) cautions gifted
students needing to be carefully placed in programs best fitting for their needs. Defining
giftedness is complex for several reasons, including the lens educators, counselors, parents or
scholars view giftedness or the various paradigms from the 1800s that exist until today.
35
History of the Concept of Giftedness
Beginning in 1884, Francis Galton, a pioneer in the study of human intelligence, set to
work in a laboratory in London. He began testing different mental abilities (Al-Hroub & Khoury,
2018). Galton, often referred to as the “Father” of gifted education, believed children could inherit
the potential to become gifted adults like their biological parents (Gallagher, 1994; Galton, 1869,
1892; Tannenbaum, 1983). Galton was the first to use the terms “Fixed intelligence” which means
a person is born with a pre-determined ability to think or process ideas and information (Al-Hroub
& Khoury, 2018). This view is rejected today Dweck (1986, 2006) as more evidence indicates
intelligence is malleable (Jacobs, 2015). Terman’s initial studies were printed in Hereditary
Genius in 1892 (Gallagher, 1994; Tannenbaum, 1983).
In 1905, the Binet-Simon intelligence scale was developed, to be used to help identify
slow or handicapped students (Aubrey, 1977). The Binet-Simon scale became the first practical
intelligence scale applied to identify differences in school settings. The Binet-Simon test was
translated into English by Henry Goddard. The test was then revised by Lewis M. Terman at
Stanford University and subsequently became known as the Stanford-Binet in 1916 (Al-Hroub &
Khoury 2018; Colangelo & Davis, 1997, 2003; Davis & Rimm, 1998; Delisle, 1992; Jolly, 2004).
The test used the concept of mental quotient, which was determined by dividing a person’s mental
age by his chronological age. The term was then renamed intelligence quotient, or IQ (Al-Hroub
& Khoury, 2018; Sattler, 2001). Unlike Binet, Terman was interested in looking at the cognitive
abilities of students at the higher end of the intelligence scale. Gifted students were defined by
Terman as those students with an IQ at or above 140 on the intelligence scale and who scored in
the top one percent (Colangelo & Davis, 1997; St. Clair, 1989) which is lower than the 3-5% of
identification measures often used today. With the introduction of intelligence testing,
36
“giftedness” could now be quantified, operationalized and addressed within America’s schools
(Al-Hroub & Khoury, 2018; Jolly, 2004). Terman conducted one of the first longitudinal studies
of gifted children and published in five volumes of Genetic Studies of Genius (Burks, Jensen,
Terman, 1930; Cox, 1926; Terman, 1925; Terman & Oden 1947, 1959).
In 1926, Leta Setter Hollingworth, at times referred to as the “Mother” of Gifted
Education (Gladding, 1984), published her book, Gifted Children, Their Nature and Nurture
(Hollingworth, 1926). She is also considered the first counselor to the gifted. Hollingworth
proposed her own definition of giftedness, which included setting the bar at a 180 IQ for
profoundly gifted students. There is reason to believe the term “gifted” has been universally used
ever since to refer to children born with high intelligence (Myers, & Pace, 1986). Today gifted
students may also be referred to as gifted and talented, high-achieving, highly talented, above-
average, genius, phenoms, polymaths, student wonders, student sensations, poppies, or high
potential in research or literature reviews (Feldman, 1999; Feldman & Fowler, 1998; Gagne,
1998, 1999; Gross, 1998; Morelock, 1996; Simonton, 1992, 1994; Vygotsky, 1962, 1978).
Various scholars in the field of education over the years have attempted to define different aspects
of giftedness (Kaufman, 2018) helping to expand the conceptualization of giftedness (NAGC,
2019). Kaufman himself was misdiagnosed and incorrectly placed in a special education class.
Kaufman spent years looking across the hall at students in a gifted classroom (Kaufman, 2018).
Sternberg. Robert Sternberg’s theory, most mentioned in the review of definitions, is
known as the Triarchic Theory of Human Intelligence. Sternberg is said to have had negative
experiences with the traditional IQ measurements (Sternberg, 1984). Sternberg’s theory
comprises three different types of thinking which include: analytical, creative, and practical
(Sternberg, 2003a, 2003b). Sternberg argues a person having higher intelligence in one or more of
37
these areas would be more successful (Sternberg, 2003a, 2003b). Through metacognition the
individual would need to determine which mode of thinking would be the most appropriate.
Sternberg acknowledges people may differ in their general ability to use the three types of
thinking (Sternberg, 1984). To understand intelligence, Sternberg argues experts must consider
the abilities a culture values (contextual subtheory), the degree of novelty of the task (experiential
subtheory), and the cognitive process necessary to solve a task (componential subtheory)
(Kaufman, 2018). More recently Sternberg transformed his triarchic theory into the Theory of
Successful Intelligence.” Sternberg argues all three forms of intelligence are important for
achieving one’s goal in life (Kaufman, 2018). Sternberg clearly plays a significant part in the
history of defining giftedness; however, his models were not as widely applied or accepted as
other theorists (Kohlberg, 1964, 1969, 1984; Kohlberg & Diessner, 1991; Sternberg, 2010; Turiel,
1979, 1983, 2002). Sternberg’s theory focuses not just on the abilities of the gifted, but on
conceptual processes, the ways the gifted think separates these individuals from other nongifted
students or other populations (Kaufman, 2018; Sternberg & Grigorenko, 1993).
Renzulli. Joseph Renzulli’s approach is known as the Three Ring Conception of
Giftedness (Renzulli, 1976). Unlike Sternberg’s theory, the Renzulli model (1998) has been
successfully used in schools around the world since its inception. The Three-Ring model consists
of three basic clusters of human traits which include: above average ability, a high level of task
commitment, and a high level of creativity (Renzulli, 1976, 1998). Renzulli’s model was
developed by studying adults who were highly successful or demonstrated exceptional
achievement. Renzulli (1978, 1997a, 1997b, 1998) views giftedness more as a behavior than an
attribute. The Three Ring Concept or approach has found support amongst educators, as the
conception allows students to be identified and not with an IQ alone. As a result of this theory,
38
more diverse students have been identified (Renzulli, 1986, 2000). However, Renzulli’s model
may fall short when a student does have a high ability or high IQ, and is considered gifted or
profoundly gifted, but still fails to perform and fails to excel. Renzulli may argue their task
commitment has not been exposed to stimuli needed for motivation (Renzulli, 1976, 1988, 1998,
2000). Another way to develop task commitment is to always build upon the child’s strengths
(Renzulli, 1986). Renzulli (2005) writes,
The task of providing better services to our most promising young people cannot wait
until theorists and researchers produce an unassailable, ultimate truth. Such truths
probably do not exist. But the needs and opportunities to improve truths probably do not
exist. But the needs and opportunities to improve educational services for these young
people exist in countless classrooms every day of the week. (p. 274)
Gagne. Gagne’s Differentiated Model of Talent differentiates between giftedness and
talent. With this model the two terms cannot be used interchangeably as they often are. Gagne
(1985, 1993,1998,1999a, 1999b, 1999b, 2013) views giftedness as being natural ability or
potential. Talent is the product of intervention (Gagne, 2013). Gagne believes different catalysts
can promote management between the domains of the product of intervention (Gagne, 1985).
Gagne believes different catalysts can promote giftedness and talent (Gagne, 2013). His model
presents five Aptitude domains: creative, intellectualization, sensorimotor, socio-affective and
others (Gagne, 1993, 1999a, 2013). By examining the child’s achievements, it can be determined
if the child is gifted. The environment serves as a catalyst as this process occurs. Not all children
are exposed to the same nurturing environment and chance may play a role in determining who
will reach their full potential. Moon (2007) believes Gagne’s theory is considered by many to be
39
the most comprehensive and the most valid theories of giftedness. Children who do not feel safe
and supported may not develop to their potential, impacting society in a devastating way.
Gardner. Howard Gardner’s Theory of Multiple Intelligences has been quite popular in
the field of education, peaking perhaps in the late 1980s. His approach (1983, 1991, 1993, 1995,
1999) is quite unique in the concept moves the focus of identifying giftedness from a single
approach to a multi-category approach. The term ‘intelligence’ refers to a special ability, talent, or
skill which allows individuals to maximize their potential by building on the specific strength he
or she demonstrates. The multiple intelligences strongly parallels using preferred learning styles
(Campell, Campbell, & Dickinson, 1992). Armstrong (1987, 1994) sheds light on Gardner’s
Multiple Intelligences Theory by noting each child possesses aspects of all eight intelligences and
is challenged to develop them to a fairly high level of competence. Gardner believes by the time a
child begins school, he or she will have established ways of learning which tend to favor some
intelligences more than others (Gardner, 1983). The identification of which intelligences a child
has favored is not a simple process. Gardner does not suggest students need to master all eight
intelligences or focus on gaps in their learning (Gardner, 1995). As Gardner’s (1983, 1993, 1995)
multiple intelligences are applicable, to some degree, to all students, this model is not especially
suitable for meeting the needs of gifted students. Only three of Gardner’s intelligences may be
measured on traditional intelligence tests (Eckert, & Robins, 2016; Moon, 2006a, 2006b). Critics
of Gardner argue his concept appears to be a form of differentiation (Eckert, & Robins, 2016).
The argument is if teachers are differentiating for all students then they still are not stretching or
challenging those high potential and profoundly gifted students in ways which are pressingly
needed. which are pressingly needed.
40
Scott Barry Kaufman, (2018) points out these theories, although influential, are static. He
cautions these theories or concepts do not tell us how these important traits are developed across a
life span. Kaufman asks, (2018) “How do ability and motivation for example get converted to
real-world achievement? Are environmental factors more important or does success need to come
from within an individual? (p. 78).
Other Relevant Conceptions of Giftedness
A lesser known model, which may have significance when applied to the topic of bullying
and giftedness, evolved from the positive psychology movement and is known as Operation
Houndstooth (Renzulli, Koehler, & Fogarty (2006). This model emerged from Renzulli’s Three-
Ring Conception. The result is known as socially constructive giftedness which seeks to
understand the reason a student uses their talents to help another or contributes to social capital.
Renzulli describes social capital as intangible assets to address the collective needs of individuals
and communities. The work of Renzulli et al. (2006) shows this form of capital, social capital, has
sharply declined in recent years as demonstrated by low participation in civic clubs, church
groups, parent-teacher associations, and service clubs. This framework contains several
components: Optimism, Courage, Romance with a Topic of Discussion, Sensitivity to Human
Concerns, Physical/Mental Energy and Vision/Sense of Destiny. Renzulli and colleagues describe
social capital as intangible assets to address the collective needs of individuals and communities.
Unlike the other concepts, Operation Houndstooth is not a static definition and may
answer Kaufman’s question of how motivation and environment get converted to real world
achievement, or to higher levels of social responsibility. This specific conception the authors
illuminate may be relevant for a gifted child who witnesses another student being bullied. The
gifted child may act to support and include the victim in the community and may work to remove
41
any barriers or reasons for a child to be bullied using the framework established. Both the victim
and the gifted child are benefitting. A safer and stronger community could be the result (Renzulli
et al., 2006).
Asynchronous development. A more recent look at giftedness comes from the work of
Linda Silverman, the Director of the Institute for the Study of Advanced Development, Colorado
Gifted Center. Silverman included asynchronous development in her definition which is the
uneven development of gifted children. Asynchrony is the term used to describe the mismatch
between cognitive, emotional, and physical development of gifted individuals (Silverman, 1997,
2009, 2012). A gifted individual may be able to explain string theory but may struggle
developmentally to tie the strings on his or her shoes. Silverman argues IQ and emotional traits
should also be considered (Silverman, 1997).
Columbus group definition. A group of parents, educators, administrators and counselors
used the work of Silverman (1997), the work of Hollingworth (1914, 1926, 1942), as well as the
work of Jean-Charles Terrassier (2011) when developing a more current definition of giftedness:
Giftedness is asynchronous development in which advanced cognitive abilities and
heightened intensity combines to create inner experiences and awareness that are
qualitatively different from the norm. This asynchrony increases with higher intellectual
capacity. The uniqueness of the gifted renders them particularly vulnerable and requires
modifications in parenting, teaching, and counseling for gifted students/individuals to
develop optimally.
State definitions and federal definition. Individual states have varying definitions and
criteria for the identification of gifted children. School counselors will need to know their state’s
definition and should also know the federal definition. These definitions may be found on the
42
National Association for Gifted Children website (www.nagc.org). Most states’ definitions of
giftedness stem from the U.S. Department of Education’s Marland Report (1972), often referred
to as the “Federal Definition”.
The Marland Report. In 1972, Sidney P. Marland, Jr., provided a report to the U.S.
Congress. Marland defined giftedness as provided a report to the U.S. Congress. This is how he
defined the commissioner board’s definition of “Giftedness”:
Children who are gifted are those identified by professionally qualified persons who by
{in} virtue of outstanding abilities are capable of high performance. These are children
who require differentiated educational programs and services beyond those normally
provided by regular school program in order to realize their contribution to self and
society. (p. 8)
Marland (1972) added:
Children capable of high performance include those who demonstrated achievement
and/or potential in any of the following areas: General intellectual ability, specific
academic ability, creative or productive thinking, leadership ability, visual and performing
arts, and psychomotor ability. (p. 9)
Perhaps the most important finding presented to Congress in this report is Marland
acknowledged the possibility gifted children suffer psychological damage, which can even
include permanent cognitive impairment equal to or even greater than other populations. This
definition has been since reinstated in 1978 to exclude psychomotor giftedness (Coleman, &
Cross, 2001).
National Association for Gifted Children. The National Association for Gifted Children
offers a similar definition to the Marland Report and defines a gifted learner, as someone who
43
shows or has the potential to show an exceptional level of performance in one or more of the
following areas: General intellectual ability, specific academic aptitude, visual or performing arts,
leadership ability, and creative thinking. (NAGC, 2020)
Depending upon the state, individual school districts may also have different definitions of
giftedness. One reason may be because gifted services or programming should match the type of
programming offered by the district (NAGC, 2019). For example, if the district is not offering
gifted programming in visual or performing arts the district may leave such wording out of its
definition. Within the state of Minnesota, a student may be labeled gifted in one district but may
have to apply if the child moves to another Minnesota district as each school may set their own
requirements for gifted services (MDE, 2020). The same may be true if a child labeled gifted
moves from one state to another. The student may have to apply to be considered for gifted
services in the new state.
Gifted students are often found to be within the top three to five percent in intelligence or
performance of all children (Colangelo, & Wood, 2015). Numerous states require districts have
gifted identification. An IQ of at least 130 is often considered gifted in Minnesota districts, lower
than the 140 IQ first used by Terman (1925). (An exception would be the Navigator program in
Minnetonka which requires a 140 IQ or above according to their Minnesota website). However,
not all states, including Minnesota, where the study is taking place, require identified students
receive specialized services.
Identification of twice-exceptional learners. No federal definition exists to guide the
identification of this special population of gifted students (Reis, Burke, & Burke, 2014). As a
result, misconceptions and stereotypical notions hinder the identification of the twice-exceptional
learners (Baldwin, Baum, Perles, & Hughes, 2015). Brody and Mills (1997) summarize it best,
44
“Twice-exceptional learners have the “characteristics of gifted students with potential for high
performance, along with the characteristics of students with disabilities who struggle with many
aspects of learning” (p. 67). In 1975, the Council for Exceptional Children formed a committee to
discuss concerns of educating twice-exceptional learners (Coleman, 1985, Coleman & Yeh,
2008). The following year the first conference on twice-exceptional learners was held in
partnership with the Council for Exceptional Children and the Connecticut Department of
Education (Coleman & Yeh, 2008).
Maker (1977) estimated three percent of special education students are gifted. The
National Research Center on the Gifted and Talented reported in 1993 2% to 7% of the special
education population was comprised of twice-exceptional learners (Nielsen, 1993).
Thrice-exceptional students. Whitmore (1980) estimated between 120,000 and 180,000
special education students were gifted. Two reasons may exist for this estimation. The first reason
is the inability to diagnose giftedness and the second is the lack of research over the years
specifically for the gifted population. A review of current literature on giftedness reveals a
growing interest in researching 3e, or thrice-exceptional students. Gifted author, expert and
researcher Joy Lawson-Davis refers to 3e students as Gifted Cubed learners. A 3e student is
gifted, has a learning need, and is a student of color (Davis, & Robinson, 2018). Lawson-Davis
argues 3e students are more likely to be victimized by harsh school discipline practices. She
believes 3e students may end up expelled or may drop-out of school due to not feeling safe and
understood at school. (Davis, & Robinson, 2018).
Conclusion
According to research, the concept of giftedness has been continuously redefined and has
caused a “love-hate” relationship with the field of gifted education (Colango, & Davis, 1997).
45
Davis and Rimm (1998) argues, Giftedness is caught between excellence and equity” (p. 27).
Gifted educators, advocates and researchers seek to help gifted and talented students achieve their
potential, and at the same time, feel the need to defend the argument for gifted programs being
elitist and undemocratic. Scholars attribute this clash of IQ verses equity to our changing view of
intelligence and changing needs (Borland, 1989; Gallagher, 1958, 1985; Kaufman, 2018; Plomin,
Fulker; Corley & Defries, 1997). Strong and diverse voices are engaged in the conversation due to
the increasing consciousness and political power of educators, African Americans, Hispanics,
including economically disadvantaged representation (Coleman, Sanders, & Cross, 1997;
Elhoweris, Mutua, Alsheikh, & Holloway, 2005; Ford, 1993, 1995; Grissom & Redding, 2016;
Nicholson-Crotty, 2016; Sapon-Shevin, 1994). Toffler (1970) has written to the rapid changes in
our society and to the impact of change. Toffler’s (1970) work indicates and advocates the need
for developing different talents and abilities to be successful contributors in a modern world.
Another source of influence has been follow-up or longitudinal studies on gifted adults. These
influences include the 70-year study by Terman (1925), studies by Subotnik and Arnold (1993),
as well as studies by Csikszentmihalyi, Rathunde, and Whalen (1993). According to Coleman and
Cross (2001),
Interest in the education and development of giftedness has existed since ancient times.
This interest has had positive and negative impacts on gifted persons. Over the last
century, interest has increased. A bewildering series of definitions have been proposed.
The result of the evolution of trying to define giftedness have increased the complexity of
the identification process because more decisions about the relative importance of several
abilities. The question of measurement is ever present. In some ways, the expansion of the
definition may be an illusion. The power of the IQ remains. (pp. 22-23)
46
The proper identification of giftedness may be a bigger problem than previously believed.
Students are often placed into specific programs, courses, or placements based on their needs.
Lack of experience with giftedness and understandings, may place a child in a classroom that is
not matched according to his academic, social and emotional and personality (Adams-Beyers,
Whitsell, Moon, 2004). The GER21 report pointed out at the 2019 NAGC convention diverse
students are not being placed correctly or even identified. Diverse students may not be placed in
classrooms that understand, value and challenge them (GER21, 2019) Minnesota educator and
researcher Karen Rogers writes, It is my belief, after 25 years of consulting with schools, most
public schools are not doing even a minimally adequate job of managing the education of gifted
and talented learners (Rogers, 2001, p. xv).
More than 3.3 million U.S. public school children are currently labeled as gifted.
However, a recent report (2019) cautions as many as 3.6 million gifted children in the United
States are being overlooked (GER21, 2019). Despite efforts over the last 60 years, the report also
shows a dismal view of inequality in gifted education. Unfortunately, this report comes at a time
when Seattle and New York City are considering proposals to eliminate gifted programs due to
racial discrimination and inequality in gifted education (NAGC, 2019).
The Unique Social and Emotional Needs of Gifted Students
Assumptions are common with gifted students. Lombroso assumed as far back as 1889
giftedness increased vulnerability (Neihart, 1999). Foneseca (2011) argues people assume gifted
children require little to no discipline or encouragement with regards to learning or well-being
(Treffinger, 1980, 2009; Webb, Gore, Amed, & DeVries, 2007). Such assumptions may be due to
the influence of Terman (1924, 1925; Terman & Oden, 1935, 1947) whose work found gifted
students did not have unique needs. Strang’s work with gifted students in a much different time,
47
her personal experiences, and her reviews of studies makes her resist Terman’s view (Strang,
1960). Strang, founder and director of the American Association for Gifted Children (1960) saw
this influence as the product of being gifted in a nongifted world. Gifted children she believed,
think differently, learn differently, and behave differently (Strang, 1950, 1951, 1960). Significant
number of gifted children do perform well and may even enjoy completion of projects beneath
their capacities (Coleman & Cross, 2001). However, a growing number of gifted students do not
share this enthusiasm for learning (Webb et al. 2007; Whitmore 1980). In fact, they may feel their
teacher or peers have nothing to offer them, school is simply boring and lacks challenge
(Casserly, 1975), the topics have no value to them personally, and, therefore, gifted students may
choose not to engage in activities, purposely choosing not to complete the assigned work or
projects (Coleman et al., 1997; Elliot 1999; Parker, 1997). Often when this happens, classroom
teachers come to believe the gifted child has been incorrectly diagnosed, and, in fact, in some
gifted programs, the label of giftedness may be removed. Identified students, even in gifted
programs, may be removed from programming and placed back in general education classrooms
remaining the only gifted child, or one of just a few gifted students in a classroom (VanTassel-
Baska, Feng, Swanson, Quek, & Chandler, 2009). Whitmore (1980) notes gifted children are
generally more vulnerable to environmental influences. Research reveals gifted children seem to
sense a “...differentness but they cannot attach a clear meaning to it (p. 188), (Coleman & Cross,
1998; Cross, Coleman, & Stewart, 1993). Delisle (1992) adds, “When combined with the pressure
to conform, the premise gifted children experience more conflict than other children seem quite
realistic (Coleman & Cross, 2001, p. 196). Coleman and Cross (1998) in an article, Is Being
Gifted a Social Handicap, argued being gifted interfered with full social acceptance. Students
minimize their visibility as gifted students to others (Coleman & Cross, 1998, p. 196).
48
Counselors in their role must navigate complex situations for the teacher, the
administrator, the parents and even the gifted child (Colangelo, 2003; Cross, 2005; Silverman
1989). Counselor, advocate, researcher, and author Silverman, (1989, 2013) has found gifted
students typically hold themselves and others to high standards, with a large percentage having
impossibly high standards. At least 5% of gifted children will drop out of school if they do not
feel the school is meeting their needs, and counselors must navigate this carefully (Renzulli &
Park, 2000). School counselors must work with teachers to discuss identification, acceleration,
differentiation, groupings, assignments and pacing, pretesting and compacting instruction, adding
student choice, encouraging more depth and complexity as well as more teacher-student dialogue
around independent contracts for learning (ASCA, 1993, 1999, 2001, 2007, 2013, 2019; Cross,
2005; Kennedy & Farley, 2018; Webb et al., 2005; Webb et al., 2007). Complicating the
counselor’s role is research showing both ability and environment must be considered when
working with gifted students, (Gagne, 1962; Renzulli,1979, 2000; Sternberg, 1985). Cross (2005)
writes, “...the culture in which a child is immersed has an important influence on the experience
of being gifted (p. 17). Social and emotional characteristics shape and are shaped by interactions
with others (Erickson, 1963, 1968; Wiley, 2016). Delisle’s NAGC speech (2013) on gifted school
shooters reminds counselors to pay attention to cultural identity and sociocultural aspects when
working with gifted students. Delisle’s speech also reminds counselors to remove all assumptions
about who a bully, victim, bystander or bully-victim may be (Delisle, 2012). Development must
be understood through a cultural lens. Concepts such as identity, self and achievement are socially
constructed (Coleman & Cross, 2001; Wiley, 2016). Cross (2005) argues (Erickson, 1972; Wiley,
2016). Cross (2001c) explains it this way,
49
Americans maintain numerous views of gifted students simultaneously. Gifted students
receive mixed messages about their place in society, and that is often interpreted to be an
indicator of the degree to which they are accepted and can be themselves. (p. 35)
Common Traits of Gifted Students
Like Silverman (1997) and Strang (1960), Cross (2005) believes gifted students will
experience certain aspects of their life differently from those who do not share the same gifts or
talents. According to Dr. James Webb gifted learners may share many common characteristics
(Webb et al., 2005). Such characteristics may include but are not limited to: learn at a rapid pace
(Start, 1995) have a need for less repetition (Start, 1995), retain information easily (Cooper &
Hoel, 2000; Dark & Benbow, 1991; Hollingworth, 1942) think in abstract, complex,
logical or illogical ways (Cooper, & Snell, 2003; Neihart, 1991; Neihart et al, 2015; Rabinowitz
& Glaser, 1985; Rogers, 1986) hold a longer attention span, may be impatient with self or others
who do not learn at the same pace (Silverman 1989; Stanley, 1993) and demonstrate a wide
range of interests (Hollingworth, 1942).
Gifted students do prefer less direction and more time to explore or experiment (Coleman
& Cross, 2001). Gifted learners prefer finding several solutions as opposed to being given one
(Rogers, 2001). Even at an early age, gifted students may have an unusual sense of humor, often
dry, using word play at an elevated level (Coleman & Cross, 2001). According to Delisle and
Galbraith (2002) gifted students enjoy learning about the nature of humankind and the universe.
As a result, even at an early age, gifted children may demonstrate intellectual
curiosity, creativity, and may ask endless questions until they understand concepts (Maker,
Nelson, & Rogers, 1994).
50
Socialization: Peer Relationships and Possible Isolation
Gifted children may struggle with emotional intensity (Fonesca, 2011, Lind, 2001; Sword,
2006a, 2006b; Webb, 2008),with executive functioning skills (Brown, 2006; Dawson & Guare,
2009; DeWall, Baumeister, & Vohs, 2009; Kaufman, 2010), self-regulation (Barkley, 1997;
Campbell, 2000; Cash, 2016; Guenole et al., 2015; Teeter, 1998;), and developing friendships
(Almack, 1922; Cohen, Duncan, & Cohen, 1994; Guo, 2006; Lee, Olszewski-Kublilius, &
Thomson, 2012; Peairs, 2010; Shapiro, Schneider, Shore, Margison, & Udvari, 2009; Webb,
Meckstroth, and Tolan, 1982). Up to 20% of children and youth, in general, may experience
significant emotional, or social challenges, while 30% to 40% of gifted children can be identified
with noteworthy difficulties in these areas (Armstrong, Desson, John, & Watt, 2018). According
to Armstrong et al. (2018) it is not uncommon for gifted children to set high standards for
themselves and when the expectation is not met, become critical in evaluating their own work
(Silverman, 1989, 2012; Whitmore, 1980). It is also not uncommon for gifted youth to destroy
what personal work created due to this perfectionism (Guignard, Jacquet, & Lupart, 2012;
LoCicero & Ashby, 2000; Mammadov, Cross, & Ward, 2018; Shaunessy, Suldo, & Friedrich,
2011). Gifted children procrastinate, as it is easier than failing a second time (Torrance, 1961,
1962). Placement with another student, or even in a cooperative group for learning, is quite
challenging and frustrating for gifted learners (Colangelo, 1991; French, Walker, & Shore, 2011;
Hollingworth, 1942; Silverman, 1993, Slavin, 1990). To the outsider, or inexperienced educator,
or even uninformed parent, a gifted child may appear to be arrogant, and disconnected from his or
her peers (Coleman, 1999; Delisle, 1992; Feldman, 1980; Gallagher, 1975; Gold, 1965; Hebert,
2002; Pepinsky, 1960; Reis & McCoach, 2002). Gifted learners are often focused on larger world
problems and lose interest in relationships without this focus (Hollingworth, 1942, Southern &
51
Jones, 1991). As a result, gifted students may choose to either be isolated or may seek
relationships with older students (Shantz, 1975). Carrie Goldman, (2012), cautions of the danger
of gifted students becoming isolated from others: “Neuroimaging studies have shown parts of the
cortical pain network are activated when a person is socially excluded” (p. 12). Goldman points
out, ...the brains of children as young as thirteen have been shown to react to social pain as if the
child were being physically injured” (p. 12).
Overexcitabilities of the Gifted Child
Dabrowski identified five areas in which gifted children may exhibit intense behaviors
(Dabrowski, 1964, 1967, 1970, 1972, 1973; Dabrowski & Piechowski, 1977; Lind, 2001;
Mendaglio, 2007). These intense behaviors are often referred to as “overexcitabilities” or “super-
sensitivities.” These areas include: Sensual, intellectual, imaginational, psychomotor and
emotional.
Sensual. According to Dabrowski (1964) gifted students have a heightened awareness of
all their senses. As a result, gifted students may have sensitivity to certain smells, may not like the
feel of certain types of fabrics, or may have an appreciation for beauty or things they consider
beautiful (Mendaglio, & Tiller, 2006). Sensual overexcitabilities may cause some gifted students
to avoid walking on cracks in the sidewalk or may explain why some students refuse to walk on
thick, green grass. Along with these concerns, some gifted students may be reluctant to be
touched, whereas others may crave being held or comforted (Bouchet & Falk, 2001; Daniels &
Piechowski, 2009; Winkler & Voight, 2016; Zakreski, 2018). Even lighting may need
adjustments for a gifted student to be successful.
Intellectual. Gifted children with such intensity may continuously crave learning
(Kaufman 2018). These students may not be able to turn off their minds. As a result, school,
52
which is often divided into several periods during a day, becomes quite frustrating for some gifted
students.
They constantly want to delve deeper and want to know how and why something is like it
is (Daniels, & Piechowski, 2009). Teachers, counselors, or families may identify students with
intellectual intensities as those students always with a book in hand or eyes on a screen. The
challenge for the educator is to convince the gifted learner to put the book down, to find
meaning in the new subject, and to engage in the planned learning (Dabrowski, 1964).
Imaginational. Gifted students with an imaginational type of intensity view life in a
different way (Kitano, 1990). They often have dreams, enjoy fantasy and free play. These gifted
students may love drama or music. Teachers may call them out for daydreaming in class (Rinn &
Reynolds, 2012). Dabrowski warns the imaginations of gifted children can lead to vivid dreams or
nightmares. The images and events are quite detailed which can lead to sleeping issues which
may then affect student performance and relationships. (Dabrowski, 1964, 1967; Fonesca, 2011;
Piirto, 1998).
Psychomotor. This type of intensity, psychomotor, is quite common in gifted children.
Psychomotor intensity includes a “capacity for being active and energetic” (Piechowski, 1991, p.
287), the love of movement for its own sake, surplus of energy demonstrated by rapid speech,
zealous enthusiasm, intense physical activity, and a need for action (Dabrowski & Piechowski,
1977; Piechowski, 1991, 1997, 1999). Teachers may confuse this type of intensity as ADD or
ADHD. Gifted students with psychomotor excitabilities may prefer outside activities or
competitions (Dabrowski, 1970; Piechowski, 2013).
Emotional. As the name suggests, students with emotional intensity may be extremely
sensitive and empathetic to many causes or issues (Piechowski, 1979). There are often extremes
53
in how their intensities are presented. Gifted students with high emotional intensities may also be
referred for ADD or ADHD or even bipolar disorder. Characteristics of gifted students exhibiting
emotional intensities may include appearing shy, feeling lonely or isolated, appearing anxious,
may have problems adjusting to any type of change, may be classroom cops who insist that
everything is always fair and may have at times feelings of guilt or feelings of inferiority. Often
these intensities may become too much and may begin to play out in actual physical symptoms
such as headaches, stomachaches, sore muscles, or even stress (Dabrowski, 1972; Winkler &
Voight, 2016, Zakreski, 2018).
Gifted children with multiple intensities have a difficult time ignoring or even addressing
bullying of any form (Dabrowski, 1964, Kitano, 1990). These sensitivities are a part of a larger
theory called the Theory of Positive Disintegration in which Dabrowski believed inner sufferings
are needed for advanced development. The goal is to move oneself from where one currently is, to
where one would desire to be. Research illuminates although not all gifted students have
overexcitabilities they are found at a higher rate amongst gifted children (Kitano, 1990,
Mendaglio & Tiller, 2006). Overexcitabilities may cause gifted students to draw attention to
themselves. They can also result in gifted students having strong reactions to bullying (Gordon,
2019). Along with this, gifted students struggle to understand bullying (Gordon, 2019).
Overexcitabilities may also cause gifted students to become self-critical, leading to gifted
individuals trying to cope or navigate the situation on their own, often not trusting others to do
this for them (Gordon, 2019). In review, overexcitabilities are a heightened ability to respond to
different stimuli. School counselors need to be skilled in helping gifted students exhibiting
overexcitabilities to work through their natural tendencies while also trying to help students
maintain emotional self-regulation, balance and control (Gordon, 2019).
54
Depression and Suicide
A review of the literature reveals gifted students are complex. Unfortunately, such traits as
asynchronous development, perfectionism, social introversion, heightened sensitivity may make
gifted students at risk for depression and even suicide (Capuzzi, & Golden, 1988; Cross, 1996;
Cross, Cook, & Dixon, 1996; Delisle, 1986). Yet, to date the research is mixed and inconclusive
as to whether gifted students are at a higher risk for depression (Martin, Burns, & Schonlau, 2010;
Mueller, 2009, Neihart, 1999) and suicidal behaviors (Cross, 2012; Cross, Cook, & Dixon, 1996;
Cross & Cross, 2017; Cross, Gust-Brey, & Ball, 2002).
Limited research gives an insight to the troubled gifted child or adolescents. Research by
Hyatt (2010) reveals a case study for an 18-year-old female gifted adolescent. She killed herself
using a firearm. The study reveals the young gifted woman had been contemplating suicide for at
least seven years before she accomplished it. The bullying had started in kindergarten, and as she
attended school, she was continuously called names. The study reveals she had even been bullied
by adults. Her giftedness had not been understood by peers or even adults. She even expressed her
desire to kill herself in an English assignment; it appeared the teacher either did not
acknowledge the concern, or never read it. The young lady had expressed the desire to kill herself
with peers but never with other adults, other than the teacher. The reason for not telling adults
may be because of her giftedness; she never trusted adults to help her (Cortes, & Kochenderfer-
Ladd, 2014; Cross & Cross, 2017).
It must be known, gifted students may deceive those around them and mask their signs of
depression (Jackson & Peterson, 2003). Knowledge of masking is important to when gifted
students are asked to answer orally in conferencing or even in investigations by counselors or
55
asked to answer questionnaires about depression and suicide. Jackson and Peterson (2003) found
gifted students did not respond honestly when asked about bullying. Limited research exists in
this area. An intriguing study conducted by Mueller (2009), finds gifted Hispanic students may
have higher depression scores on questionnaires than Caucasian gifted individuals, or may be
more willing to admit such than Caucasian students.
The actual number of gifted and young people attempting or committing suicide remains
unknown, partly because of the wide variance in definitions of the intellectually gifted population
(Delisle, 1986). Data privacy complicates gifted research around depression and suicide. At least
13 adolescents die each day, or over 5,000 adolescent deaths a year, and as many as five times
that number makes less successful attempts at suicide (Tishler, McKenry, & Morgan, 1981). The
trends show these estimates may be low (CDC, 2019; “NIMH”, 2019). A 250 % increase in
suicides among young people since 1964 has occurred (Petzel, & Cline, 1978).
Knowing suicide rates are increasing, attention must be focused on the needs of the all
populations, including the gifted. Field and Marr did just this when they coined the term,
Bullycide” in 1991 to bring attention to how bullying is impacting students, including gifted.
Bullycides often occurs when children or adolescents can no longer cope with the chronic abuse
of bullying. These students seeing no other way to escape it, decide to die by suicide to end the
suffering. Field and Marr (1991) explain, “Bullycides are becoming more common and occur
when the victim can no longer endure the psychological effects of being bullied. (Field, & Marr,
1991; Simmons, 2002, Smith & Myron-Wilson, 1998; Sullivan, Farrell & Kliewer, 2006).
56
Different studies rank suicide as the second or the third leading cause of death in youth
between ages 10 and 24. Increases in suicidal ideation due to bullying, including cyberbullying
have been observed (Hinduja & Patchin, 2010, 2014). Nearly 31% of boys and 36% of girls
bullied reported suicidal thoughts (van der Wal et al., 2003). A study found in the Journal of
Secondary Gifted Education (1996) revealed the five gifted male students in the study felt
bullycides were their only options. All five males had exhibited overexcitabilities, had all suffered
from depression, had openly discussed suicide, had obsessive thinking, and may have had need
for control.
The limited research on gifted and suicide reveals:
1. Targets of cyberbullying are at least 1.5 times more likely to attempt suicide,
compared to their peers (Hinduja & Patchin, 2010).
2. Gifted students die by suicide (Cross et al., 1996; Cross et al., 2002; Cross, 2013;
Hyatt, 2010).
3. Evidence exists suicide ideation rates for the 16- to 18-year-old gifted student age
range are at or are slightly lower than those of the general population (Hyatt, 2010).
4. Gifted students may see suicide as a strategy for coping (Coleman, & Cross, 2001,
2005).
5. A small amount of evidence indicates adolescent gifted students are more likely to
complete suicide in fewer attempts than the general population (Cross, 2013).
Gifted students and their search for identity and acceptance is complex. Research by Sanborn and
his associates (Sanborn, 1979; Sanborn, Pulvino, & Wonderlin, 1971) has shown the difficulties
faced by gifted adolescents who are being told they are fortunate to have exceptional talents. At
57
other times, the stress of living up to these expectations, causes life for gifted students to feel
aimless and barren (Shneidman, 1972).
Social and Emotional Competence: Focus on The Whole Child
Dr. George Betts argues gifted education must focus on developing the whole child (Betts,
1985; Betts & Kercher, 1999). This belief is supported by the Collaborative for Academic, Social
and Emotional Learning (CASEL) established in 1997 (www.casel.org/what-is-sel/). As the
world’s leading organization to focus on social and emotional learning, the organization has
identified and advocates for five broad areas of focus for a learner’s social and emotional
competence: Self-awareness, self-management, social-awareness, relationship skills, and
responsive decision-making (Betts, & Kirchner, 1999; CASEL, 2020). Failure to address the
needs of the whole child may place the gifted child in a more vulnerable condition (Betts &
Kirchner, 1999; Fonesca, 2011; Watson, 1965, Webb et al., 1982).
Conclusion
Coleman and Cross (2001) point out, “...popular movies portray gifted people as frail,
(Powder, 1995), bespectacled (Shine, 1996), dysfunctional (Searching for Bobby Fischer, 1993;
Little Man Tate, 1991) idealistic but misguided and even violent (Good Will Hunting, 1997) (p.
21).
The SENG Parent’s Guide to Gifted Student’s Handbook, a significant book in the field of
gifted, illuminates the numerous social and emotional challenges faced by gifted individuals
(Webb et al., 2005). The text is designed to be used to lead discussions for parent education
classes for parents concerned about the social and emotional development of their gifted child.
However, not all studies have found gifted individuals have more social or emotional concerns.
Some earlier studies of gifted present a different view of giftedness, arguing some gifted students
58
do not display negative behaviors (Cross, 2005; Neihart, 1999; Terman, 1925). A smaller sample
of empirical research reviewed on the gifted from childhood through adulthood confirms
emotional disturbance may not be a common correlate of giftedness (Lajoie & Shore, 1981;
Neihart, 1999; Sears, 1977, 1979; Terman & Oden, 1947; Yewchuk, 1995). The early studies
may indicate the incidence of emotional disturbance among the gifted is comparable to the
general public (Neihart, 1999). Webb et al. (2005) reminds counselors the importance of
understanding not all gifted students are the same, and each should be treated and guided
accordingly. For each giftedness may be an asset or a burden.
Roeper (1982), Betts (1989), and Silverman (1997) caution counselors not only to be
focused on nurturing the academic needs of gifted but encourages there to be focus on the growth
of self. Unfortunately, gifted children, just like other children, grow up in a complex world where
their talents may be encouraged, praised, recognized, ignored, discredited, or even treated with
derision, scorn, and disdain (Coleman, 1961, 1985; Freeman, 1983, 2002; Schroeder Davis, 2012;
Torrance, 1962; Whitmore, 1980). Roeper (1982) strongly urges educators to nurture the psyche
of the child in the direction of self-actualization. Rowley (2012) writes, “Sometimes being
intellectually gifted comes with an emotional price: we need to grow a map of reality that
includes reaching out to children who seem unreachable” (para. 9). Neihart (1999) argues the
psychological outcomes for gifted children depends upon three factors: the type of giftedness, the
educational fit and environment, and one’s personal characteristics. Neihart (2009) also believes
“in many cases with gifted students, the developing criminal mind is evident by mid to late
adolescence” (p. 1).
Pfeiffer and Burko (2016) state, “There is no research on the prevalence of gifted students
with mental health problems; however, it is reasonable to assume a significant number of these
59
children/adolescents do not receive counseling or other interventions they should be seeking.
Pfeiffer and Burko (2016) believe it could be helpful if counselors working with gifted students
addressed the following developmental challenges (p. 244):
1. A significant mismatch with one’s educational environment (Pfeiffer & Stocking,
2000).
2. Time management, strategic planning, coping with anxiety, and academic pursuits
(Vitasari, Wahab, Othman, & Sinnadurai, 2010).
2. Being out-of-sync with nongifted peers (Gross, 1999, 2002).
3. Perfectionism and heightened sensitivity/overexcitabilities (Chan, 2003; Mendaglio,
2003).
4. Achievement: Feeling unsupported and misunderstood (Kerr, 1991; Kerr, Colangelo,
& Gaeth, 1998).
5. Anxiety, and indecision about career planning (Sampson & Chasin, 2008).
7. Bullying, (Peterson & Ray, 2006a, 2006b; Pfeiffer & Stocking, 2000).
History and Changing Role of the Counselor in U.S. Schools
The role of counselors has evolved, been changed, redefined, and modernized in response
to needs of schools or even society (Aubrey, 1977; Beesley, 2004; Burnham & Jackson, 2000;
Gysbers & Henderson, 1988, 2001, 2012; Heppner, 1990; Myers & Pace, 1986; Paisley &
Border, 1995; Sajjadi, 2000; St. Clair, 1989). Dahir (2004) argues, “The history of school
counseling has depicted a profession in search of an identity” (p. 345). Klein (2000) believes,
“counseling has always been considered a vital component in the nurturing of talent and overall
service of the gifted population (p. 133).
60
Industrial Revolution
Schools first began utilizing counselors in the late 1800s. (Beesley, 2004; Burnham &
Jackson, 2000; Gysbers & Henderson, 2001; Paisley & Borders, 1995). Wilhelm Wundt (1832-
1920), a German scientist, is often referred to as the first psychologist (Danziger, 1980; Myers, &
Pace, 1986). Wundt (1873) argues the need for identifying components of consciousness. For the
most part, Wundt’s work was not at the focus of counseling in the U.S. but should be considered
as it began discussions around introspection (Danziger, 1980). However, it did not impact
counseling for gifted students for years to come. Two other psychologists of this time whose
work pertains to giftedness include William James (1842-1910) who focused on functionalism,
and Sigmund Freud (1856-1939) who focused on the unconscious mind. James (1890) may be the
first to speak to the power of rejection (Leary et al., 2003).
The first school counselors in the United States, often known as a vocational counselors,
were not focused on the works of these psychologists, but rather were initiated to prepare students
for life after high school, and for the changing work world (Baker & Gerber, 2004; Gysbers &
Henderson, 2000; Sciarra, 2004). Vocational counselors were often hired as full-time teachers,
receiving no extra planning time, training, and little to no additional pay (Sciarra, 2004). Yet, the
counselor was expected to build relationships with families, orient new students, provide needed
assessments if required, and place students appropriately into grade, class or subject placements.
Other challenges of the times included: children being overworked, students dropping out of
school to seek employment to support their families, or themselves (Sciarra, 2004). A
combination of immigration, industrialization, and urbanization brought much needed reform to
education (Aubrey, 1977; Erford, 2010, Meyers, & Pace, 1986; St. Clair, 1989).
61
The Beginning of Counseling Gifted Students
Early work in the field of changing behavior was conducted by Ivan Pavlov (1849-1936).
The important work played a part in how students were rewarded or disciplined. Even today,
underperforming or unengaged gifted students may be motivated by the reward of extra screen
time, stickers, or choice time. In 1869, Sir Francis Galton, a cousin of Charles Darwin, began to
explore and experiment with testing and individual differences (Meyers & Pace, 1986). Galton
then connected and applied this information to psychology theories of the time. Galton attempted
to determine the needs around those he considered to be genius or to have superior mental
abilities (Galton, 1935). He is given credit for developing a technique known as finding the
correlation, this was first used to better understand interrelationships in his intelligence studies.
Much work on twins, including gifted twins, and intelligence followed (Gladding, 1984; Myers,
& Pace, 1986). The first school for gifted students opened in 1901 in Worcester, Massachusetts
(Meyers, & Pace, 1986). As a result of Galton’s work, and the work of others, counseling of
gifted students began in the 1920s, emerging out of various intellectual movements: testing and
individual aptitudes, vocational and educational guidance, and child studies, (a movement led by
G. S. Hall , dating back to the early 1900s (Colangelo, 2003). It must also be noted the Stanford-
Binet intelligence test was published in the United States in 1916. Binet did not share Terman’s
view of fixed intelligence (Green, 1998).
The Great Depression
The Great Depression added to the need for assessing workers (Myers, & Pace, 1986). It
was also a time where young people were coping with personal trauma (Myrick, 1997). The
movement or influence of Carl Rogers, a student of Leta Hollingworth, and humanistic theory,
made the largest impact on school counseling in the years after World War II. Rogers believed
62
in a student-centered approach with emphasis on the self (Colangelo, 2003; Colangelo, & Wood,
2015). He asserted for allowing the student to lead the conversations, not the therapist. Rogers
also affirms Abraham Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs. For a student to grow, he or she needs to be
placed in an environment that provides him or her with genuineness. This allows the student to be
open and leads to self-disclosures and personal reflection (Thorne & Henley, 2005). Rogers
believed in acceptance, unconditional love and placed great value on empathy. Change would\
only come if the child felt listened to and ultimately understood. Roger’s view contrast
with another popular theory of the time by American psychologist B. F. Skinner (1904-1990)
who believed in reinforcement but also the need at times for punishment or pain to drive
behavior (Amutan, 2014, Skinner, 1938).
Another movement having a significant impact on gifted children was led by G. S. Hall
(1903, 1911). This movement focused on specific child studies and tried to understand the natural
growth and development of gifted children. Hall’s movement worked to improve educational
practices and worked to provide information to parents about their child in an effort for the
individual to maximize his or her development. In 1932, Jean Piaget published The
Moral Judgment of Children, resulting in Piaget being considered a leading theorist on the
cognitive development of children.
Lewis M. Terman argued in the 1930s not all children should be educated the same and
felt the educational lockstep found in the school system was not working with gifted students (Al-
Hroub & Khoury, 2018). This belief still exists today (Cash, 2016; Rogers, 2001). One of the first
longitudinal studies of over 1,500 gifted children began just prior to the Great Depression and was
being conducted by Lewis M. Terman himself. A scholar, Terman worked at Stanford University
in California. Terman had built on the ideas first presented by French psychologist, Alfred Binet
63
(1857-1911). Binet’s test was adapted and is known in America as the Stanford-Binet assessment
(St. Clair, 2010). It received the name as Terman had developed it at Stanford, the place he
worked, and the test was adapted from the work of Alfred Binet. Terman’s project, Genetic
Studies of Genius, included collecting information relating to physical, social and emotional
development (Myers, & Pace, 1986; Terman, 1925). The studies eventually were able to address
other important issues around giftedness including: motivation, heredity, career selection and
development, and overall life satisfaction (Burks et al., 1930; Oden, 1968; Sears, P. S. & Barbee,
1977; Sears, R. R., 1977; Stanley, George & Salono, 1977, Terman, 1925; Terman & Oden, 1947,
1959). The new work represented the first longitudinal test conducted to find gifted children
through psychological tests. The study did not go without critics, considering the Sanford-Binet
test was first used to identify slower students (Fancher, & Rutherford, 2012; Kerr, 1981;
Whitmore, 1980). Terman determined these talented youngsters in his study were all well-
adjusted and could succeed without specialized counseling or educational services. Terman also
believed genius had a strong hereditary component. Terman may have been proven wrong; more
researchers now believe gifted students do have unique needs (Cross, 2005; Fonesca, 2011, Webb
et al., 2005). Current researchers also tend to believe in and advocate for a growth-mindset when
working with gifted individuals. (Dweck, 2006). The Terman myth came as a result of Terman
finding or believing gifted students were well-adjusted (Kerr, 1981; Webb, Meckstroth, & Tolan,
1982). As a result, some educators came to believe gifted individuals can handle their emotions
without support (Cross, 2005; Hollingworth, 1925; Myers, & Pace, 1986; Strang, 1960). Studies
reveal the myth has been perpetuated over the years and some believe may have contributed to the
neglect of gifted children by professionals, including psychologist, counselors, teachers,
64
administrators and researchers (Kerr, 1981; Myers, & Pace, 1986; Webb et al., 1982; Whitmore,
1980).
During the time of the Great Depression and just beyond, Leta S. Hollingworth, was
working with gifted children in New York (Myers, & Pace, 1986). Hollingworth found gifted
students are well-adjusted, as Terman suggested (Hollingworth, 1926,1942). However, she
determined adjustment problems increased as students’ intelligence quotients rose above 150. For
those with IQs above 180, social and emotional development or adjustments could be extremely
difficult (Hollingworth, 1926, 1942). Hollingworth identified several special problems unique to
giftedness. Her information proved valuable not only to teachers but also to counselors. First,
gifted students spend far too much time with repetitive activities. Hollingworth (1942) claimed
the gifted child, “receives daily practice in habits of idleness and daydreaming” (p. 270). Second,
she observed gifted students lacked successful peer relationships (Hollingworth, 1942). Not
having peer relationships could lead to underdeveloped social skills and social isolation. Third,
Hollingworth recognized a difference between the intellectual and emotional development of
gifted students. Fourth, she warned of the likeliness of gifted students developing a cynicism
toward authority which would result in social conflict (Cross, 2005; Hollingworth, 1925,
Jackson, & Peterson 2011; Rogers, 2001). Fifth, she suggested lack of peer relationships at a
younger age may have prevented successful relationships in adulthood (Webb et al., 2005).
Finally, she noticed gifted children had difficulty in narrowing down a vocation because gifted
individuals often have a variety of interests. As a result of being indecisive, this led gifted
students to become frustrated and stressed, impacting their overall well-being (Fonesca, 2011;
Webb et al, 2005). Hollingworth’s investigations had tremendous impact on gifted learners in the
past and even still today. Hollingworth was the first to demonstrate the unique counseling and
65
guidance needs gifted students have. Hollingworth is referred in literature to as the first counselor
of gifted students (O’Boyle, & Benbow, 1990). All findings by Hollingworth previously
mentioned, remain relevant even today (O’Boyle, & Benbow, 1990; Webb et al., 2005).
During the time of the Great Depression, Paul Witty and Martin Jenkins (1934) conducted
the first study of intellectual giftedness among Blacks and other students of culturally different
backgrounds (Hildenbrand, 1981; Tannenbaum, 1979; Tannenbaum, 1983). The author’s study is
significant as it “opened the minds of educators and counselors and opened doors for students of
color” (Witty, & Jenkins, 1934) At this same time, David Wechsler began studying standardized
testing. He created the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence test in 1939, designed to test intelligence
and cognitive abilities of adults, eventually the test would be revised to be utilized with children.
At this same time, David Wechsler began studying standardized testing (Matarazzo, 2012;
Wechsler, 2003).
Ruth Strang, along with Pauline Williamson, founded the American Association for Gifted
Children in 1946 (Jolly, 2004). These two esteemed psychologists and advocates believed the
“gifted were the most neglected children in our democracy (AAGC, 1951, p. 1) Ruth Strang was
concerned society would pay or lose too much if society did not develop the talents of gifted
students (Jolly, 2009; Robinson, & Jolly, 2013; Strang, 1965). Strang also made the case
misguided talent may be used in self-destructive ways (Strang, 1950, 1965). Therefore, Strang
advocated for gifted students to feel accepted (Jolly, 2009; Robinson, & Jolly 2013; Strang,
1947; Strang, 1965). Without feeling included and valued, maladjusted gifted individuals would
fail to gain satisfaction or self-fulfillment. Her research encouraged the use of counseling services
focused on the development of self-understanding, positive self-concept, and social responsibility.
66
Strang believed counselors should work with gifted students on self-improvement skills and
believed gifted students should reflect on the meaning of their lives (Strang, 1950, 1951, 1960).
Formation of American School Counselor Association (ASCA)
In early 1950s the professional population of school counselors remained relatively small,
even today schools struggle to have enough counselors to serve all students intentionally and
effectively (Cross, 2005, Dahir, 2004). The profession was struggling for recognition (Myers, &
Pace, 1986). This changed in 1952 with the formation of the American School Counselor
Association (Myers, & Pace, 1986; St. Clair, 1989). Almost immediately, the association
advanced standards for training and ethical behavior (Myrick, 1997). James Conant (1959) called
for schools to have one counselor for every 250 students (Eurich, 1959).
An important event occurred in 1957, propelling counseling services forward historically.
The Russians launched the Sputnik capsule. Sciarra (2004) claims the response of the National
Defense Education Act of 1958 had the greatest direct impact on school counseling in the history
of the profession. The NDEA provided districts with funds to develop counseling services and
provided funds to universities to train counselors (Sciarra 2004). Major work in counseling gifted
students was begun by John W.M. Rothney at the University of Wisconsin in 1957 (Myers, &
Pace, 1986). Research took place at the new Wisconsin Guidance Laboratory for Superior
Students. Shortly after the name was changed to The Guidance Institute for Talented Students
(GIFTS) (Mendaglio, 2007; Meyers, & Pace, 1986). The Institute’s work was led by Marshall
Sanborn, Nicholas Colangelo, and Phil Perrone (Mendaglio, 2007).
In the late 1950s, Dr. E. Paul Torrance studied gifted students and creativity. Torrance
believed creative gifted students demonstrated greater elaboration, originality, fluency, and
flexibility in their thinking skills (Torrance, & Sisk, 1998). Torrance (1959) argued creatively
67
gifted students had unique social and emotional needs as a result of these elaborated problem-
solving skills (Drapeau, 2014; Torrance, 1959, 1965, Torrance, & Sisk, 1998).
In the early 1960s school counselors began to focus on the potential of the student (Rye &
Sparks, 1999). New program materials were designed: career exploration, drug abuse education,
decision-making and problem-solving, along with self-development and character education
(Erford, 2003, 2010). Group counseling began and one-on-one attention to youth-at-risk became
more common. Kohlberg (1964) expanded his ideas for the sequencing of morality development.
Then, in 1964 the National Defense Education Act saw the need to expand services and
elementary counselor positions became more commonplace (Baker & Gertler, 2004). By 1967,
Ulric Neisser published, Cognitive Psychology and started a movement (Neisser, 1967; Thorne, &
Henley, 2005). Noam Chomsky was very influential in the early days of this movement (Miller,
2003). Referred to as the Cognitive Revolution in literature, this movement is significant in it
encouraged an interdisciplinary approach, linking research in the areas of anthropology, computer
science, neuroscience, and linguistics, among others (Miller, 2003). (As a result, today,
neuroscience researchers are learning more about the impacts of bullying on the brain). In 1967,
Aaron Beck argued thoughts play a significant role in the development of depression. By the
1970s more complex issues were confronting students and counselors. These included addressing
civil rights concerns and fears, women's rights, more calls to serve special education students
differently, and far more attention on acceptance of diversity (Erford, 2003).
During the 1960s and early 1970s John Goward founded Summer Gifted Child Creativity
classes in California (LeRose, King, & Greenwood, 1979). Gowan provided hands-on training for
counselors to work with gifted students. More importantly, Goward added to the growing
evidence showing training of counselors has a significant impact on student’s being served.
68
Gowan is considered a major force in promoting strategies for counselors to effectively work with
the gifted population (LeRose et al., 1979).
In 1974, the Office of Gifted and Talented, housed within the Office of Education, was
recognized and given official status (Mendaglio, 2007). A year later, Public Law 94-142, The
Education for all Handicapped Children Act, establishes a federal mandate to serve children who
have special education needs, but it did not include gifted and talented children (Dahir, 2004;
Myers, & Pace, 1986; Public Law 94-142).
Students at risk, SENG forms. In 1981 much attention resulted from the death of a
highly gifted student named James Dallas Egbert. At seventeen, James had committed suicide, a
self-inflicted gun wound, and, as a result, a fund was created in his name. His parents helped Dr.
James T. Webb, recognized as one of the most influential psychologists in the field of gifted
education, to begin an organization in the Profession of Psychology at Wright State University
(SENG, 2020). The organization is called SENG, Supporting the Emotional Needs of Gifted
(Webb et al., 2005) Almost immediately SENG began offering counseling services, workshops,
parent support groups, and even a national conference to address the needs of the gifted
population (Webb et al, 1982). Despite Mr. Webb’s recent death (July 27, 2018), SENG is still
very active today and committed to supporting gifted students, educators, counselors and families.
The 2020 SENG conference is scheduled to be held in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in August 2020.
(SENG, 2020) The 2020 SENG conference providing counselors, educators, administrators and
families from across the world the opportunity to learn more about giftedness and bullying. The
conference also allows counselors to complete SENG facilitation training, allowing them to lead
6-week parent education trainings.
69
To ensure consistent training, counseling services and even models to support counselors,
the Council for the Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP)
was established in 1981. A year later, in 1982, Barbara Kerr established the Guidance Laboratory
for Gifted and Talented at the University of Nebraska, Lincoln campus (Kerr, 1991; Myers, &
Pace, 1986). Kerr’s work expands upon the work of GIFTS and SENG. Her staff provided
counseling training, supported research on counseling of the gifted, and conducted workshops for
gifted high school students. In 1985, the GIFTS program had to cease operations, due to lack of
funding. SENG and the Guidance Lab appear to be the only university-based programs in the
United States found in the review supporting counseling services (Myers, & Pace, 1986). The
Gifted Development Center in Colorado was established in 1979 by Linda Silverman, to provide
services and opportunities for counselors, educators, families and administrators. The Gifted
Development Center is still active today and extends support across the world (GDC, 2020).
Linda Silverman has assessed over 6,500 gifted students in the 35 years. Silverman has the
largest data bank on the gifted population to date which is important for her work with gifted
students nationally and internationally (GDC, 2020).
A Nation at Risk
A critical report on the state of education in the United States known as a Nation at Risk
was published in 1983 (U.S. National Commission on Excellence in Education, 1983). As a
result, accountability was a priority as school reform occurred once again. With accountability
came a unifying purpose. Journals, conferences, workshops and training led to the publication of
Developing and Managing Your School Guidance Program (Gysbers & Henderson, 1988), and
Developmental Guidance and Counseling: A Practical Approach (Myrick, 1997). School
counselors, by now sometimes referred to as guidance counselors, especially in older grades, were
70
required to develop K-12 comprehensive programs in the areas of career, education and personal
and social development (Colangelo, 2003). These programs address not only group needs but also
individual needs. required to develop K-12 comprehensive programs in the areas of career,
education and personal and social development. These programs were to address not only group
needs but also individual needs.
By the early 2000s research was showing again a lack of focus and cohesiveness within
the counseling profession (Dahir, 2004). Minimal data existed to support the impact of school
counselors on the academic achievement of students (Campbell, & Dahir, 1997). Along with
these concerns was the coming of the Industrial Age, resulting in a large influx of immigrant
children into the country (Dahir, 2004). Research regarding children showing adaptive
development while facing adversity or trauma began in the 1970s but was gaining the attention of
more researchers and institutes, and this focus, continues today (SAMHSA, 2019). Counselors are
charged with understanding the needs of all the various cultures their schools were serving, and,
were asked to develop multicultural competencies. In addition, the ASCA adopted National
Standards for School Counseling Programs (Campbell & Dahir, 1997).
Limitations and Concerns
When specifically examining the role of counselors in serving the needs of gifted students
who may be bullied, or may be the bully, the history of counseling reminds gifted professionals
the role of the counselor is ever-changing (Colangelo, 2003; Gladding, 1984: Peterson, 2009).
National standards and comprehensive plans did not come into play until the 1950s or later which,
in the history of education, is still relatively recent (Cambell, & Dahir, 1997; Myers & Page,
1986). Even with standards, training for gifted students is often embedded into other training for
teachers and counselors. Bullying training and programs did not become the focus of counselors
71
in the United States until the late 80s, and in many states and cases were not even initiated until
after the Columbine shootings in 1999 (Olweus, 1999).
Some encouraging news is the American School Counselor Association reports most
counselors in the United States are practicing with a masters degrees (ASCA, 2019). However,
new school counselors continue to be educated by professors with little to no actual experience
working in schools (Peterson, 2009). The TSCI Training Model, includes members from the
University of Minnesota, is working to change this (Peterson, 2009). Also, counselors are
encouraged to be a part of the district’s or building’s leadership teams and should have access to
data and technology training. Lack of involvement with leadership teams is still a barrier with
counselors in various districts across the country (Peterson, 2009). If schools want school
counselors to be effective in closing the academic achievement gap between high and low-
performing students, if schools want counselors to help students reach their potential and to help
steer students on the path to the correct career, and if schools want counselors at the forefront of
keeping children safe, it is imperative counselors must be viewed as leaders in order to bring
about this systematic change (Peterson, 2008, 2009, 2012a, 2012b, 2014, 2015). Unfortunately,
this may not always be the case. With budget concerns, districts often see counselors as easy cuts
(Bidwell, 2013). The fear alone can lead to turnover in the counseling position, or to districts not
having full-time counselors available. Even in modern times counselors must advocate in
unnecessary ways and must show they are being accountable in order to risk not becoming
marginalized (Bidwell, 2013). A Minnesota television station, KARE 11, did an investigative
report aired on March 14, 2018, with the headline Minnesota has the Fourth Worst
Student/Counselor Ratio in the Nation (KARE 11, March 14, 2018, translation available) In the
broadcast, Katherine Vasil, a middle school counselor in the Anoka-Hennepin school district
72
argues counselors must be involved in the discussion of improving school safety. Vasil said, “We
are on the front lines working with students through stress and trauma and mental illness and
family issues.” Fellow Anoka-Hennepin school counselor, Theresa Weber-Sexton, when asked if
counselors are sometimes forgotten in the discussion of school safety, responded, “Often times I
do. I think there is a misconception by all about the work we do.”
An intentional effort by the ASCA to work with counselor organizations from across the
world in order to provide the best models and services to students and to address such universal
issues such as bullying (Mendaglio, 2007). A World Conference is held each year, and attended
by counselors, on the topic of bullying. The more popular models used with gifted students
include: Affective-Cognitive Therapy for Counseling Gifted Individuals by Sal Mendaglio, and A
Developmental Perspective by Jean Sunde Peterson. Erikson’s (1950), Theory of Psychological
Development, highlighting 8 developmental stages may also prove effective with gifted students
(Cross, 2005). According to Erikson (1964), psychosocial development is facilitated by resolving
crisis. Carl Rogers’s student- centered approach still has a strong influence on work being done in
schools today (Stevens, 2018).
Counselors report it challenging to find strategies and services for working with gifted
students due to their unique individual needs (Mendaglio, & Peterson, 2007; Peterson, 2006).
Counseling programs have provided counselors with minimal training strategies, and counselors
must also often seek out training on their own for working with gifted students (Peterson, 2006).
Thus, more training may be needed for understanding gifted students (Mendaglio, & Peterson,
2007). The Terman myth may have delayed attention to the gifted. Terman (1925) postulated
gifted students had normal emotional needs. This idea or myth was believed for years in the gifted
communities until later research reveals gifted students do indeed seem to have unique needs as a
73
result of experiencing life differently (Chapman, 1988; Strang, 1960, Webb et al., 2005,
Whitmore, 1980). Identification has been and remains a concern impacting services and
programming (Rogers, 2001). Counselors must also educate teachers. Research reveals teacher’s
may believe gifted kids will be just fine and will develop on their own with minimal assistance
(Fonseca, 2011). Other teachers see gifted services and programming elitist and believe labeling
of gifted students will have negative effects on the individual (Whitmore, 1980). Perhaps a larger
concern is the lack of funds to have counselors work with just gifted students (Baker & Friedman-
Nimz, 2004; Gallagher, 2008; Russo, 2001; Wickstrom, 2004). In comparison to special ed, gifted
funding is very limited. Current problems revealed in counseling literature for gifted youth
(Meyers, & Pace, 1986, p. 548) include:
underachievement (Jackson, Cleveland, & Merenda, 1975; Newland, 1976; O’Shea,
1970; Perkins & Wicas, 1971; Whitmore, 1980; Zilli, 1997),
perfectionism and overachievement (Roeper, 1982, Simpson & Kaufmann, 1981),
depression (Lajoie & Shore, 1981, Webb et al., 1982),
suicide (Bowers, 1978, Delisle, 1982, 1987, 1990; Fox, 1971, Lajoie & Shore, 1981;
Lemov, 1979, Lester & Lester, 1971),
school dropouts (Lemov, 1979) and delinquency (Lemov, 1979),
peer relationships (Webb et al., 1982, Whitmore, 1980).
Values: An interesting challenge is gifted students may have strong values and may
question the values or lack of values of peers around topics such as family, education,
behaviors, and society (Colangelo & Parker, 1981; Sanborn & Niemiec, 1971; Webb
et al., 1982).
74
Another concern illuminated by Wood (2010) is whether best practices for counselors are
known, and are they being used consistently and frequently by counselors of gifted student?
Moon (2002) asserts “there is almost no outcome research available on the efficacy of specific
counseling modalities, approaches, or strategies with gifted individuals and their families.
Counseling the gifted, due to their unique abilities and development, will require differentiating
current counseling practices (Mendaglio & Peterson, 2007; Peterson, 2006, 2007, 2009).
There is a strong need and argument for expanding counseling services for gifted and
talented students (Bidwell, 2013; Hollingworth, 1942; Kerr, 1981; Mendaglio, & Peterson, 2007;
Strang, 1951; Webb et al.,1982). Despite the limitation reviewed, including beliefs, values,
counselor-student ratio, the need for more strategies for counselors when serving gifted students,
research shows counselors are in the best position to address bullying in our schools (Austin et al.,
2012).
History of Bullying
Bullying is a current trending or contemporary topic (Boulton, & Underwood, 1992, Coy,
2001). Acts of violence or bullying is prevalent on television, in movies, streaming on Netflix, in
gaming, in the news, in books, in documentaries, or on social media (Goldman, 2012, Hirsch,
Lowen & Santorelli, 2012; Klein, 2012; Peterson & Ray, 2006a, 1006b). Bullying is not a new
phenomenon. Between 1530 and the early 17th century, a bully may have been a word of
endearment, similar to “sweetheart, or a “fine fellow”; however, during the mid-17th century,
the word evolved and became known as the “harasser of the weak” (Koo, 2007). The earliest of
religious books and stories, including the Bible, makes references to violence “festered by the
spirit of bullying(Allanson et al., 2015). Christian examples include: the stories of Cain and
Abel, the rivalry of Joseph and his brothers, the Good Samaritan, and David and Goliath. In
75
literature, examples of bullies include the works of Thomas Hughes (1857), Tom Brown’s
Schooldays, to William Golding’s (1954) Lord of the Flies, to more recent examples such
Margaret Atwood (1998) Cat’s Eye, or Jay Asher’s (2011) Thirteen Reasons Why.
One of the first articles to bring attention to bullying was written in The Times on the 6th
of August, in 1892 (Koo, 2007). The disturbing article was about a talented young soldier,
referred to as Flood, killed as a result of being bullied by members of his own military troop.
Burk completed a study on bullying in 1855, examining teasing and bullying incidents, and wrote
a journal article in 1897 in which he examined bullying among various young people (Koo,
2007). Otherwise, research on bullying remained rare, and difficult to summon, until the 1970s.
Radzinowicz and King (1977) suggests we became more civilized, we became more sensitive to
violence (Koo, 2007, p. 1). Involvement in wars, beginning with the Second World War could be
another reason. Or the belief exists all kids are bullied, and it is just a rite of passage. As a result,
bullying incidents may not be reported or taken seriously (Quarto, 1999).
Dan Olweus completes his first systematic bullying study in 1970 with the examination of
over 800 boys in Stockholm, referred in the literature as the “basic anatomy of bullying” (Besag,
1989; Olweus, 1978). Olweus’s book, Aggression in the Schools, Bullies and Whipping Boys
(1978) is considered a landmark, the first comprehensive study of the phenomena of bullying. By
1981, Dr. Dan Olweus, considered the founding father of bullying studies, proposed anti-bullying
legislation in Sweden (Olweus, 1993a, 1993b). Just a short year later, in 1982, three adolescent
boys between the ages of 10 and 14 committed suicide within months of each other in northern
Norway. All three adolescent boys took their lives as a result of having been bullied (Olweus,
1993a, 1993b). Perhaps difficult to understand today, considering there have been 24 school
shootings (Coughlan, S., BBC News, December 2018) and at least 44,965 suicides (AHR Annual
76
Report, 2018) in the United States in 2018 alone, these three deaths had ignited a panic across this
country. In response, the Norwegian government immediately called on Dr. Dan Olweus’
expertise (Olweus, 1993a, 1883b). In 1983, a year after the Norway suicides, a nationwide
campaign against bullying and school violence was initiated, one of the first of its kind, by the
Ministry of Education. Between the 1970s and the 1980s, concerns about bullying expanded
beyond Norway and Sweden. Dr. Susan Limber (2003) points out bullying had been the focus of
public concern in other parts of Scandinavia from the late 70s through the late 1980s. By the
1990s, school-based bullying interventions were being implemented across Scandinavia as well as
England (Brown, & Merrit, 2002, Hughes, 1999). In 1993, Olweus published, Bullying at School:
What We Know and What We Can Do, which has been translated into nearly 28 languages. As a
trained psychologist, Olweus came to learn and believe aggressive tendencies are not innate, and
empathy and kindness can be learned (Olweus, 1993a, 1998). By the mid-1990s legislation
against bullying in schools was passed in both the Swedish and Norwegian parliaments (Olweus
Prevention Program, 2020).
Bullying was not on the radar of most students, parents, educators or perhaps even law
enforcement or politicians in America until April 20, 1999. Two young gifted men committed the
first massive shooting in the United States at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado
(Larkin, 2009). Columbine seniors, Dylan Klebold and Eric Harris, killed twelve students, a
teacher, and wounded 23 others before they both committed suicide (Cullen, 2009; Klein, 2012;
Larkin, 2009). Columbine is prevalent in literature of bullying in the United States as this was the
first mass shooting in a school setting, students shooting other students. Panic spread across the
country, and across U.S. educational institutions (Cullen, 2009; Larkin, 2009; Merrit & Brown,
2002).
77
Olweus first defined three types of bullies (1978): the aggressive bully is a bully. He or
she is often strong, hot-tempered and easy to attack. Aggressive bullies lack empathy and have
little fear of consequences. The passive bully is insecure and uses as a way of coping or finding
control in his or her life. Finally, Olweus describes the bully-victim. This is someone, a victim
himself or herself, possibly as a way of coping, took on the role of a bully.
Types of Bullying
Although states may have their own specific definitions of bullying, more widely received
types of bullying again come from the work of Dan Olweus (1999). They are broken down as
follows:
Verbal bullying: This is when someone uses derogatory or intimidating name calling
(Olweus, 1999).
Social Exclusion or Isolation: The bully seeks to make sure the victim feels alone.
Social bullying may also be referred to as covert bullying. This type of bullying is
difficult to witness without training. It may happen behind the backs of students and
teachers. Clearly its purpose is to humiliate, and to cause harm to someone’s social
reputation (Olweus, 1999).
Physical: This includes bullying incidents involving shoving, kicking, or hitting
(Olweus, 1999).
Cyberbullying- This is bullying conducted via internet, social media or cell phones.
This type of bullying is increasingly on the rise. Cyberbullying may happen in private
and may only be known to the victim. It may include but is not limited to hurtful
images, posts, videos or texts. Cyberbullying happens at any time. Along with this, the
bully may somehow gain access to the victim’s password or log-in and use the account
78
as he or she fits to harm the victim or may create fake accounts.to: hurtful images,
posts, videos or texts. Cyberbullying can happen at any time. It can be in public or in
private and sometimes only known to the target and the person (or persons) bullying.
Along with this, the bully may somehow gain access to the victim’s password or log-in
and use the account as he or she fits, to harm the victim (Olweus, 1999).
Gifted students may bully in other ways: relational aggression (a type of social bullying)
(Rigby & Slee, 1997, 1999; Simmons, 2002; Wiseman, 2011) through myth telling or spreading
of rumors (types of verbal or cyberbullying) (NCES, 2017: Simmons, 2002; Wiseman, 2011) by
taking property or belongings from victims (could be physical), by controlling victims (Simmons,
2002; Wiseman, 2011) having the victim do whatever the bully wants (Simmons, 2002; Wiseman,
2016), racial bullying (could be verbal, social, or even cyberbullying), homophilic bullying
(Clark, Kitzinger, Potter, 2004; Espelage, Aragon, Birkett, & Koenig, 2008), and even sexual
bullying or harassment, (including bullying against transgender students (Bazelon, 2012; Klein,
2012).
In review of the anti-bullying legislation, several states use the following criteria in their
definitions: The behavior is intended to harm or disturb, there is an imbalance of power, with a
more powerful person or group attacking the less powerful one (Nansel et al., 2001, p. 2094;
Olweus, 1978), as well as a need to show the behavior has been repeated over time. Even with
state definitions and legislation, labeling an act as bullying may be complicated. Today, school
districts may have separate policies or procedures for addressing violence, bullying and
harassment (Lorenz, 1966).
Anti-bullying expert, Barbara Coloroso (2016) has expanded her definition of bullying to
include yet another element: terror. When the bullying is frequent, consistent and persistent, she
79
writes, “Terror is created, and the bully can act without fear of recrimination or retaliation.” As a
result, the victim is unable to do anything and relies on the help of bystanders (p. 5). Coloroso
adds, “Thus the cycle of violence begins” (p. 5).
The Bystander: Hurting or Helping
Research shows bullying harms not only the victim, but also the bystanders as well
(Olweus & Limber, 2010; Olweus, Limber, & Mihalic, 1999). Bystanders report intense feelings
of vulnerability, and in some cases, suffer the same emotional problems as the targets (Coloroso,
2016; Weddle, 2003). Bystanders may feel afraid, powerless, and guilty for not intervening
(Coloroso, 2016; Olweus et al., 1999). Moreover, bystanders are more likely to abuse substances,
have increased mental health problems, and skip school (U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services, n.d.). Unfortunately, some bystanders may join in the bullying and begin to view the
victim as somehow deserving of the treatment (Weddle, 2003). Schools must focus on bystanders,
by teaching them safe ways to intervene or encourage them to report bullying through processes,
through hotlines or other communication tools (Guilbault, 2008). Schools can focus on
bystanders, by teaching them safe ways to intervene or encourage them to report bullying through
processes, through hotlines or other communication tools (Guilbault, 2008).
History of Bullying in Minnesota
The U.S. Secret Service and the U. S. Department of Education partnered to understand
school shootings in the United States. From their partnership, the key findings revealed bullying,
as well as the culture of the building or system, was a common factor in the incidents analyzed.
(MDE, Safe and Supportive Schools Act [2013], retrieved August 1, 2019). In 2002, a landmark
report was released called, The Final Report and Findings of the Safe School Initiative; the
authors made the case for “fostering a culture of respect” in schools (p. 1). This was also echoed
80
in the 2004 follow-up guide, Threat Assessment in Schools. In order to prevent and to intervene in
bullying, the documents contended the presence of a strong relationship between
students and staff; the relationship appears especially critical for reducing or preventing school
shootings.
In 2010, the U.S. Department of Education sent all school districts in our nation a Dear
Colleague Letter. The intent of the letter was to provide districts with guidance for handling
school bullying. Also, the letter shed light on the fact some bullying may be considered racial or
sexual harassment and, as such, would possibly be in violation of federal civil rights. The letter
warned school noncompliant districts to take corrective action. One Minnesota district, the
Anoka-Hennepin district was sued on July 22, 2011, for not protecting all students, especially
their LBGT students from bullying (MN 10
th
Judicial Court).
Minnesota’s original anti-bullying laws were considered weak. (Weber, 2011) The first
law did not even define bullying and provided no direction for what to do to rectify the bullying.
Districts had to have a bullying policy (MDE, 2019) but the legislation did not define if it needed
to be followed. Then in 2014, the U.S. Department of Education sent out another letter. This time
it directed schools to ensure protection for students with disabilities under Section 504 and the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
To be clear, the Minnesota Department of Education would argue they had provided
technical assistance to schools. Assistance for bullying prevention and intervention was provided
through Violence Prevention Education and Safe and Drug Free Schools initiatives and funding
since the late 1990s. The state would also argue it did try to provide guidance to school districts
on how to implement bullying prevention programs (MDE, 2020).
81
On March 21, 2005, a troubled 16-year-old male high school student, Weise, shot and
killed his grandfather, and his companion in Red Lake, Minnesota. He then intentionally went to
school and killed a security guard at his school, five students and eventually himself. At least
seven others were wounded. A witness reports Weise asked a student he was about to shoot, “...if
he believed in God.” Dylan Klebold had asked the same question of a Columbine survivor,
Valeen Schnurr. (Brown & Merritt, 2002, Leary et al., 2003). The shooting remains the largest
mass homicide in Minnesota history (MPR, Enger, March 18, 2015). The state responded by
conducting various focus groups: members included educators of color, American Indian
educators, LBGT students and Indian students. The MDE report known as, Listening to Cultural
Voices, sheds lights on culturally appropriate ways to prevent and intervene.
Since 2007, all Minnesota schools, private as well as public, have been expected to have a
written anti-bullying policy. The policy must address various types of bullying, including
electronic or cyberbullying. In some cases, as mentioned earlier, bullying may also be in violation
of civil rights, or may result in more penalties (Mn Stat Ann 121A. 0695). Two Minnesota
legislators, Representative Jim Davnie and Senator Scott Dibble, led a Task Force to strengthen
the bullying legislation. The bill was heard in the House of Representatives in 2013, but the
Senate bill stalled, and was not taken up again until 2014. The bill was then signed into law by
Mark Dayton on April 9, 2014. The bill had several requirements for districts. The legislation was
heard in the House of Representatives in 2013, but the Senate bill stalled, and was not taken up
again until 2014. The bill was then signed into law by Mark Dayton on April 9, 2014. The bill had
several requirements for districts:
82
Adopt an anti-bullying policy following the specifics of the state statute, meaning it
should address bullying on school premises, on school transportation, and at school
activities or functions;
Communicate and provide training to staff on the policy;
Implement bullying prevention and intervention programs;
Send the policy to the Minnesota Department of Education;
Each district must have a designated contact person who is responsible then for
receiving and investigating reports of bullying and ensuring the policy and its
procedures.
It was at this time the law directed the Minnesota Department of Education to begin the
School Safety Technical Assistance Center. The purpose of the Center is to help provide schools
with support for safe learning environments. A process was developed for receiving complaints
from the public regarding bullying in Minnesota schools. In reviewing the MN legislation, it
states the School Safety Technical Assistance Center and Council expires on June 30, 2019.
Teachers and Bullying
Olweus (1993a) argues the earlier bullying is identified and addressed, the easier it is to
minimize its effects. Teachers play a major role in understanding, recognizing, and addressing
bullying (Dake et al., 2003, Quarto, 1999). Students spend most of their time with teachers, yet
teachers often are limited in the ability to help students with personal challenges, such as bullying
(Ferlazzo, 2014). It is important for teachers to understand bullying is not a rite of passage but
rather a dangerous form of peer abuse (Buser, Stuck, Casey, 1974: Dake, Price, Telljohann, Funk,
2003; Guilbault, 2008, Quarto, 1999). According to Rembolt (1998) educators may enable
bullying through denial, justification, blame and avoidance. Such beliefs ruin lives and impede
83
learning (Clabaugh, 1998, Rembolt, 1998). Rigby and Slee (1991a, 1991b) found most teachers
identified bullying as a major problem in their school. One in three teachers indicated
they had limited capacities for stopping bullying (Rigby & Slee, 1991a, 1991b). Often when
dealing with bullies, discipline is seen as an individualistic concern versus a collective concern
(Craig, Henderson, Murphy, 2000). Thomsen (2002) and Weinhold (2003) argue educators
around the world, the United States included, are often unaware of the elements creating an
atmosphere for violence. According to Get Help Now (2020), 70.4% of school staff witness
bullying, with 62% witnessing bullying two or more times in the last month, while 41% of staff
acknowledge witnessing bullying at least once a week. According to the Federal Bureau of
Investigation (FBI), the third most common location nationwide for a hate crime to occur is on a
school or college campus (Hirsch, Lowen, & Santorelli, 2012). Weddle (2003) claims,
Bullying can destroy victims' desires to learn, to live, and can leave them debilitated well
into adulthood. The magnitude of the problem and the seriousness of its effect have been
thoroughly documented. There is no longer any real debate that bullying is the most
pervasive and damaging threat that exists in schools. (p. 1)
Educators must all come to believe bullying is an act of violence that must not be tolerated
(Craig, Henderson, & Murphy, 2000; Rigby, 1996), and thus begins and justifies the work of the
counselor to support educators. Weddle (2003) argues, When the school community works
together to change a culture of building and violence, the culture changes. Bullies, after all, run
the school only if everyone lets them keep control (p. 2).
Unfortunately, Stelzer (2003) points out teacher preparation programs do not require
students to enroll in school counseling programs, and as a result the teachers understanding of
counselor's role is not specifically understood. A study looked at teacher’s perceptions of
84
counselors over two different time periods. Both studies found teachers felt school counselors
were ineffective. Teachers did not understand the role of the school counselor (Valine, Higgins, &
Hatcher, 1972, 1982). For a counseling program to be successful, school counselors, must have
the support of the teachers and roles must be defined (Wilgus & Shelley, 1998).
Administrators and Bullying
Dr. Ratliff (2013) cautions administrators may assign counseling duties based on a
misunderstanding of the school counseling profession. Ratliff (2013) believes these are some of
the most common myths administrators may hold around counselors. most common myths around
counselors: First, school counselors only work with at-risk students being bullied. Second, the
main role of the school counselor is coordinating testing and scheduling classes. Third, school
counselors only help students with academic and career needs.
Fourth, school counselors are responsible for disciplining students. Fifth, school
counselors are hired to “fix” kids and problems. Daniel Weddle (2003) an activist, and former
administrator himself observes:
Too many school officials behave as if little acts of aggression deserve little attention.
Compounding the problem, they often underestimate the seriousness of patterns of
aggression, bullying, that do real and long-lasting harm to children. Victims are left with
three options: to continue to suffer, to stay home from school, or to retaliate. A whole-
school approach to developing an anti-bullying policy, as is as important as the policy
itself because of the process’s effectiveness in informing and mobilizing the entire school
community to focus on bullying’s effects and prevention. (p. 2)
85
Counselors and Bullying
Research indicates schools with comprehensive school counselors' programs display a
positive effect on student success (Bardwell, 2010; Clark & Kiselica, 1997; Dollarhide & Duval,
2017, Earle, 1998; Saginak, 2012). Beale (2001) argues school counselors if utilized correctly
may be the missing link in education reform, for example, reducing bullying and improving
academic achievement and personal growth. Sink (2105) found the school counselor profession
continues to be at the forefront of groundbreaking advancements in the development of the whole
child. Bardwell’s research (2010) argues, "...in an era where there are more options and obstacles
faced by students, the appropriate support must be available” (p. 56). School counselors are a vital
part of the education team more so than previous years (Rosales, 2015). Advocacy is essential to
the school counseling profession (Clemens, Shipp, & Kimbell, 2011). Personal relationships must
be developed between school counselors and their students (All Psychology Careers, 2015). This
assists in the building of trust and respect among counselors and students (All Psychology
Careers, 2015). The sole purpose of the professional school counselor is to provide an atmosphere
to safeguard the human rights of those in the school community (Sandhu, 2000). Professional
school counselors have a responsibility to provide intervention and prevention programs that meet
the needs of all students (Lee, 2001). Effective counselors must work to make sure their role and
duty is understood by all (Stelzer, 2003).To be most effective, counselors should work to make
sure their role and duty is understood by all (Stelzer, 2003; Ginter, Scalise, & Presse, 1990).
Characteristics of a Bully
In order to address eradicate bullying, it is necessary to understand the complexity of a
bully. Olweus (1993a, 1993b, 1999) identifies characteristics of students who are most likely to
be bullies:
86
Bullies have a strong need to dominate and subdue other students in a negative way,
Bullies like to get their own way,
Bullies appear to gain satisfaction from inflicting injury or suffering,
Bullies feel entitled to bully,
Bullies are skilled at talking themselves out of situations,
Bullies have more positive attitudes toward violence than their peers,
Bullies may have difficulty conforming to rules,
Bullies are often easily frustrated individuals,
Bullies are often defiant and aggressive, even toward adults,
Bullies tend to lack empathy toward others,
Bullies are impulsive and easily angered,
Bullies have average to better than average self-esteem,
Bullies are not the most unpopular students,
Bullies tend to be boys, but girls also participate and act as bullies,
Bullies seek out targets less likely to fight back, or who will give them the reaction
they are seeking.
Characteristics of a Victim
Assumptions should not be made about who a victim may be (Delisle, 2012). Olweus
(1993a, 1993b, 1999) identifies characteristics of students who are most likely to be victims:
Are cautious,
Are sensitive,
Are quiet, introverted, withdrawn or shy,
87
Are often anxious, insecure, unhappy,
Appear to have a low self-esteem,
Are depressed and engage in suicidal ideation more often than their peers,
Often do not have a single good friend,
Relate better to adults,
If they are boys, they may be thought to be physically weaker than their peers.
Prevalence and Significant Concern
Each day according to the National Institutes of Health (2000) in the United States alone
bullying affects more than five million students in grades six through eleven, including gifted
students. Longitudinal studies show victims of bullying have compromised social, emotional and
academic development (Ttofi, Farrington, Losel, & Loeber, 2011). Weddle (2003) believes
bullying impacts not only our schools but also our communities. Victims of bullying may be more
likely to act out than students not bullied (Chamberlain, 2003).
Leading bullying experts Espelage and Swearer (2010) report as a result of Columbine, all
states currently have passed statutes mandating schools have anti-bullying policies. The severity
of the problem has been recognized by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the
U.S. Department of Civil Rights, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
(SAMHSA), the Center for Mental Health, the World Health Organization, SENG (Supporting
the Emotional Needs of Gifted), PACER, as well as other agencies and organizations, including
The American School Counselor Association. In Sept of 2011, New Jersey passed the toughest
law against bullying in the nation (HIB, New Jersey Act.). This is the first state legislation willing
to restrict or withhold licenses for teachers or administrators who fail to comply with district
bullying policy. The New Jersey State Education department is even considering evaluating what
88
is occurring in each district and may be open to posting grades on each district’s website on their
actions around bullying. This sends a strong message to schools bullying is to be taken seriously
for all students in all populations.
A challenge revealed in the literature review is gifted students do not perceive their
schools make efforts to support them (Harris, & Petrie, 2003). Gifted students studied felt their
personal accounts were not taken seriously (Harris & Petrie, 2003). Davis and Nixon (2010)
found only 42 % of students reported being bullied to a school official. The study revealed only
34% of gifted students reported improvements as a result of the reporting, while nearly 29%
reported telling school officials, including teachers and administrators, made conditions and
situations worse.
Review of Peterson and Ray’s study (2006a, 2006b). The study was first reported in
Gifted Child Quarterly in 2006. The review of literature finds no significant studies of bullying
among gifted children despite 40 years of growing research base for bullying (p. 153). Peterson
and Ray (2006a, 2006b) noted the conceptual literature at the time came from outside the field of
gifted education. The authors had to look to the following areas: developmental, educational,
school, social psychology, health, medicine, criminal justice, bullying and counseling. Peterson
and Ray’s (2006a, 2006b) study included 432 gifted participants from 16 school districts from 11
states: Arizona, California, Georgia, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Maryland, Michigan, Nebraska,
Texas, and Wyoming. Gender distribution was 48% male and 52% female.
Pertinent findings from Peterson and Ray’s literature review of gifted students found
gifted students have sensitives and intensities (Dabrowski, 1964; Piechowski, 1997). Gifted
students experience anxiety, phobias and have interpersonal problems (Fiedler, 1999). Students
not placed in proper gifted classrooms or environments may have be more vulnerable (Betts,
89
1989; Gross, 2002). Gifted gay students or even students perceived to be gay received more
harassment (Peterson, & Rischar, 2000). Asynchronous development impacts relationships and
well-being (Silverman, 1997). Gifted students may be vulnerable to isolation and at risk for
developing internalizing disorders (Robinson, & Noble, 1991; Webb, 1993). The various factors
associated with giftedness make bullying traumatic for gifted students. Akiba et al. (2002),
suggested schools with greater achievement differences between high-achieving and low-
achieving students tended to have more violence and argued for equalizing the quality of
education to lessen the possibility that achievement would spawn violence (Peterson, & Ray,
2006a, p. 150).
The study revealed significant findings. Seventy-three percent of males, and 63% of
females had experienced bullying. Bullying occurred most at the middle school level but 1 in 4
reported elementary gifted children reported being bullied. Grade 6 was when most bullying was
reported. 46% of students experienced bullying, 54% of males bullied, 14% bullied more than
10 times, 35% participated in name-calling of peers, 24% teased other students about their
appearance, 13% made contact or physically pushed others, 12% made threats, and 19% of males
reported committing a violent deed. Teasing increased in the upper grades for males and female
participants. Violent thoughts were experienced by 37% of males and 23% of females in eighth
grade. Gifted students reported their violent thoughts increased over the first 9 years of school.
Forty one percent of gifted students revealed they thought about violent thoughts at least once a
day. An almost equal percentage of each gender children were found to be vulnerable to repeated
bullying, which suggests both genders of gifted children are vulnerable to bullying. Most students
in the study perceived help from adults was decreasing. No significant differences were found
90
related to size of city, race/ethnicity, and geographical terms of either being bullied or being a
bully.
Many connections to literature were determined. The authors speculate gifted children and
early adolescents may be somewhat uniquely affected by bullying. Gifted students may not be
used to, and prepared for acts of aggressions, social competition, and even nonhostile bantering.
Words challenging basic personality such as dork or nerd may be troubling to gifted children not
having a solid self-concept. Pain associated with being teased may be exacerbated by gifted
students' sensitivities to justice issues. Giftedness may be valued by gifted students, parents and
teachers but may not be by the broad middle school culture. School does not feel safe for most
gifted students, especially at the middle school level. Gifted victims may become gifted bullies.
The drop in the most violent bullying by gifted students after Grade 6 may reflect a sense of
growing self and sensitivity to peers. Some bullying did continue through Grade 8 and may
continue into high school for gifted students who remain vulnerable. Gifted students seldom
report being bullied. The findings according to the authors raises concerns about the mental health
and school safety of early gifted adolescents.
Implications for counselors from the study are plentiful. School counselors in the United
States are being trained for proactive, prevention-oriented classroom lessons (Campbell, & Dahir,
1997) on topics including friendships, skills, making good choices, organization, expressing
feelings, problem-solving, and career development. Elementary counselors should be alerted to
teasing about appearance and intelligence and be proactive with attempts to prevent it. Bullying
behaviors of students of popular bullies may not come to the attention of the teachers and
counselors. Elementary counselors are more likely to be involved with large-group interventions
91
than middle school, though small groups are recommended for both groups. Gifted education
educators and counselor should cofacilitate groups for gifted children who are bullied or are the
bullies. Since bullying peaked in Grade 6, prevention and intervention must be a priority at this
level. Systematic evidenced-based interventions should aim to modify the environment, educate
the students and work to train teachers (Orpinas, Home, & Staniszeski, 2003, p. 446).
Other significant studies on gifted. In a smaller study, the results seem to contradict
some of Ray and Peterson’s findings. Estell and colleagues (2009) examined bullying among
three groups of 5
th
graders, including general education students, academically gifted students and
students with mild disabilities. Results indicate students with mild disabilities were more likely to
be viewed by peers as being bullies than were the academically gifted students, and general
education students. Students with disabilities were rated by teachers as being more likely the
bullies or victims of bullying in comparison to the other groups. This study found general
education students were rated by teachers as bullies and victims more than the academically gifted
students. This may not align with findings in Peterson and Ray’s study. Within this study, general
education students were rated by teachers as bullies and victims more than the academically gifted
student. Vulnerability did not appear to be a factor.
A study by Pfeiffer (2013) finds 72% of gifted students reported having experienced
negative name calling, compared to 40% among the nongifted. Gifted students were teased more
frequently than nongifted students. This study aligns with the findings of Peterson and Ray.
Crozier and Sklipideou (2002) report gifted students do not speak with anyone about their
experiences with bullying. Based on experience and research many argue the experiences of
gifted students make them particularly vulnerable to the occurrence and effects of bullying and
victimization (Cross, 2001a; Jackson, & Peterson, 2003).
92
Developmental challenges are exacerbated for gifted youth across transitions (Bosworth,
Espelage, 1999; Boulton & Underwood, 1992; Pelchar & Bain, 2004). In a study of levels of
distress with transitioning, it may be gifted students worry more about transitions and
experience difficultly adjusting afterward, perhaps resulting in higher levels of bullying
(Espelage, Huong, Rao, & Thornberg, 2015; Pelchar & Bain, 2004). Grade 6 was the level in
which the highest violence occurred in the Peterson and Ray study, and the authors cautioned
vulnerable eighth grade gifted students could be bullied as they transition to ninth grade.
Pull-out and enrichment programs may influence gifted students’ level of bullying and
victimization in comparison to other student populations. Research in special education has
shown an elevated risk for students in such programs or self-contained settings. (Barnard-Brak,
Johnsen, Hannig, Wei, 2015; Rose et al., 2009). A study by Cohen, Duncan and Cohen (1994)
argues by grouping gifted students together for special programs it may serve to reduce potential
attacks. In addition, the frequent discussions, the analysis of relationships and social and
emotional curriculums, all may encourage a supportive environment. Programming may even lead
to peer relationships outside the program (Cohen, Duncan, & Cohen, 1994). Peterson and Rays’
literature review addressed the important need for proper fit to develop the child’s sense of self
and security.
Link between bullying, violence and giftedness. Spivak and Prothrow-Stith (2001) study
pointed out the link between bullying and violence is clear. Considering one of the largest mass
shootings was committed and supported by a gifted student, one may question a link between
bullying, violence and giftedness. The United States Department of Education and the U.S. Secret
Service investigated 37 incidents of targeted violence in schools. One of eight key findings was
bullying played a role in the attacks (Brown, & Merritt, 2002; Hughes, 1999; Peterson & Ray,
93
2006b; Vossekuil, Reddy, & Fein, 2001; Vossekuil, Fein, Reddy, Borum, & Modzeleski, 2002).
Olenchak and Hébert examined the 50 major school violence incidents in the United States,
including the Columbine shooting, to determine the percentage of the perpetrators either
identified as gifted children or could now in retrospect have been identified as gifted individuals
(Webb et al., 2005). In Olenchak and Hébert's estimation, 85% of these children either had been
so identified or could now be identified, by their characteristics, and/or test scores or grades.
Ludwig (2012) writes, “...even if they were wrong half of the time, still more than 40% of these
violent children would be gifted” (p. 3). In his 2013 National Association for Gifted Children
conference presentation, “Shock and Awe: Mass Murderers Among Gifted Youth,” Dr. James
Delisle examined gifted murderers from 1999 to 2012 (Columbine, Virginia Tech, Red Lake,
Tucson, Aurora, and Newton), and outlined multiple and universal points of convergence.
According to Delisle, points of convergence discovered included: All shooters were victims of
frequent bullying (Delisle, 2014).
In yet another study, Leary et al. (2003), examined 15 school shootings between 1995 and
2001. Bullying was present in all but two incidents. The authors cite a longitudinal study of 880
elementary and middle-school students which showed peer rejection is a powerful indicator of
aggression and other externalizing problems. As rejection by peers increased over time, so did the
risk of aggressive behavior (Kupersmidt, Griesler, DeRosier, Patterson, & Davis, 1995). As
shown in recent experimental research real or imagined rejection increases the urge to aggress
toward both the aggressor and other people (Twenge, Baumeister, & Stuche, 2001). Leary et al.
(2003) study highlighted the early work of William James (1890), believed to be the first to
postulate rejection may precipitate rage.
94
If no one turned around when we entered, answered when we spoke, or minded what we
did, but if every person we met ‘cut us dead.’ and acted as if we were non-existing things,
a kind of rage and important despair would ere long well up in us, from which the cruelest
bodily torture would be a relief. (Leary et al., 2003, p. 281)
In addition to the Columbine shooters, another student in the study was Seth Trickery. A
13-year-old honor student, Trickery, was described as “funny, nice and good-natured” (Leary et
al., 2003, p. 1). This honor student walked into his middle school, walked up to a group of
students with a 9 mm handgun and emptied the entire clip of 15 bullets on his fellow students.
Trickery claimed he did not even know the students he shot and claims he does not even
understand why he did it. Court records indicated he was obsessed with the Columbine shooting.
The study revealed lack of remorse by Seth Trickery, which suggest he believes his victims
deserved their fate, or he lacks empathy. Leary et al. (2003) noticed an unusually high level of
bullying among all shooters. The Leary et al. (2003) study concludes more steps are needed to
reduce teasing and bullying at school, “both to improve the quality of life for millions of students
and to reduce the likelihood of violence. (p. 213)
In addition, a study conducted by Dr. Daya Singh Sandhu (2000) looked at 17 students
deemed “trouble-makers” by their district. Sandhu found “startling” results (p. 81), all students
had one major underlying theme he summed up in a single word, “alienation.” When Dr. Sandhu
examined the common characteristics of the students, he noted teachers of all 17 students
identified them as being high potential “with lacked interest or motivation” (p. 82). Dr. Sandhu
concluded counselors must be involved and must become proactive in their work with these high
potential students.
95
Counselors, Gifted and Bullying
There has never been a more critical time or need for school counselors to utilize
evidence-based approaches as there is today, with the increase in bullying and cyberbullying
(Espelage, & Swearer, 2004; Peterson, 2009). Peterson admonishes:
All children are affected adversely by bullying, but gifted children differ from various
other populations in significant ways. Bullying in the gifted-student population is a highly
significant and overlooked problem that leaves these students emotionally shattered,
making them even more prone to extreme anxiety, dangerous levels of depression and
sometimes even violence and self-harm. dangerous levels of depression and sometimes
even violence and self-harm. (Peterson, 2009, p. 14)
Research on administrators, teachers and guidance counselors reveal school counselors by
the very nature of the position and training are best suited to enforce bullying interventions and
provide expedient investigations of student-reported incidents (Philips & Cornell, 2012).
Counselors must work together with students, teachers, administrators and parents to derail the
destructive cycle of bullying and mental health problems (Swearer, Espelage, & Napolitano,
2009).
Significant Research on Gifted, Bullying, and Development
Preschool. The research is clear: youth violence starts early (Long & Pellegrini, 2003;
Peterson & Ray, 2006b). Although children are not born aggressive, factors including parenting
style and choices, culture, peer groups, socioeconomics, whether there are siblings in a family,
media, role models, toy selection, and environment, may contribute to students becoming
aggressive (Berthold & Hoover, 2000; Graham & Schuster, 2003; Haynie et al., 2001; Hunter &
Boyle, 2002 Hymel & Swearer, 2015; Maker, Nelson, & Rogers, 1994; Nansel et al., 2001). Early
96
childhood educators were not surprised to find research reveals physical aggression may be
common among toddlers, including gifted toddlers (Nansel et al, 2001). Students who experience
chronic stress in their beginning years, according to the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (2017) may experience impulsive behavior, poor emotional control, and lack of social
and problem-solving skills, as young as age three. Neuroscience finds even at this young age,
chronic stress can alter and even harm the brain development of children (Hanson, 2012). The
good news is the harm can be reversed (Hanson, 2012). Researchers agree on the urgency to begin
addressing treatment of others (Hanson, 2012). Bullying programs have been used with students
as young as age three to prevent aggression and violence in later years (Stor;ey & Slaby, 2013).
Elementary school and middle school. Research seems to indicate bullying increases for
gifted learners as they face their upper elementary and middle school years (Smith, Madsen &
Moody, 1999). The prevalence of depressive disorders among young children and early
adolescents vary depending upon age, sex and appear to be increasing (Avenevoli, Knight,
Kessler, & Merikangas, 2008). Victims of bullying as early as elementary or middle school may
demonstrate distorted thinking, poor problem-solving, psychomotor agitation and fatigue
(Friedberg & McClure, 2002).
A way for gifted students to cope is by hiding their giftedness from their peers and
teachers (Cross, 2001a; Peterson, & Ray, 2006a). Research shows perhaps by being outliers they
make themselves targets of individual and even group bullying (Cross, 2005; Hollingworth,
1942). However, for some the opposite is true. Some gifted students at this stage may embrace
being known as the smart one, the creative one, or the class nerd (Peterson, Duncan, & Canady,
2006). A significant longitudinal study of negative life events, stress and school experiences of
gifted youth found even though gifted students dealt with academic challenges, peer
97
relationships, school transitions and other negative events, they still were able, almost without
exception, to maintain high achievement (Peterson et al., 2006). Research reveals school
counselors must work with young gifted students to find a way to embrace being gifted while also
developing social skills, friendships and long-term relationships, self-esteem, as well as identity
(Cross, 2005; Peterson & Ray, 2006).
Swearer, Collins, Radcliffe, Wang’s research (2011) reveals insights from a longitudinal
study of fifth through ninth graders. Based on their study, the authors would advocate for
prevention approaches, but also more targeted one-on-one mental health treatments for not only
the victim, but also the bully and even the bully-victims. Bullying in schools at this age usually
does not occur in private, but rather is a public occurrence. Such development can lead to
students feeling humiliated in front of peers and friends (Leary et al., 2003).
During early adolescence, aggression is viewed by peers as less negative as it was viewed
in earlier years of development. Because students have this view, less reporting may take place.
(Bukowski, Sippola, & Newcomb, 2000; Graham & Juvonen, 1998; Moffitt, 1993; Pellegrini et
al.,1999). Peterson and Ray’s (2006) study asserts the possibility for bullying to continue through
ninth grade for vulnerable students.
High school. Research reveals a monotonic decrease in bullying, victimization, and
aggression as youth age, resulting in fewer incidents at the high school level than the prior middle
school developmental period (Pellegrini, 1998, 2002). Fewer reports at high school may be due to
gifted students having a stronger sense of self and identity (Erikson, 1964). However, newer
research is showing an upswing at the high school level with cyberbullying with both male and
female participants (Lenardt, & Young, 2001). Peterson and Ray’s study, which only examined
98
participants through Grade 8, cautions vulnerable gifted students may be targets of bullying at the
high school level.
Gifted Students and Cyberbullying
Smith, Dempsey, Jackson, Olenchak, and Gaa (2012) believe as long as online activities
continue to increase among children and adolescents (Lenhart, Purcell, Smith, & Zickuhr, 2010;
Pew Internet, 2010), bullies are likely to extend their aggressive behaviors to the cyber-world, in
addition to the physical world (Dempsey, Sulkowski, Nichols, & Storch, 2009; Vandebosch &
Van Cleemput, 2009). Cyberbullying, according to Willard (2007) is still bullying with the intent
to harm. The difference with cyberbullying according to Willard is the power imbalance. In the
cyber world, those being perceived as weaker may gain power. An example is creating a website
to be used by the weaker students to mock the more popular student. Another difference between
bullying and cyberbullying is the lack of rigid time and location. Cyberbullying may occur
anytime, day or night. Most cyberbullying reported takes place outside of school (Agaston,
Kowalski & Limber, 2007, 2013; MacFarlane, & Mina, 2018; Siegle, 2010; Smith et al., 2008).
Willard (2007) described cyberbullying as being cruel to others by sending or posting harmful
material or engaging in other forms of social aggression using the Internet or other digital
technologies (p. 1).
She addressed eight different forms of cyberbullying. Flaming is when the student (bully)
is repeatedly sending mean and insulting messages to the victim. Denigration is when a student
(bully) sends posts or information, or rumors to damage his or her reputation or possible
friendships. Impersonation is when a student pretends to be someone else, or may send postings,
using a fake account to get the student in trouble. The goal is to damage the student’s reputation.
Outing is when a student (bully) shares someone's’ secrets or embarrassing information including
99
images online. Trickery is when the bully may pose as someone else to get students to reveal
secrets or embarrassing information, including images. Exclusion is when a student or group of
students excludes a student from being a part of an online group. Cyberstalking is repeated,
intense harassment which often includes threats or creates fear.
Thirty-one percent of adolescents in recent studies have reported they have said
inappropriate comments over instant messenger they would most likely not have said to the
person directly (MacFarlane & Mina, 2018: Madden & Hitlin, 2005). Youth involved in
cyberbullying are at a higher risk of psychosomatic problems, such as headaches, sleeping
problems, fatigue, and abdominal pain (Sourander et al., 2010). Hinduja and Patchin (2010), an
expert on cyberbullying, points out, “Schools do have the ability to intervene with behavior away
from school if the behavior disrupts the learning environment at school (p. 3) (Barr v. Lafon,
2008).
Unfortunately, as Patchin points out, the current MN anti-bullying legislation does not clarify or
define “substantial disruption” as do other anti-bullying laws, i.e., California and Alaska.
Smith et al. (2012) writes, “The pervasiveness of electronic media indicates cyberbullying
may have a far greater reach and potential impact than traditional bullying (p. 116). Seventy-four
percent of teens used electronic devices in 2000; this rose to 93% by 2010 (Center and Project,
2010). In fact, cell phones had become the favored method of communication by most teenagers
in America in 2010 (Lenhart et al., 2010), with 77% of teens preferring texting to calling.
Unfortunately, as the number of students using electronic types of communication increases so
does the number of students who experience cyberbullying (MacFarlane, & Mina, 2018;
Vandebosch & Van Cleemput, 2009). Instant messages and chat rooms are perhaps the
100
most common online venues for cyberbullying (Kowalski & Limber, 2013). Even if students
move from one location to another, such as trying to attempt to find a new school the
cyberbullying continues. It is severe, and targets find it impossible to escape this online
aggression (MacFarlane & Mina, 2018; Lenhart et al., 2010). Targets of cyberbullying have an
increased fear for their safety (Taylor, 2015). Amanda Todd, age 15; Kenneth Weishuhn, age14;
Ryan Halligan, age 13; Megan Meier, age 13; and Phoebe Prince, age 15.
Dempsey et al. (2011) exposed cyberbullies are also likely to be involved in traditional
bullying, noting highly aggressive students tend to engage in multiple forms of aggression. The
role of the bystander in cyberbullying is a bit more difficult to understand or determine (Willard
2007), although understanding the role of the bystander could be a critical piece of evidence with
this type of bullying. Bystanders may play a variety of roles: the reinforcer, the defender, the
encourager, or the ignorer (MacFarlane & Mina, 2018; Salmivalli, Lagerspetz, Bjorkqvist,
Osterman, & Kaukiainen, 1996, Willard, 2007). Targets of cyberbullying may be using the
internet more than non-targets (MacFarlane, & Mina, 2018; Twyman et al., 2010).
Almost half of all targets of cyberbullying do not tell anyone (MacFarlane, & Mina; 2018;
Smith et al., 2008). Taylor (2015) pointed out parents want to be involved and want to help
prevent and solve any cyberbullying issues. However, the same study reveals students do not
want their parents to intervene. Research into student's choice to cyberbully is still lacking. Suler
(2004) postulates this may be due to anonymity, lack of authority figures, lack of structures, and
invisibility. Cyberbullies may be amused by the reactions they are provoking or may find their
actions to be an effective way of getting revenge (Taylor, 2015; Vandebosch & Van Cleemput,
2009). More recent research by Siegle (2011) is far more positive and found when parents
cultivate and maintain an open line of communication with gifted children, they are more willing
101
to seek help when gifted children experience something distressing online. Siegle (2011) cautions,
“Gifted children and adolescents must trust and believe adults will react rationally, logically, and
be able to solve the issue without making it worse.” Swear (2004) sums it, Would you let your
twelve-year-old daughter walk down a dark alley? Obviously, the answer is no. Then why would
you let your twelve-year-old daughter be on the computer or be texting unmonitored? (p. 14).
Gender and bullying. Girls as well as boys engage in bullying type behaviors. (Rodkin &
Berger, 2008). Female bullying may take more subtle forms (relational aggression) and can even
have more to do with social power (Salmivalli et al.,1996). Males tend to engage in more overt
aggression (Archer, 2004; Carbone-Lopez, Esbensen, & Bricks, 2010). Girl bullies were rated by
peers as being more attractive (Vaillancourt, Hymel, & McDougal, 2010). Peterson and Ray’s
study (2006), found gifted female students more likely to be involved in relational aggression and
boys were slightly more likely to be involved in physical aggression. Nineteen percent of the boys
in the study reported their violence peaked in sixth grade. Seven percent of girls reported their
violent acts peaked in eighth grade. Bullied boys are four times more likely to be suicidal. In
comparison, bullied girls are eight times more likely to be suicidal (Hawker & Boulton, 2000).
Several studies have shown gifted students, particularly boys, are bullied frequently because they
are distinctly different from their agemates (Clark, 1987; Ellis, 2017; Kerr & Cohn, 2001;
Peterson, 2015; Schroeder-Davis, 1998, 1999). Smith et al. (2008) found gender differences in
cyberbullying is less pronounced. Groups of cyberbullies are more likely to be female (Rodkin, &
Berger, 2008).
Effective Anti-bullying Strategies to Be Implemented and Supported by Counselors
Research clearly demonstrates the importance of a positive school climate and culture to
bullying prevention and intervention. (Stop Bullying Now, 2011.) The U.S. Department of
102
Education website offers valuable tools for counselors seeking support. Free measurement tools
are available to use in evaluating current programming. The following are recommendations for
improved conditions:
Build climate and culture. A safe and supportive school climate is key to helping gifted
students feel accepted (Stop Bullying Now, 2011). It is critical to teach empathy (Borba, 2012). It
is imperative for students to form relationships with adults but also with each other. Classrooms
with positive teacher-student relationships have less bullying and peer aggression compared to
rooms where the relationships are strained (Bailey, 2020). School culture can vary even within a
district, culture is created by students and staff. Thus, skilled and informed leadership must make
school safety a priority (Ttofi, & Farrington, 2010). Teachers must maintain consistency in
dealing with student behaviors, frequent communication and reminders about student expectations
and behaviors (Ttofi & Farrington, 2010).
Form friendship groups. Peers can play a tremendous role in reducing bullying incidents
in their schools (Bailey, 2020; Furlong, Morrison, & Greif, 2003). Students with a higher number
of friends have proven to have more protection from bullies (Collins et al., 2000, Dodge, Coie, &
Lynam, 2006). Gifted students may be viewed as outliers, or may prefer to be isolated, this can be
of great concern. Susan Jackson (1998) cautions the possibility of gifted students may be to silent
about inner conflicts so counselors must be skilled in knowing the real feelings of gifted students.
Children, as early as kindergarten, accepted by peers and have more friends at the beginning of
the school year show more improvement in academic achievement, and enjoyment of school than
the other children in their classes who do not form friendships as easily (Dodge et al., 2006; Ladd,
Kochenderfer, & Coleman, 1997).
103
Train teachers. When it comes to reducing 40 years of bullying research into effective
professional development for teachers more work is needed (Farrington, 1993; Farrington &
Tfofi, 2009). Perhaps one of the first steps is to determine the attitudes of the teachers about
bullying (Farrington, 1993). Holt, Keyes, and Koenig’s research (2011) has revealed the link
between school culture and teacher’s attitudes. Research showing teachers may be less open to
diversity and may be less comfortable or willing to intervene with diverse student populations
needs attention. Research also reveals social aggression can be hidden and very subtle such as a
stare or being in someone’s personal boundaries. Simmons (2002) has found more relational or
social aggression with female students. A trained teacher or counselor can notice this transpiring
(Jackson, 2001; Peterson & Ray, 2006a, 2006b). Some studies have also suggested the readiness
of teachers with stronger empathy to respond (Jackson, 1998). A study by Boulton (1997)
revealed only 27% of staff felt equipped to intervene effectively with bullying and felt the
counselor would be a more appropriate professional for handling such conflict. Assessment must
be part of the services offered to teachers when counselors provide the training (Holt, Keyes, &
Koenig, 2011).
Individualized counseling. Schools should offer levels of services (Peterson, 2009;
Treffinger, 1998), a multi-tiered or differentiated approach. One level of services could be whole-
group instruction, a second level may be small groups, and yet a different level could be
individualized sessions for individual needs (Farrington, 2013). Psychologists in the field
recommend individualized counseling for all victims, bullies and victim-bullies, along with other
programming (Ttofi, & Farrington, 2011). Newer research shows gifted students feel
marginalized and have a need for more attention or focus (Brunstein-Klomek et al., 2008;
Espelage, Low, Polanin & Brown, 2015; Espelage, Rose, & Polanin, 2015).
104
Teaching assertiveness. When children respond aggressively to a bully, the bullying
tends to last longer, and the bullying is more likely to intensify (Wilton, Craig, & Pepler, 1999).
Risk of harm increases (Kochenderfer & Ladd, 1996; Wilton, Craig, & Pepler, 1999). However,
when children use problem-solving, or stand up for themselves appropriately, the bullying tends
to end earlier (Olweus, 1999). Studies show targeted children are more likely to give in, crying
easily, responding non-assertively, and failing to defend themselves (Hodges, Boivin, Vitaro, &
Bukowski, 1999; Olweus, 1993a; Perry, Williar, & Perry, 1990; Schwartz, Dodge, & Coie,
1993). Assertiveness skills are equally important for bystanders (Bowers, Smith, & Binney, 1994;
Cross, 2005, Espelage, Low et al., 2015; Olweus, 1999).
Teach gifted students coping strategies. Cross (2005) asserts, “I believe we are far from
understanding the relationship between experiences of gifted students, how they make sense of
these experiences, and how these experiences affect gifted student’s behaviors in school and their
long-term psychological development (p. 121).
Although intelligent, Cross would remind counselors and teachers gifted children are just
that, children, intelligent ones, but children. He would encourage professionals to teach gifted
children and adolescents how to develop and handle relationships, how to communicate feelings
effectively, how to self-advocate and self-report and how to understand their giftedness and their
identity (pp. 73-78). Techniques like breathing, self-regulation, and mindfulness could be
powerful coping strategies (Bailey, 2020; Bosworth & Espelage, 1999).
Teach conflict resolution. Conflict resolution may be a useful tool (Furlong et al., 2003).
Research cautions the adults, or the counselor’s conflict resolution management style may make a
difference in how successful it is as a tool for bullying (Peterson & Ray, 2006). A different
conflict resolution management styles is likely needed for the victim, the bully, and victim-bully
105
(Farrington, 1993). There may need to be different conflict resolution management styles for the
victim, the bully, and victim-bully (Farrington, 1993).
Restorative justice. With restorative justice, an outside person gathers the students, and
possibly even parents, depending on the district or state’s plan and works to guide conversations
which will lead to an improved relationship between the victim and the bully (Cameron &
Thorsborne, 2001; Rigby, 2003). Some programs or states use power as part of their definition of
a bully, one person may be seen to hold more power in a bullying situation. For this reason, it
may not be fully supported by certain programs. The Olweus Bullying model has developed
restorative justice for their training (Olweus Prevention Program, 2020). The Minnesota
Department of Education (2020) claims restorative justice leads to empathetic communication,
restorative conversations and conferences, to repair the harm that has been done. The MDE also
references Restorative Circles which can be used to build relationships, teach, help students’
problem-solve, and can serve to offer ongoing support to students (MDE, 2020).
Effective Bullying Programs
Numerous anti-bullying prevention programs are available to school counselors and
districts (Bradshaw, 2015; Farrington, 1993; Ttofi & Farrington, 2010). After reviewing 44
program trials and evaluations, Ttofi and Farrington (2011) declared anti-bullying programs
yielded a 20% decrease in bullying perpetration and a 20% decrease in victimization. Experts on
bullying emphasize the need for a school-wide, or district-wide approach to bullying (Espelage &
Swearer, 2004; Olweus, 1991, 1993a, 1993b; Pepler, Craig, & Roberts, 1998). One recent study
(2015) by the U.S. Department of Education National Center for Education Statistics reveals a
decrease in bullying. For over the past decade 28% of students have reported being bullied. This
new data claims around 22% report being bullied. This is the only time since 2005 any type of
106
decrease has been reported by the U. S. Department of Education. One of the reasons provided for
this drop is the implementation and focus provided by anti-bullying programs and concerned
adults. By establishing an effective, evidence-based, school-wide approach, students will no
longer find bullying to be rewarding, and will be motivated by greater social responsibility and
acceptance. Research suggest a comprehensive, evidenced-based program should consider
implementing programs focused on bystander intervention behavior supplementary to bullying
prevention programs (Polanin, Espelage, & Pigott, 2012). Listed are researched and supported
programming options for U.S. schools:
Olweus bullying prevention program. Olweus Bullying Prevention Program, OBPP, is
considered the original whole-school anti-bullying program (Olweus, 1993a). OBPP has the most
research nationally and internationally and may have had the largest impact on bullying
education worldwide (Farrington, 1993; Olweus Prevention Program, 2020; Swearer, Espelage,
Vaillancourt, Hymel, & McDougall, 2010). The founder is Dan Olweus. Susan P Limber is also
another important contributor to the program and is currently teaching at Clemson University
(Olweus, 1999). The program requires schools to have a team of educators, counselors, and an
administrator, focused on how bullying is impacting their building (Farrington, 1993). The
counselor receives intense training from a designated Olweus trainer. Frequent feedback is
gathered from all involved (Bradshaw, 2015; Olweus, 1993a, 1999). Trainers are available in the
state of Minnesota where the research is being conducted. The program was initially developed
in Norway during the 1980s. Research shows the program has yielded up to 50-percent reductions
in the number of reports of bullying (Olweus, 2020). Teachers and students both report the
program has led to more positive social relationships, and more positive attitudes toward school.
Students report the program has given them more effective interventions to use when approached
107
by a bully. The Olweus team is always working to make adjustment for different demographics of
American students as well as different cultures (Olweus Prevention Program, 2020). A change
evolving over time is the program does far more to empower students than its original program
(Olweus, 1999). A more recent 2018 study by Limber, Olweus, Wang, and Masiello (2018)
followed 210 schools over two years, and 95 schools for three years. This study alone found the
Average Absolute Change amounted to 3% meaning almost 2,000 students in the study had
escaped being bullied. This latest study provides yet more support for the effectiveness of the
OBPP programs with elementary, middle school and high school students in the United States.
The study also found the longer the program is utilized the better the results.
Second step. This program is geared toward students in kindergarten through grade 8.
There are daily practice activities as well as Home Links or connections. DVDs are used to teach
students about the challenges they may face, which includes bullying, cyberbullying, peer
pressure and conflict, and even substance abuse. Students are also taught how to report bullying.
Like Steps to Respect, the program also focuses on empathy, emotional management, solving
social problems, friendships, and being assertive. The program is said to be easy to implement, is
affordable, and produces immediate results (Edwards, Hunt, Meyers, Grogg, & Jarrett, 2005;
Frey, Nolen, Edstrom, Hirschstein, 2005; Low, Cook, Smolkowski, Buntain-Ricklefs, 2015; Low,
Smoklowski, Cook, & Desfosses, 2019). There are numerous studies by various authors to
support this program (Frey et al., 2005; Upshur, Heyman, Wenz-Gross, 2017; Wenz-Gross, Yoo,
Upshur, & Gambino, 2018). A 2015 study by Espelage, Polanin and Rose found the program
yielded a 20% reduction in bullying for students with disabilities. A most recent 2019 study by
Low, Smolkowski, Cook, and Desfosses revealed the program resulted in increased social-
emotional skills and decreased disruptive behaviors compared to the control group. These effects
108
were strongest for students who had the weakest skills at the beginning of the study (Low et al.,
2019).
Conscious discipline bullying. The founder of Conscious Discipline, Dr. Becky Bailey
has stated, “Our best hope of preventing school violence comes from understanding the bully-
victim dynamic” (Conscious Discipline, Chapt. 9), (Bailey, 2020). Dr. Bailey’s program
advocates for creative, brain-smart environments where students feel safe. Dr. Bailey created the
recognized video, “How to Make a Bully (From Scratch). In the video she explains a child does
not just become a bully. She would argue all bullies start out as victims and one’s life experiences
influences this development. Dr. Bailey argues stressors from birth may even be where the
journey starts. This program helps adults and students get into the best state of mind in order to
effectively communicate, cope, problem-solve and create better solutions and responses.
Research supporting Conscious Discipline can be found in the Journal of Research in Innovative
Teaching and Learning highlights that Conscious Discipline is causing huge shifts in perspectives
of teachers and parents around practices for managing children’s behaviors. The program has
consistently led to decreased child behavior issues (Bailey, 2020). A 2017 Harvard Wallace
Foundation study examined 25 programs (Jones et al., 2017). Compared to the other programs,
Conscious Discipline offers greatest focus on emotional processes. It was one of only three
programs reviewed to offer extensive climate supports. Conscious Discipline was also found to
have been one of six programs that offered professional development opportunities that focuses
explicitly on building adult social-emotional competence, and only one of two programs to offer
tools for assessing positive changes in adult behaviors or skills. Conscious Discipline received
high ratings in 8 of the 10 categories studied. The report verified that research on Conscious
109
Discipline shows reduction in hyperactivity, aggression and conduct problems (Jones et al.,
2017).
PBIS bullying prevention-positive behavior support. PBIS has been implemented in at
least 16,000 schools to date (Bradshaw, Waasdorp, Leaf, 2012). Ross and Horner (2009) created
Bullying Prevention-Positive Behavior Support to integrate bullying prevention within the PBIS
framework. PBIS is a framework that focuses on universal school-wide programs to prevent
problematic behaviors and promote school climate. Along with this, attention is given to the
bully, victim and bystander and peer reinforcement. A 2012 study by Bradshaw et al. Examining
the program in 37 elementary schools found the program yielded significant reduction in
aggressive behaviors. The program helped to increase student concentration, resulted in fewer
discipline referrals and helped students to regulate their emotions better. Concerns with the
program include having to reteach behaviors, the time it takes for data collection, and how to
communicate this data to staff. However, it has gained popularity in that it is cheaper to
implement, has a team approach and has yielded significant results (Bradshaw et al., 2012).
Hailed for the attention to data reviewed and used for decision-making, over 30 years of research
supports and finds the program has significant impacts on school improvement, including the
reduction of bullying.
Conclusion of Literature Review
One neglected population in the bullying research is the gifted population (Peterson &
Ray, 2006a, 2006b), possibly impacting up to over three million students in our nation. Gifted
children may be suffering in silence and educators, parents and counselors even may not know
when a gifted child is being victimized (Peterson, 2002, 2006). Four themes are addressed in the
literature review on this serious subject: The concept of giftedness, the unique and specific social
110
and emotional concerns of gifted students, the evolving role of the school counselor, and, finally,
bullying and possible prevention strategies and interventions programs.
According to Colagnelo and Wood (2015),
Gifted children do not necessarily fit the historic model. Some gifted students live in
poverty in both urban and rural (Howley & Howley, 2012; Worrell & Young, 2012).
Gifted students include Native Americans, Asian Americans, African Americans, Latinos
and other individuals from various racial and ethnic backgrounds (Kitano, 2012). Gifted
students may identify as gay, lesbian, queer, or transgender (Peterson and Rischar, 2000).
Gifted students may have disabilities, struggle with underachievement, and have
difficulties with relationships. (p. 133)
The concept of giftedness is not an easy concept due to different paradigms- from
Sternberg, to Renzulli, to Gagne, to Gardner, to endless others, as the label of gifted remains
elusive. Some models focus on the child’s actual gifts at the time of assessment, such as an IQ,
whereas other models believe in the development of talent. Each state may define giftedness as
they best see fit. These definitions can all be found on the NAGC website. Most definitions come
from a variation of the McFarland Report from 1972, which referred to gifted youth as one of the
most neglected in our country. The Columbus Group Definition of Giftedness and Linda
Silverman’s Asynchronous Definition of Giftedness are the most current definitions offered in the
review and must also be considered.
Research by Staumbaugh & Ford (2015) suggest ongoing exposure to micro-aggressions
(including bullying) in school environments directed at marginalized students creates fear for
gifted and talented students. The gifted may feel marginalized for numerous reasons including
their intelligence, appearance, values and beliefs, ethnicity, size, and even health. Counselor’s
111
abilities to effectively address the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students is crucial.
These needs include asynchronous development, anxiety, a strong sense of justice, depression,
rejection and isolation, perfectionism as well as intensities and Dabrowski’s overexcitabilities.
The role of the school counselor has evolved over time, from helping place students in
proper classes, to guiding students to determine career pathways, to addressing the social and
emotional needs of students (ASCA, 2020). The research is clear, counselors are in the best
position to address bullying in schools (Austin et al., 2012). Teachers do not have the tools,
knowledge, trust, training and capacity for reducing or ending bullying alone (Clabaugh, 1998;
Peterson, 2009; Rigby, 1996; Rigby, & Slee, 1991a, 1991b). According to research findings,
teachers underestimate the confidence students have in their intervening effectively. Teachers
overestimate their belief students helping other students to resolve bullying incidents will be
successful. Remboldt (1998) found teachers do not always know when and how to intervene
effectively. Researchers Swearer and Espelage (2004), assert “the value of research is its
applicability” (p. 307) and encourages counselors to apply the years of research to bullying
prevention in their specific environments.
Dylan Klebold and Eric Harris committed the first mass shootings in Colorado in 1999 as
a result of being bullied. Immediate reaction followed and research on bullying, and, as a result
anti-bullying legislation, was passed across the country, including Minnesota. Significant amount
of unknown remains about the types of bullying, including cyberbullying. Bullying may also have
numerous long-lasting negative impacts on students (Peterson, & Ray, 2006). Gifted students may
be bullies, victims, bully-victims or bystanders (Coloroso, 2016; Peterson & Ray, 2006).
There is a link between bullying and violence. Since Columbine, over 232 school
shootings materialized with a sharp increase in shootings occurring in 2018. The literature review
112
reveals there have been other school shootings in the United States since Columbine by gifted
students. A Department of Education and Secret Service investigation (Vossekuil et al. 2001), an
analysis by Olenchak and Hebert, (2003), a study by Peterson and Ray (2006), an analysis of
gifted individuals and shootings by Dr. James Delisle (2013), a study by Leary et al. (2003), and a
study by Dr. Sandhu (2000) are a few studies which illuminate the immediate need to learn more
about gifted individuals and bullying programming and services provided.
To address bullying, Susan M. Swearer is known for saying, “It’s not the program, it’s the
people” (p. 8). Swearer, as well as numerous other researchers believe in a school-wide evidence-
based approach as such approaches have data to support them and can be successfully repeated in
other environments or settings. Individualized programming is also important. The buy-in of staff,
and the consistent engagement of all staff to make it happen is key to succeeding with reducing
bullying. Often, this responsibility falls upon the counselor or a building steering committee.
Researchers recognize the counselor’s responsibility to help gifted students reach their academic
potential, but also to make the whole child safe. Swearer and Espelage (2013) point out over 300
published violence prevention programs geared toward schools are available but of these only a
handful are empirically validated, including the Olweus Prevention Program, Steps to Respect,
Bullyproof, Second Step, KiVA, Bully Busters, PBIS, and others. Swearer (2010) argues,
When it comes to addressing the seriousness of bullying, good intentions, or words on
paper are not enough. A one-size-fits-all program to address bullying will ultimately fail,
according to decades of research on bullying. However, a piecemeal approach to bullying
prevention and intervention will also not prove productive. (p. 1)
113
Chapter III: Methodology
According to the Office of Civil Rights (2014), approximately 3,329,544 students were
identified as gifted students in 2014. The number includes 300,000-360,000 twice-exceptional
students, or students identified as gifted but may also have a learning disability (Gifted Child
Quarterly, Vol. 55). Levy and Plucker (2008) suggest gifted students be considered as a special
population. They claim, “because of differential abilities and expectations associated with those
abilities, gifted children constitute a unique subculture that necessitates understanding and
application of specialized skills by helping professionals, including school counselors (Levy &
Plucker, 2008, p. 4).
The purpose of the study focuses on understanding the perceptions of elementary, middle
school, and high school counselors level of preparedness for serving the unique needs of gifted
students, and more specifically, looking at how well versed counselors are in leading preventions
and interventions, including strategies and anti-bullying programs. The study further seeks to
determine the types of anti-bullying strategies being used by current administrators, and whether
counselors perceive them as being effective.
Qualitative research has gained much credibility over time, with its strong roots and
foundations in sociology and anthropology (Devers, & Frankel, 2000; Merriam, 2009) The
researcher has utilized convenience sampling as part of the methodology guiding this study.
Convenience sampling is defined as selecting participants willing and available to participate in
the study (Creswell, 2008). Convenience sampling was used in selection of counselors.
Merriam (2009) argues qualitative studies offer a more in-depth analysis of a
phenomenon. Merriam (2009) asserts five main characteristics to examine. The first characteristic
is understanding the experiences of the participants (or counselors). Data collection is the second
114
distinguishing characteristic of a qualitative study. Ideally, the researcher spending time in the
natural setting of the participant may increase the depth of understanding (Schwandt, 2007).
Third, Merriam (2009) believes the researcher is the primary instrument for understandings.
Fourth, qualitative research may be considered inductive, where the researcher engages in
obtaining data and assembling it in meaningful responses. Overall, qualitative research is
designed to provide a detailed description of the participants experiences in the present. It is
plausible even new and authentic information would not be possible without a qualitative study
(Merriam, 2009)
Research Questions
The following research questions guided this study:
1. To what extent did school counselors believe bullying occurred in their buildings, and
what specific populations, if any, did counselors identify as targets of bullying? What
specific populations, if any, did counselors identify as targets of bullying?
2. What is the level of confidence of school counselors in understanding and serving the
unique social and emotional needs of gifted students?
3. What strategies or anti-bullying programs do school counselors utilize while
addressing bullying of gifted students?
4. What strategies did counselors identify to be most often used by administrators for
creating a safe school environment for all students, including the gifted population,
and did counselors perceive these strategies to be effective.
Participants
The researcher interviewed 3 elementary counselors, 3 middle school counselors, and 3
high school counselors. The researcher sought out participation by communicating with numerous
115
administrators from across the state of Minnesota. When permission was granted, the researcher
obtained email addresses for counselors through each of the district’s webpages. An informal and
recruitment message which described the purpose of the study as well as nature of the
participation, was sent to the participants. The communication also made it clear participation was
voluntary, and information would be kept confidential. Participants were informed they could
withdraw from the study at any time. The participants were being asked to participate in a
qualitative study which would involve a 30-minute virtual interview.
The Office of Ethics and Compliance Human Research Protection Program requires
consent for the purpose of using humans in research. Informed consent is an acceptable type of
consent. This type of consent describes the potential risks that could occur in a study and provides
assurance the participant may withdraw from the study at any time without penalty (Pyrczak &
Bruce, 2005). Informed consent is required by St. Cloud State’s Institutional Review Board.
Participation should be understood as a process rather than a final, required, or mandatory event.
The intent is to make participants aware of the potential dangers of participating in the study and
allowing them to decline participation. Participation should be understood as a process rather
than a final, required, or mandatory event. The intent is to make participants aware of the
potential dangers of participating in the study and allowing them to decline participation.
Eligible applicants must employ the following characteristics:
Obtained a current Minnesota Counseling Licensure.
Employed as a practicing elementary, middle school, or high school counselor in a
public school serving gifted students as identified by their district.
116
Human Subject Approval
Following approval by the dissertation committee, the researcher completed the required
application for the St. Cloud State University Institutional Review Board (IBR). The IRB is a
“committee made up of faculty members who review and approve research so that the research
protects the right of the participants” (Creswell, 2008, pp. 157-158). Within the IRB application,
the researcher described the specific details of the study, the processes and procedures to be
implemented to protect the participants, the ethical implications of the study, and the ways in
which data and confidentiality will be protected. The application was submitted to the IRB for
consideration. The study was only commenced upon the approval of the IRB committee.
Research Design
Qualitative data was collected from Minnesota elementary, middle and high school
counselors serving gifted students. Denzin and Lincoln (1994) state, “Qualitative research is
multi-method in focus, involving an interpretive, naturalist approach to its subject matter…….it is
best understood then as a strategy that adds rigor, breadth, and depth to any investigation” (p. 12).
Creswell (1998) added qualitative research is “...an inquiry process” (p. 1). The focus then on
qualitative studies is to understand people’s reasoning to make sense of their world. Qualitative
studies provide the researcher an experience to discover possibly new information to develop new
theories. Creswell (1998) emphasizes the ability by qualitative research to enable
the researcher “to be an active learner” (p. 1).
Pilot Testing
For pilot testing, the researcher sought out six counselors, two at each level (elementary,
middle school and high school). The interview questions were designed using information
addressed in the examination of literature on the various themes: Giftedness, understanding the
117
unique gifted social and emotional traits of gifted students, the evolving role of the counselor,
skill level of the counselor, and bullying strategies and programming. Originally 20 questions
were created, 4 aligned with each research question. Although, several participants in the pilot
process were able to answer the 20 questions within the 30-minute limit, the questions were too
specific and did not provide for discussion or reflection. Dissertation team members were
consulted as was 1 gifted expert and 2 counselors in Minnesota districts. Wording was changed as
a result of responses of counselors and administrators in the pilot document to be more open-
ended. The changes allowed for more discussion which better aligned the interview to the
research. No follow up questions were created or used for the pilot test. Upon completion of work
with dissertation team members and gifted experts, the interviews were completed again with the
pilot group resulting in significantly improved information. The researcher felt confident the final
questions collected the information desired in the given time. Twelve questions seemed to be
appropriate for the 30-minute interviews. Pilot interviews were completed in person, mostly in
school settings, with only one taking place at a local coffee shop due to convenience for the pilot
member. However, the actual interviews were not allowed to be completed in a school setting due
to Covid-19 and were completed virtually.
Interview Questions
The final interview questions developed by the researcher and used in the study were:
1. What kinds of conversations do students have with you about bullying?
2. To what extend do you believe bullying occurs in your building, and if you encounter
bullying, what are the predominant types of bullying you encounter? Does this change
by grade level?
118
3. In your experience or opinion, would you say there are any specific population(s) that
are targets of bullying?
4. Are you aware of who the gifted students are in your district and how they are
identified?
5. Do you believe gifted students are any more (or less) vulnerable to bullying than other
populations?
6. How confident are you that you are meeting the social and emotional needs of gifted
students when it comes to bullying prevention and intervention?
7. What specific strategies and anti-bullying programs do you utilize in your district to
address bullying?
8. Do you feel the intervention/prevention strategies and/or programs utilized by the
administrator have been effective with gifted students?
9. Do you feel counselors, teachers or administrators would be best suited for addressing
bullying with students? What makes you indicate or believe this?
10. How does your principal communicate bullying prevention policies? How often is this
communicated? Do you feel this is effective?
11. How often do you as a counselor receive training around bullying in your district?
What skills, strategies, curriculum or information do you feel is needed to effectively
intervene and prevent bullying for gifted students?
The researcher had no prior conversations about giftedness, counseling or bullying with
the participants prior to the interviews. The researcher informed the participants there would be
12 questions at the start of the virtual interview sessions. The researcher and participant had
agreed to a thirty-minute interview. However, the researcher informed the participants at any time
119
the questions became too personal the interviewee may choose not to answer or may end the
interview. The researcher again reminding the participants that the interviews were voluntary. The
questions were asked sequentially for all participants. The questions took the entire 30 minutes
allowing for no follow-up questions.
Instruments for Data Collection and Analysis
For the sake of this research, interviews, or a qualitative approach was preferred.
Alshenqeet (2014) analyzed the effect of using interview as a tool to measure, or to document
information. Alshenqeet (2014) determined if an interview is the best tool to answer the questions
being asked during the research process it should be used. Creswell (2007) believes the product of
intentional research and design provides readers with an accurate analysis of the experiences of
the participants.
Treatment of Data
Virtual interviews were conducted, each approximately 30 minutes in length. Once the
interviews were completed transcripts were composed of each interview to be used for coding.
The data collected was coded in several ways under concurrent themes found from the four
themes within the scope of the study: giftedness, unique needs of gifted learners, role of the
counselor and skill level, and bullying. In this specific study, data was also sorted by building
levels (elementary, middle or high school).
The researcher in preparation of this study, read the works of several experts in the field of
coding for qualitative studies. The researcher has had several conversations with Doctoral
candidates and university professors on their experiences with effective coding. He also viewed
qualitative coding videos of experts on YouTube. The researcher was most influenced by coding
methods available in The Coding Manual for Qualitative Research by Johnny Saldana (Saldana,
120
2015). Although coding programs are available for purchase and were considered, the researcher
completed coding the original way using paper, colored markers, highlighters, sticky notes, and
numerous hand-made charts and visuals to represent the findings. Using coding methods, the
researcher sought to find the similarities of the respondents even though they came from various
districts in different parts of the state of Minnesota. The research also identified the different
views from their responses. Frequency was another indicator considered and reviewed. The
researcher looked to identify if there was a sequence in the narratives of how they serve or
address factors within the scope of the study. The researcher considered causation. Upon
completion of all the reviews, a theme was determined. A theme is an outcome resulting from
reflection of the observations or documents noted with the process. Saldana (2015) offers
numerous suggestions for a researcher to be intentional with when engaged in the process.
Suggestions for coding may include determining if there are goals set and what it is
respondents are trying to accomplish? How do they go about accomplishing this goal? Do the
professionals or members understand what is happening in their building around the questions
within the scope of the research. Eventually, Saldano (2015) shares the researcher will seek to
understand the surprises, the intriguing data, or possibly even the disturbing information
collected. Gordon-Finlayson (2010) emphasizes coding is simply a structure on which reflection
may happen. These steps may be repeated over and over and reflected upon until evidence is clear
to make determinations. The researcher used coding as a way for reflection as Gordon-Finlayson
had suggested (Gordon-Finlayson, 2010).
Elemental methods are primary approaches to data analysis. A primary approach includes
the initial coding. The researcher read through each of the transcripts two times then began the
initial process. Affective methods are an approach to investigate quality of human experience and
121
feelings about their unique experiences and may even single out specific words heard within
responses. The researcher used different highlighter to mark words connected to emotions. Words
marked included: concerned, care deeply, worry, love, scared, and trust. From completion of the
approaches code mapping or categorizing follows. Visuals were generated which eventually led
the researcher to forming a code journal to examine themes. In Chart A, the researcher listed the
theme, in Chart B the evidence of the theme was listed, in Chart C the researcher looks for
contradictions or lists any concerns about this decision, in Chart D, the researcher determines if
any part of the previous work, including the literature review agreed or disagreed with the
findings of the theme. The researcher chose not to include one example of the coding journal
process in the appendix. The researcher discovered later drafts of coding reviews may prove just
as insightful as initial reviews. Again, the researcher seeks to determine how ideas relate or
interrelate or had no connections. Assertions or even new theories were formulated as a result of
introspection around this process.
Description of the Sample
The sample contained 4 different school districts: including districts from southern
Minnesota, central Minnesota and northern Minnesota. The names of districts and counselors are
all pseudonyms to protect the privacy of the respondents. Participants are listed according to level
of service. Elementary respondents were Mary, Lyn and Diana. Middle school counselors were
Katie, Sam and Sandra. High School counselors included Joy, Megan and Becky. All participants
hold at least a master’s degree. All districts included in the study advertise gifted services on their
individual school websites, although all do not offer full-time programming. Districts were
referred to as Clear Lake, Eagle Bluff, Guthrie Grove and Bakersfield.
122
Elementary counselor: Mary. Mary reports being a counselor in the district of Clear
Lake for 2 years. She came to counseling late after raising her own children. She received her
master's degree and completed a lot of her training in the 80s, early 90s. She believes so much has
changed; there is so much more attention to the whole child being served today. Mary likes the
change in that now she gets to work with far more students than when she did her initial trainings
numerous years ago. Mary identifies as Caucasian. Mary serves Title I, ELL, special education
and gifted students. Mary estimates approximately 5-8 percent of her caseload is gifted. Mary’s
district has a 16 to 1 teacher student ratio. Mary’s school advertises gifted services on their
website, and she believes they draw from other schools for that reason. Mary is the only counselor
in her building. 49% of the students in Mary’s building are diverse with an increasing Somalian
population.
Elementary counselor: Lyn. Lyn reports being a counselor for more than 12 years. Lyn
identifies as Asian. Lyn recently came to her new district, Eagle Bluff, a much larger district, after
serving in another district for several years. Lyn estimates close to 12-15% of her caseload is
gifted noting it is because the district has such a strong reputation. Lyn is one of three counselors
in her building. However, Lyn advocated and is now the only counselor in her building who
serves gifted students. Lyn’s district has an 18 to 1 teacher ratio. Lyn’s district has a diversity rate
of 29% rate which has remained stable over the past couple of years.
Elementary counselor: Diana. Diana is a recent graduate finishing her first year as a
counselor at Guthrie Grove. She identifies as Latina. Diana serves all populations including Title,
Special education, ELL, and gifted. Diana believes only about 3-5% of her caseload is gifted but
says it could be a little higher. Diana’s district has an 18 to 1 teacher ratio. Currently the district is
123
at 43% diversity, but this is expected to increase. The diversity is what drew Diana to her
position.
Middle counselor: Katie. Katie reports being a middle school counselor for Clear Lake
for 5 years. She has always served middle school students. She has not worked in any other
district. Katie identifies as Caucasian. Katie estimates 5-10% of her caseload includes gifted
students. Katie is the only counselor in her building and serves the needs of all populations. She
acknowledges diversity has increased tremendously over the past 5 years. Katie says more could
have been done to prepare for the changing demographics. She feels the district is often playing
catch-up to address issues. An example is 5 years later, and the district is now starting to provide
culturally relevant professional development for staff.
Middle school counselor: Sam. Sam is on her fifth year as a middle school counselor at
Guthrie Grove. She identifies as Caucasian. Sam estimates a little under 10% of her caseload is
gifted. Sam enjoys the challenge of working at this level. Sam serves all populations and loves the
diversity of her school. Sam is the only counselor in her building. Sam is a new mom and missed
part of the year to have her baby which she admits but difficult and worrisome.
Middle school counselor: Sandra. Sandra is a middle school counselor at Bakersfield
and has been with the district for 6 years. She identifies as Caucasian. Sandra estimates 8-10% of
her students are gifted. Sandra serves all populations although there is not always a need for ELL
services. Sandra is the only counselor in her building.
High school counselor: Joy. Joy has been a counselor for 14 years in the Eagle Bluffs
district. Joy identifies as Black. Joy estimated between 10-12% of her caseload includes gifted
students. Joy believes the gifted number is so high due to the location and wealth of residents but
124
still believes it is a progressive and outstanding district. Joy serves all populations. There are four
counselors in her building.
High school counselor: Megan. Megan is a veteran counselor with 16 years of
experience in Guthrie Grove. She identifies as Caucasian. Megan estimates about 6-10% of her
caseload is gifted depending on the year. Megan noted the district continues to edge toward the
top 25 districts in the state and believes this is partially a result of the district’s increased social
and emotional support of students. In the beginning of her career she said a lot of her time was
focused on planning assessments for the district, but more time is now allocated to serving the
needs of students. There are four counselors in her building.
High school counselor: Becky. Becky is a high school counselor with 15 years of
experience although not all have been in Bakersfield, or even in this state. She identifies as
Caucasian. Becky has an outside counseling consultation business. Becky says the number of
gifted served fluctuates by year but estimates 6-10% of her students are gifted. Becky serves most
populations adding ELL services are offered when needed. She is the only counselor in her
building.
Procedures and Timelines
The researcher developed an informational and recruitment message. The message
contained a statement of consent for all the participants. Study participants received their
communication to participate on February 11, 2020. The researcher’s school’s contact
information was included in this contact, as well as the description and purpose of the study, and
the dates and times for possible interviews. The researcher then monitored the response to the
recruitment message anticipating at least five participants at each building level to take part in the
125
study but no not accepting fewer than three. The IRB application technically listed up to 16
possible participants.
Three weeks later a reminder, encouraging participation was sent by email to counselors at
each building level. Once counseling volunteers were determined, individual 30-minute
interviews were arranged.
Due to a pandemic, it was decided not to complete the initial plan for an in-person
meeting. Virtual interviews were conducted as outlined in the IRB application.
There were no follow-up interviews scheduled with the disruption of the pandemic and the
difficulty in finding volunteers.
Summary
The study sought to obtain information from interviews of school counselors working
with gifted students at the elementary, middle or high school levels in four Minnesota districts
across the state. The 12 interview questions utilized connected to the four research questions from
the study. Districts participating came from southern Minnesota, the Twin Cities and northern
Minnesota. Initially seeking 15-16 counselors, the minimum goal of three counselors interviewed
at each level was met, with counselors working at public schools with gifted programming. The
interviews were conducted virtually due to the pandemic and health risks of in-person contacts for
both the participants and researcher.
In Chapter IV, a description will follow of the results found in the research study. The
data gathered addressed each of the four research questions using 12 interview questions. A table
has been created for each of the results for the four research questions. The results assisted in
providing information about the skill level of elementary, middle school and high school
126
counselors for serving gifted students and bullying using their knowledge of the unique needs of
gifted students.
127
Chapter IV: Findings and Results
Introduction
Bullying is an important public health concern (Espelage & Swearer, 2003; Marr & Fields,
2001; Srabstein & Leventhal, 2010). The National Center for Educational Statistics (2016) reports
nearly 1 in 5 students are bullied. Olweus (1993a, 1993b) believes, “... every individual should
have the right to be spared oppression and repeated, intentional humiliation, in school as in
society at large. No student should have to be afraid of going to school for fear of being harassed
or degraded, and no parent should have to worry about such things happening to his or her child
(p. 11).
Olweus (1993) believes school safety should be a fundamental human right for all children
and adolescents. Despite nearly 40 years of research on bullying in the United States, a
population ignored in the literature is the gifted student population.” (p. 1).
Research Problem
Bullying is an important public health concern. Limited research exists on gifted and
bullying. Gifted students may be given to being targets of bullying for several reasons.
Counselors play a critical role in stopping bullying. One population ignored in the 40 years of
research on bullying is the gifted population. Use of a qualitative study utilizing interviews allows
for a deep, insightful analysis of what counselors perceive around the seriousness of bullying,
including the targeted populations, the strategies utilized, anti-bullying programs used, as well as
effectiveness of strategies by their administrators for reducing bullying.
Purpose of the Study
The study focused on examining the perceptions of elementary, middle school, and high
school counselors' level of preparedness for serving the unique needs of gifted students, and more
128
specifically, looking at their confidence in leading preventions and interventions, including anti-
bullying programs, for the bullying of gifted students. Perceptions of counselors on strategies
being used by administrators for reducing bullying were also examined.
Interview and Participants
The researcher received approval from the doctoral committee and the Internal Review
Board of St. Cloud State University. The researcher sought permission from 12 Minnesota
administrators randomly selected from various parts of the state. Originally, the researcher was
seeking up to 16 counselors throughout the state from various levels. This became more
challenging to accomplish as a result of a pandemic. In the end, nine different school
administrators granted permission from four separate districts. The diverse participants are from
various parts of Minnesota, from rural southern Minnesota, to the metro area, to northern
Minnesota.
Once permission was granted by the administrators, an initial email was sent to each of the
participants asking if they would be interested in volunteering to participate in a study. When
participants were determined the researcher worked with each counselor individually to set up a
time for a virtual interview. A week prior to the interview a reminder email was sent to the
participant. Due to the pandemic it was decided to complete the interviews virtually.
Description of the Sample/Participants
The sample contained four different school districts: including districts from southern
Minnesota, central Minnesota and northern Minnesota. The names of districts and counselors are
all pseudonyms to protect the privacy of the respondents. Participants are listed according to level
of service: elementary, middle school and high school. All participants hold at least a master’s
129
degree. All districts included in the study advertise gifted services on their individual school
websites, although all do not offer full-time programming.
Elementary counselor: Mary. Mary reports being a counselor in the district of Clear
Lake for 2 years. She came to counseling late after raising her own children. She received her
master's degree and completed a lot of her training in the 80s, early 90s. She believes so much has
changed; there is so much more attention to the whole child being served today. Mary likes the
change in that now she gets to work with far more students than when she did her initial trainings
numerous years ago. Mary identifies as Caucasian. Mary serves Title I, ELL, special education
and gifted students. Mary estimates approximately 5-8 percent of her caseload is gifted. Mary’s
district has a 16 to 1 teacher student ratio. Mary’s school advertises gifted services on their
website, and she believes they draw from other schools for that reason. Mary is the only counselor
in her building. 49% of the students in Mary’s building are diverse with an increasing Somalian
population.
Elementary counselor: Lyn. Lyn reports being a counselor for more than 12 years. Lyn
identifies as Asian. Lyn recently came to her new district, Eagle Bluff, a much larger district, after
serving in another district for several years. Lyn estimates close to 12-15% of her caseload is
gifted noting it is because the district has such a strong reputation. Lyn is one of three counselors
in her building. However, Lyn advocated and is now the only counselor in her building who
serves gifted students. Lyn’s district has an 18 to 1 teacher ratio. Lyn’s district has a diversity rate
of 29% rate which has remained stable over the past couple of years.
Elementary counselor: Diana. Diana is a recent graduate finishing her first year as a
counselor at Guthrie Grove. She identifies as Latina. Diana serves all populations including Title,
Special education, ELL, and gifted. Diana believes only about 3-5% of her caseload is gifted but
130
says it could be a little higher. Diana’s district has an 18 to 1 teacher ratio. Currently the district is
at 43% diversity, but this is expected to increase. The diversity is what drew Diana to her
position.
Middle counselor: Katie. Katie reports being a middle school counselor for Clear Lake
for 5 years. She has always served middle school students. She has not worked in any other
district. Katie identifies as Caucasian. Katie estimates 5-10% of her caseload includes gifted
students. Katie is the only counselor in her building and serves the needs of all populations. She
acknowledges diversity has increased tremendously over the past 5 years. Katie says more could
have been done to prepare for the changing demographics that she feels like the district is often
playing catch-up to address issues.
Middle School counselor: Sam. Sam is on her fifth year as a middle school counselor at
Guthrie Grove. She identifies as Caucasian. Sam estimates a little under 10% of her caseload is
gifted. Sam enjoys the challenge of working at this level. Sam serves all populations and loves the
diversity of her school. Sam is the only counselor in her building. Sam is a new mom and missed
part of the year to have her baby.
Middle school counselor: Sandra. Sandra is a middle school counselor at Bakersfield
and has been with the district for 6 years. She identifies as Caucasian. Sandra estimates 8-10% of
her students are gifted. Sandra serves all populations although there is not always a need for ELL
services. Sandra is the only counselor in her building.
High school counselor: Joy. Joy has been a counselor for 14 years in the Eagle Bluffs
district. Joy identifies as Black. Joy estimated between 10-12% of her caseload includes gifted
students. Joy believes the gifted number is so high due to the location and wealth of residents but
131
still believes it is a progressive and outstanding district. Joy serves all populations. There are four
counselors in her building.
High school counselor: Megan. Megan is a veteran counselor with 16 years of
experience in Guthrie Grove. She identifies as Caucasian. Megan estimates about 6-10% of her
caseload is gifted depending on the year. Megan noted the district continues to edge toward the
top 25 districts in the state and believes this is partially a result of the district’s increased social
and emotional support of students. In the beginning of her career she said a lot of her time was
focused on planning assessments for the district, but more time is now allocated to serving the
needs of students. There are four counselors in her building.
High school counselor: Becky. Becky is a high school counselor with 15 years of
experience although not all have been in this district, or even in this state. She identifies as
Caucasian. Becky has an outside counseling consultation business. Becky says the numbers
served fluctuates by year but estimates 6-10% of her students are gifted. Becky serves most
populations adding ELL services are offered when needed. She is the only counselor in her
building.
Research Questions
The study was qualitative in nature. The following research questions were used to guide
this study.
1. To what extent do school counselors believe bullying occurred in their building(s), and
what specific populations, if any, do counselors identify as targets of bullying?
2. What is the level of confidence of school counselors in understanding and serving
the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students?
132
3. What strategies and anti-bullying programs do school counselors utilize while
addressing bullying of gifted students?
4. What strategies do counselors identify to be most often used by administrators for
creating a safe school environment for all students, including the gifted population,
and do counselors perceive these strategies to be effective?
Interview Results: Participant Demographics
Demographic information was collected for each of the survey respondents. Information
collected did not include items that would compromise the anonymity of the respondents. The
tables in this section were developed based on responses from the interviews, and all the
information collected was reviewed for themes noticed from the responses. Later in this chapter
sample quotes from the respondents will be shared which illustrate specific points related to the
research questions. Also, themes will be provided and connected to the literature.
Table 4.1
Respondents Years of Experience
Years of Experience Range
n
Percent
1-3
2
22.2
5-8
2
22.2
9-12
1
11.1
more than 12
4
44.4
Total
9
100
Table 4.1 conveys information about the number of years of experience each respondent
had as a school counselor. Data indicates that 4 of the 9 counselors (Lyn, Joy, Megan, and Becky)
had more than 12 years of experience, 1 counselor (Sandra) had between 9-12 years of
experience, 2 participants had 5-8 years of experience (Katie and Sam), and 2 participants had
133
only 1-3 years of experience (Diana and Mary). Or to put it another way, the counselors who
participated were experienced or veteran counselors with 7 of the 9 respondents having five or
more years of experience working with gifted students.
Table 4.2
Respondents Area of Service
Areas of Service
n
Percent
Elementary (Mary, Lyn, Diana)
3
33.3
Middle School (Katie, Sam, Sandra)
3
33.3
High School (Joy, Megan, Becky)
3
33.3
Total
9
100
Table 4.2 indicates that there were 9 participants interviewed. Three served at the
elementary level, 3 at the middle school level and three at the high school level. All 9 participants
had a master's degree in counseling.
Table 4.3
Respondents’ Identified Race
Race
n
Percent
White or Caucasian
6
66.6
Black (Joy)
1
11.1
Hispanic or Latino (Diana)
1
11.1
Asian (Lyn)
1
11.1
Native American/Alaskan
0
0
Total
9
100
Table 4.3 identifies information collected on the respondents. Six of the 9 respondents
were white or Caucasian (Mary, Katie, Sam, Megan, Sandra, and Becky), 1 respondent identified
as black (Joy), 1 identified as Hispanic or Latina (Diana), and 1 identified as Asian (Lyn). The
134
researcher tried to contact the Minnesota Department of Education to determine the make-up of
counselors across the state, but this information was not readily available during a pandemic.
during a pandemic.
Interview Results: Research Question One
The first research question in the interviews examined counselors’ awareness of the extent
of bullying incidents and their knowledge of specific subgroups that may be impacted
by bullying.
Research Question 1. To what extent do school counselors believe bullying occurred in
their building(s), and what specific populations, if any, do counselors identify as targets of
bullying?
In order to begin to answer research question 1, participants were asked a question about
their concern for bullying in their school. A summarized listing of their general responses is
outlined in Table 4.4.
Table 4.4
Counselors Perceptions of Occurrence of Bullying in their Building
Counselors’ Perceptions of
Occurrence of Bullying by
Area of Service
Number of
Respondents
Occurrence/Concern
Percentage
Elementary (Lyn)
1
Little Concern
11.1
Elementary (Mary/Diana)
2
Significant Concern
22.2
Middle School (Katie, Sam,
Sandra)
3
Significant Concern
33.3
High School (Joy, Megan,
Becky)
3
Little to No Concern
33.3
In table 4.4, the general comments were sorted based on school level and theme. The
elementary comments were split between 2 with significant concern” and 1 “little or no
135
concern.” All 3 of the middle school comments related to bullying were classified as “significant
concern. However, all three of the high school counselors' comments related to bullying were
classified in the “little to no concern” area. When organized only by concern level, 5 of the 9
respondents reported bullying to be of a “significant” concern. Four out of the nine counselors in
the sample reported bullying to be of little concern. When organized only by concern level, 5 of
the 9 respondents reported bullying to be of a “huge concern. Four out of the nine counselors
reported bullying to be of little concern.
In general, the nine respondents each shared a slightly different perspective related to the
problem of bullying. Most concern was found at the middle school level, with mixed concern at
the elementary level and little concern found at the high school level. Both counselors at Eagle
Bluff did not perceive bullying as a concern. Also, an observation is both counselors at Eagle
Bluff are diverse and have more than 12 years of experience. Three of the 4 school districts had a
counselor feeling confident in their services, with Clear Lake being the only exception.
A prevalent theme from the interviews is advocacy. Lyn, who rated bullying as “no or
little concern” said, “Creating a safe school is my number one priority.” She went on to say, “I
have really taken ownership and leadership to ensure gifted students in our building are safe from
bullying.” A veteran high school counselor, Becky, commented,
“Bullying is always on our radar. We’ve advocated and our district does a great job of
consistently training teachers, addressing bullying with all stakeholders, empowering
students, providing resources, building relationships, educating families so I don’t see
many issues around bullying. It helps we are a smaller district. The counselors can serve
as a Professional Learning community and really focus on services.”
136
A second theme found is knowledge about giftedness. Mary shared,
“I don’t work with the gifted as much as other populations, but I would do anything to
help these kids. I’m not always sure what they need or how to help them yet. I’ve had a
few gifted kids say they were bullied so I usually have them come eat lunch with me, or
find them a friend to eat with, or let them go to the lunchroom early to choose a spot, so
they feel safe. I tell teachers to watch out for them. I try to check in with them throughout
the day. I try talking to them, but they aren’t always wanting to talk about why the person
wants to bully them, other than to tell me they are being picked on. When they don’t talk
it’s hard to understand the bully-victim relationship. If they tell me more than once, I tell
the administrator and make a call home.”
A third theme is transitions. One middle school counselor, Katie shared,
“The first few weeks of middle school are extremely challenging. We do not know the
students and the dynamics that exist. We start discussing bullying on the first day of
school. This can be hard at times with gifted students who don’t always trust you. Also,
transitions can be hard for some gifted students, including our 2e students. Not only are
gifted kids transferring to a new school, but then they transition from teacher to teacher for
the first time perhaps making them vulnerable.
A fourth finding is understanding the various types of bullying. When I started, Sandra
stated,
“I wasn’t sure about the different types of bullying. There is one type known as relational
aggression that happens at the middle school, especially with girls. I’ve learned you
always must keep your eyes and ears open. With relational aggression these kids bully
with their eyes, with their bodies for intimidation, with little notes but it is all very hidden.
137
These bullies are smart, sometimes mean, and they know the unsupervised spaces. They
notice when kids leave the classroom; they know where kids sit in the cafeteria or on the
bus. Then when kids report it to teachers or even administrators, they don’t believe it’s
happening because they didn’t see it. I tell these teachers take all reports seriously and
document it. Cyberbullying is a whole new type of bullying. A part of our job is to stay
one step ahead of them and try to eliminate opportunities for the bullies to act. What’s
hard is that gifted kids don’t tell you when they are being bullied in my experience, and I
really worry about cyberbullying and gifted students.”
A fourth a recurring theme emerges: the need for teachers to act and document. Also, a
recurring theme noted is gifted children do not feel comfortable reporting bullying. Cyberbullying
is a whole new game too. A part of our job is to stay one step ahead of them and try to eliminate
opportunities for the bullies to act. What’s hard is that gifted kids don’t tell you when they are
being bullied in my experience, and I really worry about cyberbullying and gifted students.” This
brings forth a recurring theme which is the need for teachers to act and document. Also, a
recurring theme noted is gifted kids do not feel comfortable reporting bullying.
A final theme is administrator’s attitude. Megan is a veteran high school counselor. She
adds, “From my experience, it’s simply about administrator making safety a priority. The
administrator’s attitude about safety, about bullying, about our time, about gifted kids play into
the response team or services put into place, or not put into place.
A review of themes emerging as the result of the first question included: Advocacy,
knowledge of giftedness, difficulty with transitions, different types of bullying, gifted students
don’t self-report, and administrator's attitudes.
138
Table 4.5 reveals the second part of Interview Question 1: subpopulations targeted. As
this was an interview format no list or names of populations were provided to the respondents.
Table 4.5
Counselors’ Perceptions of Targets of Bullying
ELL students, LBGT
Special education, gifted, gifted
Special education, gifted, LBGT gifted,
LBGT
No specific population
ELL students, LBGT
Special education, gifted
Special education
Special education
No specific population
Gifted = 3 mentions
Findings in Table 4.5 reveal 5 of the 9 respondents named special education students as
being targets of bullying in their building. Three of the respondents listed gifted students as being
targets. Three responded that LBGT/transgender students were targets, and two mentioned ELL
students. In all, seven of the nine counselors were able to identify targets with two claiming they
could not identify any specific populations targeted in their schools. A counselor at all levels felt
students were targeted. Joy shared “she knew she was going to get picked on because of the color
of her skin, and because she was in special education herself.” She laughed, then added, “Kids
had two reasons to bully me”.
139
A theme derived from the question reveals counselors are aware of populations being
targeted and are being reflective and proactive in addressing the concern. Katie, a middle school
counselor shared,
“In the past we spent a lot of time working with our special education students on ways to
get along, teaching conflict resolution skills, teaching empathy, and practicing self-
advocacy skills. A change that we have intentionally made in the last few years is just
taking this message to the larger group. LGBT children, gifted children, ELL children,
children of color, overweight students, quiet students, we know now could be targets, just
like the special education students always have been. If our school is to be safe, we need
to be in those rooms, educating and empowering all student populations.”
Sandra, another middle school counselor shared,
“Middle school is hard for everyone. From my experience, I know gifted students can be
super sensitive and experience what are called Dabrowski’s overexcitabilities. Gifted
students can have executive functioning deficits, asynchronous development, can be
perfectionist, and even underachievers. A little problem can become a catastrophic issue in
a matter of minutes. I’ve seen it play out where gifted students become physically sick
from being bullied, try to avoid going to class, or try to manipulate the teacher and other
students. If a gifted child is bullied it consumes his or her thoughts day and night. In one
case a sixth-grade girl tried to stop eating as it was a way to be in control of her life again.
Another gifted child tried to convince us it would be best if he did online- learning all day
in my office. I’ve had a gifted student who wanted to fail his honor classes so he could be
placed in regular education classes. From my experience, gifted students often don’t tell
their teachers or parents about being bullied which really makes me want to be in tune to
140
what is happening with our gifted kids. Using Best Practices, I usually work with gifted
students in small groups but considering how many gifted students we have, it’s hard to
meet with them as much as I need to each year.”
Megan, a high school counselor, said that experiences with various populations helped her to get
ahead of any possible situations.
“Each year I feel more comfortable in my role” Megan reported. She claimed she always
spent time the first few weeks in classes, in the hallway, in lunchrooms to know the needs,
personalities and dynamics of her students. Megan also shared she communicated with
teachers from the previous years for any possible concerns and communicated frequently
with current teachers and parents about concerns. She felt the move to inclusion was a
significant step forward some years ago and it has helped reduce bullying overall.
Themes emerged are advocacy, and being proactive, and gifted students may not self-
report., and being proactive.
Interview Results: Research Question Two
The second interview question was selected to determine the level of understanding
counselors had around giftedness, and their level of confidence in serving the unique social and
emotional needs of gifted students.
Research Question 2. What is the level of confidence of school counselors in
understanding and serving the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students?
141
Table 4.6
Counselors’ Level of Confidence in Serving the Unique Needs of Gifted Students
Level of Confidence
n
Percent
Not Confident
(Mary, Katie, Sam, Diana)
4
44.4
Somewhat Confident
(Sandra)
1
22.2
Extremely Confident
(Joy, Megan, Becky, Lyn)
4
33.3
Total
9
100
According to the data in Table 4.6, 4 of the 9 respondents did not feel confident in serving
the unique needs of gifted students. The data shows 2 elementary counselors and 2 middle school
counselors did not feel confident in meeting the needs of gifted students. Overall, 4 of the 9
counselors felt extremely confident in addressing the unique needs of gifted students. Among
those are 3 high school counselors and one elementary counselor. Eagle Bluff, Guthrie Grove, and
Bakersville all had a counselor to feel extremely confident. Clear Lake had no counselors to feel
confident, in fact both claimed to be not confident in serving the needs of gifted.
Emerging themes are possible lack of knowledge around what exactly are the unique
needs of gifted students. Mary had stated, “I’m still learning. It’s like gifted kids are wired or like
they have ADHD but then there’s times when they could sit and do something for hours. They
can also be intense. They’re just different.”
A second theme found is assumptions made about gifted students. This quote from Sam
brings attention to the issue,
I heard from students that some of the gifted kids were bullying other nongifted kids, but
I didn’t believe it. In a million years I could not have imagined them doing such a thing.
These were the nicest Caucasian kids with affluent families. Then I saw it happen. I was
142
shocked, torn between being angry and disappointed. Then I realized I had a lot more to
learn about gifted students and bullying. I also learned it was happening far more than I
could have imagined and that I needed to understand and address it immediately.”
Katie shared,
“Gifted children can be hard to read and understand. One boy decided his best option was
to run away. I would think most have been taught skills for navigating bullying in our
district, but gifted kids assume they have better strategies. Some gifted students can be
extremely quiet, and you don’t know what they are thinking. There have been times when
I would have no idea that a child was being bullied or hurt until either the child acted out,
or the child got sick or hurt and eventually confessed something to a friend or to a parent.
These kids can be keeping up their work, maintaining their grades but inside they are
really hurting, and scared by the fact that they are being bullied which may be concerning
because gifted kids want justice. I try to learn everything I can but still feel like there’s so
much I don’t understand about giftedness. In not knowing, I think we make a lot of
assumptions about gifted students. It’s almost like they have their own reality. I worry
about these kids, I really do. It’s possible they may perceive something that isn’t true. I
think that happens.”
A third theme is the importance of education around bullying for students and parents. At
the high school level,Joy shared,
“We don’t have much bullying but experience more cyberbullying than other types of
bullying. Our technology department has really improved so we can find out who is
sending emails or messages, or Instagram, or whatever kids use these days, a lot quicker
than we could in the past. Our students know this and know there are serious
143
consequences which could mean losing their computer. I spend a lot of time the first
month of school talking about cyberbullying and what to do if it occurs. We require
parents to attend education classes as well if a student checks out one of our school
computers. Parents appreciate this training. Cyberbullying does still occur but to my
knowledge the problem is addressed immediately, and usually not much of an issue at our
school. With education, and relationships, you can prevent a lot of bad from happening”.
A fourth emerging theme is the importance of peers. Joy continued,
We also implemented advisory time, and kids have a gifted educator they are connected
to, and a group they spend time with each day. Having friends is another powerful tool
when it comes to being protected from bullies. I know some gifted kids and even parents
don’t like advisory; they think it is wasted learning time but there’s real power in friends
and having at least one teacher they can trust. You can also do education around being
gifted and being a bystander during this advisory time, and even parents don’t like
advisory; they think it is wasted learning time but there’s real power in friends and having
at least one teacher they can trust. You can also do education around being gifted and
being a bystander during this advisory time.”
Finally, a theme found is the need for counselor training. Diana, working as a counselor
for one year shared,
“I don’t really remember learning much about gifted students from my counseling classes.
I have knowledge about how children develop but with asynchronous development that
doesn’t even apply for gifted learners. I don’t remember having much experience working
with gifted students during my internships even. If I want to get training, I need to seek
that on my own as our district does not provide it. I’ve started reading books and I’m
144
fascinated now and want to learn more. I’m beginning to understand how our education
system, and the way the day is scheduled, may be a challenge for gifted thinkers.” I need
to seek that on my own as our district does not provide it. I’ve started reading books and
I’m fascinated now and want to learn more. I understand how our education system, and
the way the day is scheduled, may be a challenge for gifted students.”
Themes formed from question two included are: Lack of knowledge of the unique needs
of gifted students, assumptions about gifted students, importance of peers, and the need for
counselor training.
Interview Results: Research Question Three
The third interview question sought to determine antibullying programs being used, as
well as strategies being utilized in their schools for addressing bullying of their gifted learners.
Research Question 3. What anti-bullying programs and/or strategies do school
counselors utilize while addressing bullying of gifted students?
Table 4.7
Perception of Anti-Bullying Programs
Counselor’s Perception of Anti-
Bullying Programs
Respondent
Name of Anti-
Bullying Program
Level of Success
Lyn
PBIS, Second Step
Combined,
Very Successful
Katie
PBIS
Not successful
Mary
No Program
Desires programming
Megan
No Program
Program not needed,
Sam
Second Step
Not successful
Sandra
PBIS
Moderately successful
Becky
No Program
Program not needed
Diana
Conscious
Discipline
Not successful
Joy
No Program
Desires programming
145
Table 4.7 identifies information collected on respondents perception of the anti-bullying
programs currently being used. Four respondents out of 9 in the sample indicated no identified
anti-bullying program used in their building. Three respondents indicated their school utilizes
PBIS. One respondent felt the PBIS was very successful when used with Second Step. One
indicated the PBIS program was moderately successful and one indicated that PBIS was not a
successful approach. Two respondents identified Second Step Bullying Prevention being used.
One respondent said Conscious Discipline is being implemented by select teachers but not as an
overall program.
A clear and prevalent theme is leadership is needed for successful programming. Lyn
declared, “I learned early on elementary gifted students are so diverse and have unique needs,I
do not believe teachers are best equipped to deal with bullying like counselors. I also believe from
my experience it is best if someone outside the classroom works to repair the harm being done. I
led the work in our building to get an anti-bullying program but knew we would need to support it
with another program with certain populations. Although I’d love to use the Olweus program
which has more data to support it, we use PBIS and Second Step. These programs are more
affordable and easier to implement. I also advocated to my administrator that if she wasn’t going
to train all the counselors in the building then I would prefer to provide services for the gifted
students, and she agreed. Another thing I did was protect my time. If we want to focus on having
a safe learning environment, then I must be very intentional about what it is I do each day. I also
have a defined role so everyone knows what it is I do, and no one is making assumptions about
how I spend my time. Counselors must be intensely focused. Our anti-bullying efforts have been
very successful.” One of the high school counselors, Becky, although she considered herself a
strong leader, had a different perspective,
146
“We don’t have an anti-bullying program and I’m okay with that. We do have student link
leaders who do lessons to work on school community and decision-making during
advisory time. I have worked in schools with anti-bullying programs and do not feel they
were the magic solution. I did the trainings. I led the frequent data digs with teachers, but
if you are not consistent and if everyone doesn’t support it, it’s expensive, time-consuming
and doesn’t help all students. Many anti-bullying programs assume all kids are the same
and need the same message. No two gifted kids have the same needs. We’ve worked with
our administrators to provide services to our gifted students that individualize or
differentiate our response. Granted, I couldn’t have done this when I first started working
with gifted but now, I have a strong understanding of their needs. With our approach, the
focus is on the student’s individual needs and not the scripted program. I think it’s been
far more successful and efficient than the anti-bullying program I used at my previous
district. Schools need to trust their counselors more. I have more training in this area than
the others in the building.” in the building.”
Diana shared her desire to lead but her lack of certainty for where to start. She said,
There’s so much to learn. I’ve reached out to some anti-bullying programs to learn more about
the objectives or research behind it, the time commitment, the implementation, the trainings and
how to maintain it.” Conscious Discipline may be a program to consider. She is uncertain as now
it is being piloted in a few classrooms by teachers without official training. Once she has more
understanding of her students, and more information about programming options, she looks
forward to meeting with her administrator.
A final theme is the need for the proper fit for placement. Similar view of placement was
shared by several but was articulated well by Sandra,
147
“Placement is everything. You need to know which students will do best with which
teachers. Some gifted kids may need a more empathetic teacher. The challenge in the
classroom needs to be appropriate. As part of an anti-bullying program, I strongly feel that
if you place children in the proper rooms, with the proper support, it makes a significant
difference. For this reason, I insist on being on placement teams for our gifted students.
Emerging themes are the need for leadership for successful programming, the need for
proper placement for gifted students, and for counselors to be involved in student placement.
In response to the second part of Research Question 2, Table 4.8 identifies the perceived
strategies collected from the respondents on strategies each perceived to be successful in helping
to reduce bullying.
Table 4.8
Counselors’ Perceived Strategies Used to Reduce Bullying
Perceived Successful
Strategies
Elementary
Respondents
Middle School
Respondents
High School
Respondents
Total
Go over handbook/ rules, about
bullying
2
3
3
8
Friendship Groups
3
2
0
5
Teach coping skills: self-talk,
advocacy, mindfulness, breathing
3
3
1
7
Train teachers and staff
1
0
0
1
Increased supervision in hot spots
2
2
1
5
Responsive Classroom
3
1
0
4
Teach Conflict Resolution Skills
1
1
0
2
Individualized sessions
3
2
1
6
Small group sessions
2
2
0
4
Build Relationships
3
3
0
6
Monthly Rallies/Attention to School
Climate/ Student Recognition
2
1
0
3
148
Overall, Table 4.8 reveals the most frequently mentioned strategy used by counselors was
reviewing the district’s handbook, or rules about bullying with students at the beginning of the
year. Eight of the 9 respondents felt the importance to discuss bullying with gifted students. Seven
respondents perceived teaching gifted students coping skills, such as self-talk, self-advocacy,
mindfulness or breathing were vital strategies. Building relationships, and individualized sessions
was seen by 6 of the 9 respondents as a needed strategy. Increased supervision in hot spots and
forming friendship groups were other favored strategies used by 5 of the 9 respondents. When
breaking it down by levels, elementary respondents favored forming friendship groups, teaching
coping skills, utilizing Responsive Classroom, offering individualized sessions, and working on
building relationships. Monthly rallies specifically for building community were more popular at
the elementary level, and not utilized at the secondary level. at the secondary level.
In all, 25 strategies were discussed by the elementary respondents. Middle school
respondents preferred taking time to review the handbook, teaching coping strategies, and
working on building relationships as the most used strategies. Twenty strategies were discussed
by the middle school respondents. High school counselors indicated reviewing the bullying rules
or policies in the handbook as the most utilized strategy. Only six strategies were mentioned by
the high school respondents and working on building relationships was the most used strategies.
The most prevalent theme is the need at all levels to define bullying and this is done by
reviewing the handbook and discussing the types of bullying in an age appropriate way. This was
a common theme at all levels. Students need to understand what it means to be mean, rude, or to
bully. Students need to know what strategies to use if a student perceives he or she is being
bullied. Consequences are also reviewed.
149
A second theme is the need for training of teachers. Sandra responded,
“I believe I have one of the most important jobs in the building. I am the only counselor
and we have over 450 middle school students. I learned I was not going to meet the needs
of all students in the building alone and shared this concern with my administrator. We
now use an approach where I collaborate with teachers. I also do a lot of professional
development with our teachers, paras, administrators and families. Social and emotional
growth is being built into what we do each day in our classrooms. Everyone wants our
kids to be successful. We address the whole child. There is real buy-in for our anti-
bullying program. I feel we have made huge gains based off frequent data reviews,
professional development and engaging discussions we’ve had as a staff about needs of
different populations, including the gifted students. I am always telling the teachers to
work on your relationships with the gifted students, gifted students need to believe they
can trust you and that you have the skills for helping them.” Elementary counselor Lyn
added, “An anti-bullying program is wonderful in that it provides these strategies to
teachers who may not have the social and emotional understandings, in a user-friendly
way that is accessible to teachers. Also, I can model anti-bullying lessons for teachers. I
think teachers respect me more, and they see the value in my role.”
A theme is repeated with this answer relates to the attitude of the administrator. Lyn is
confident her anti-bullying program is successful due to her ability to form a relationship with the
building principal. Lyn was not afraid to advocate and was able to gain the administrator’s trust.
Three themes emerging with question three. The first is the need to critical need to define
bullying at all levels in age-appropriate ways. The answers revealed a theme of the need for
150
training of teachers to assist with programming. Finally, a theme being repeated is the
significance of the administrator’s attitude.
Interview Results: Research Question Four
The fourth interview question examined counselor perceptions of strategies most used by
administrators for creating safe school environments for all students, including the gifted
population. Then, the question sought to establish if the counselors perceived those strategies to
be effective for reducing bullying in their buildings.
Research Question 4. What strategies do counselors identify to be most often used by
administrators for creating safe school environments for all students, including the gifted
population, and do counselors perceive these strategies to be effective?
Table 4.9
Strategies used by Administrators to Reduce Bullying
Strategies Used by Administrators
Elementary
Middle
School
High School
Total times
mentioned:
Form relationships with students/learn
names of students
3
2
2
7
Form relationships with
parents/families
2
2
1
5
Frequent communication about
behaviors to be successful to students
and parents
3
3
3
9
Special Bullying Speakers/
Assembly
1
1
0
2
Monthly Data Reviews
3
1
1
5
Connect students to district/comm.
resources
3
3
3
9
Staff Training
1
1
0
2
Monthly Rallies/ Student Recognition
2
1
0
3
Grade Level Retreats
1
1
1
3
Having lunch with students
2
1
0
3
A leadership team around bullying
Total
2
23
1
17
1
12
4
151
Table 4.9 examined strategies used by administrators for reducing bullying. The data
reveals 9 of 9 counselors identified frequent communication for expected behaviors and
connecting students to needed resources as the two most utilized strategies. Megan stated, “There
is a clear message from the first day students come, bullying is not going to be tolerated in this
space.” The respondents also recognized 7 of the 9 respondents made efforts to form relationships
with students, including learning names of students. Nearly half of the respondents indicated the
administrator was intentionally forming relationships with parents/families, and nearly half of the
respondents noted the administrators were collecting and reviewing student data on a monthly
basis.
Elementary respondents identified 23 strategies used by administrators. Several were
identified by all three elementary counselors including: forming relationships with students,
frequent communication about expected behaviors, monthly data reviews, and connecting
students with district or community resources. Middle school respondents identified 17 strategies
used by middle school administrators. The most identified strategies included: frequent
communication about expected behaviors and connecting students with district or community
resources. Twelve strategies were identified by high school respondents. Frequent communication
and connecting students with needed district resources were the two most identified strategies.
152
Table 4.10
Counselors’ Perceptions of Effectiveness of Strategies Used by Administrators
Perceive Administrators Strategies Effective?
(Yes or No)
Yes, Extremely successful
Yes
Not Successful
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
According to Table 4.10, 6 of the 9 respondents perceive the strategies being used by
administrators as effective, with 3 of the 9 not seeing them as effective. All high school
counselors perceived administrators were using effective strategies for reducing bullying in the
building.
An emerging theme is counselors perceive administrators as being intentional in
addressing bullying. Joy shared,
“I've seen a huge shift over the years with administrators. School safety has become a
priority. Administrators are in the classrooms more and are getting to know all their
students. They want to know about the issues. When I started the administrator was
always in his or her office. Today, administrators are instructional leaders, and are willing
to rely on their experts more. I really appreciate this. I feel empowered, and I feel that this
has allowed teachers to see me as a real leader in the building. Administrators have
listened to me and have advocated for more support, trainings or resources which has
153
made a tremendous difference in our building. Our administrators have been supportive of
bullying education for teachers. I really appreciate this. I feel empowered, and I feel that
this has allowed teachers to see me as a real leader in the building. Administrators have
listened to me and have advocated for more support, trainings or resources which has
made a tremendous difference in our building. Our administrators have been supportive of
bullying education for teachers”.
A second theme is model delivery. Katie is not alone in her comments, “I believe the push
over the years by administration to make sure all students are included in the classrooms has
made a significant difference in our building’s culture. That’s what administrators should insist on
in every district if they are serious about bullying reduction.”
A final theme emerging is counselors' feelings about administrators' need to ensure the
counselors’ role is defined. Staff must understand the role of the counselor to the organization to
remove all misunderstandings. Megan shared,
Administrators need to prioritize how the counselor should be used. When I started years
ago, I’d be called to be a para in a classroom, or to do recess duty, or to help kids check
out library books. I think the counseling role should be as important as other roles in the
building and that their time should be protected. I also think others should know the role
of the counselor so there are no assumptions. With more experience, I’ve gotten to where I
speak up more and I’ve learned to prioritize my time, and to make sure everyone in the
building and our families know my role and responsibilities.” and to make sure everyone
in the building and our families know my role and responsibilities.”
154
Themes for the final question included administrator's intent about addressing bullying,
the need for the proper delivery model and finally administrators define the counselor’s role and
responsibilities to the organization.
Summary
Chapter IV reported the findings and results of the perceptions of a diverse group of
elementary, middle school and high school counselors from different public schools across the
state of Minnesota. Nine counselors participated in the study: 3 from elementary, 3 from middle
school and 3 from high school. All nine had completed a master's degree. Seven of the nine
counselors had five or more years of experience. Participants volunteered to be a part of an
interview and responded to 12 questions aligned to answer 4 research questions. Each interview
required approximately 30 minutes to complete. One of the counselors, Lyn, is unique in serving
all the gifted students in her building, the other 8 counselors served all students and all
populations.
A summary of the findings of the study were as follows:
5 of the 9 respondents felt bullying was of significant concern in their building.
5 of the 9 respondents did not feel comfortable addressing needs of gifted; 4 felt
extremely confident addressing the unique social and emotional needs of gifted
students.
5 of the 9 respondents indicated programming was in place, 4 of the 9 respondents
indicated there was no identified anti-bullying program used by their building. Three
respondents indicated their school utilizes PBIS. One respondent felt the PBIS was
very successful when used with Second Step. One indicated PBIS was moderately
successful and one indicated that PBIS was not a successful program. The reason
155
given for PBIS not being successful was that “it was poorly implemented, there was
little buy-in, and it clearly was not a focus of the building.” However, she said it is
better than having no programming. Two respondents identified Second Step Bullying
Prevention being used. One respondent said Conscious Discipline is being piloted with
success by select teachers but not used as an overall program.
9 of the 9 respondents felt reviewing the building’s handbook on bullying and
discussing bullying is the best and most utilized strategy for addressing bullying.
6 of 9 respondents felt the strategies used by their building administrator for
addressing bullying were effective.
The interviews provided more depth and understanding of the efforts made by counselors
addressing giftedness and bullying three different levels: elementary, middle school and high
school. From responses and coding all counselors appear empathetic and concerned about the
victim but equally concerned about the bully. All spoke of being concerned about repairing harm
done, knowing harm can be long-lasting. All respondents believed bullying was experienced more
than it is being reported. Verbal bullying was more common at the elementary level. Middle
school counselors were concerned about verbal, physical and cyberbullying. High school
counselors had little concern, but perceived cyberbullying as a possible concern. Review of the
data indicates counselors with more experience from across the state had less concern, whereas
newer counselors had more concerns about serving gifted students. The Minnesota Department of
Education does not release bullying statistics for each of these districts. However, based from the
interviews, bullying transpires in all districts from various parts of the state of Minnesota.
Bullying exists in Clear Lake with a high diversity rate as well as Bakersville which had the
lowest minority population. Chapter V will further examine the results and themes found from
156
analysis of data collected and shared in Chapter IV, and will propose recommendations for the
field, and suggestions for future research. Concluding statements will be followed by the
references and appendix.
157
Chapter V: Summary and Discussion
Few studies have focused specifically on gifted individuals and bullying (Cross, 2001a;
Passmore, 2001; Peterson & Ray, 2006; VanCleave & Davis, 1996; Wallace, 1999). Studies
available caution gifted individuals may be vulnerable to being victims, to becoming bullies, or
bully-victims (Cross, 2005; Peterson, & Ray, 2006).
Wood and Peterson explain,
By the nature of their position in the school, school counselors are in a prime position to
be the “pulse-checkers” of their school climates. School climate is based on both
perception and relationship. School counselors are relationship brokers and relationship
builders. They understand the necessity of consistently building and strengthening the
relationships they need to be effective counselors and collaborators. These efforts foster a
positive educational environment for gifted students. School counselors' model
“compassion, empowerment, inspiration, insightful and empathy”. (Dahir & Stone, 2012)
School counselors when reflective, find themselves well-prepared when confronted by barriers
and resistance (Wood & Peterson, 2018, p. 168).
The study reported perceptions of school counselors (elementary, middle and high school
counselors) for their level of preparedness for understanding giftedness and their level of
confidence in serving the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students. In addition, the
study reported the anti-bullying programs and strategies utilized by counselors to assist gifted
students in coping and navigating either being a victim, bully, bully-victim, or bystander.
Perceptions of counselors’ feelings regarding administrators use of strategies for reducing
bullying were investigated.
158
The results of the qualitative study contribute to the body of research on bullying by
providing more information for those working toward understanding the healthy development of
gifted youngsters. The study may also be used to assist university professors and directors of
Counseling and Gifted education programs.
Chapter V presents the findings of the study and connects the interview responses to the
literature. Discussion will shed light on the results and whether or not they were supported by the
literature review. The researcher will share whether or not his experiences match the findings.
Themes found within the interviews will be addressed. Attention will be given to limitations.
Recommendations for further research and recommendation for practice will be shared.
Concluding statements will be followed by references and an appendix.
Research Questions
1. To what extent do school counselors believe bullying occurred in their district’s
building(s), and what specific populations, if any, do counselors identify as targets of
bullying?
2. What is the level of confidence of school counselors in understanding and serving
the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students?
3. What anti-bullying programs and strategies do school counselors utilize while
addressing bullying of gifted students?
4. What strategies do counselors identify to be most often used by administrators for
creating a safe school environment for all students, including the gifted population,
and do counselors perceive these strategies to be effective?
159
Research Findings Question One
The first research question sought to determine if counselors at the various levels felt
bullying was a concern, and to determine what specific populations counselors perceived were
targets of bullying in their buildings.
Research Question 1. To what extent do school counselors believe bullying occurred in
their building(s), and what specific populations, if any, do counselors identify as targets of
bullying?
Discussion. Data collected from the study indicated 2 of the 3 elementary counselors,
Mary and Diana, reported bullying was a significant concern. One elementary counselor, Lyn,
with over 12 years of experience, reported bullying to be of little concern. Lyn stated there are
endless impacts of bullying, especially for gifted students. Her reporting is supported by the study
of Jacobsen and Bauman (2007) finding impacts for gifted individuals are far reaching. Peterson,
and Ray (2006) found bullying may continue to impact gifted individuals into adulthood and may
lead to anxiety, depression, suicide, criminal acts and workplace bullying. Lyn said she cultivated
a positive relationship with her administrator, built up trust with teachers, and insisted she be a
part of the leadership team focused on school safety. These efforts are all supported by the
research of Phillips and Cornell (2012). They believe counselors are in the best position for
leading this critical work. Lyn reported commitment and desire to help gifted students led her to
research Minnesota’s anti-bullying legislation as well as seek out information on anti-bullying
programming. Lyn reports a differentiated approach is needed, which Earle (1998) encourages.
Lyn claims her advocacy convinced her team an evidenced-based approach is needed. Advocacy
is encouraged by Goldsmith and Goldsmith (2011) and Espelage and Swearer (2003), who
advocate for evidence-based programming. Lyn submitted a plan to her administrator for
160
implementation of two programs (PBIS and Second Step) to be implemented. According to Lyn,
the administrator agreed to purchasing and assisting with implementation of the programs.
However, Lyn’s administrator is not able to train all three of the counselors in her building on the
unique needs of gifted and talented students. Lyn persists and insists she be allowed to serve the
needs of all gifted students in the building. The counselor reports she works with the
administrator and defines her role, quickly communicating her duties to the staff at a monthly
meeting. This matches research by Kerr (2011) finding teachers begin making assumptions when
counselor’s roles are not clear. Lyn reveals in the interview she advocates as she feels college
preparation programs did not properly address the socioemotional needs and development of
gifted learners. Peterson (2006) has often made this claim. Educating herself about giftedness
became Lyn’s mission, in the process she became familiar with the NAGC criteria, the ASCA
guidelines, as well as the MDE requirements and her district’s bullying policies. Lyn attends the
SENG conference when possible. Lyn reports she received bullying investigation training from
the state of Minnesota and serves as her building’s designated investigator. Lyn collaborates with
gifted educators, co-teaching anti-bullying program lessons. This collaboration Lyn engages in is
significant and supported by research of Schumacher, Worsowicz, Shook & Stone (2015), finding
collaboration of teachers and counselors is a critical part of a comprehensive successful
counseling program. The researcher has also worked in buildings where all gifted students were
assigned to one counselor who received specialized counseling training for gifted students.
Two elementary counselors, Mary and Diana, both newer to the profession, reported gifted
children appear complex. Both counselors appear empathetic, and both concerned for bullied
gifted children, but both are uncertain in their approach. Mary shares she received her degree in
the 80s and does not remember having bullying training or gifted training. Mary shared, “This
161
was before anti-bullying legislation was enacted”. Mary then raised her children and is now
beginning her counseling career. The literature reveals counseling programs do not prepare
schools counselors to address the needs of this population (Dockery, 2005; Earle, 1998; Peterson
& Wachter-Morris, 2010; Wood, 2010, 2012). The literature review also found bullying education
began in the late 80s or 90s. It is possible Mary did not receive such training. The fact that
Diana and Mary report not knowing what to do about bullying only adds to the dilemma as gifted
students do not feel confident their schools can handle bullying concerns (Harris, & Petrie, 2003).
All three elementary counselors report feeling responsible for helping students and were
committing to growing in their skills. All three-report verbal bullying is the most common type of
bullying they address at the elementary level. These findings aligned with results by Peterson and
Ray’s (2006). The researcher has worked with elementary gifted students for over 14 years and
would agree verbal bullying is more common with gifted students.
The three middle school counselors reported being quite concerned about bullying,
including verbal, physical and cyberbullying. The concern may be justified as the research reveals
more incidents of bullying at the middle school level (Elias, Patrikakou, & Weisberg, 2007;
Peterson & Ray, 2006). All middle school counselors suggested bullying increased at Grade 6.
Their concern at this grade matched the findings from Peterson and Ray’s study (2006). Each
middle school counselor in the study serves over 450 students, far more than the 250 to 1 ASCA
recommendation. All middle school counselors reported the demands placed on them impacts the
services they can provide. All middle school counselors desire to be involved with the school
leadership around bullying, all three reported they perceived the administrators do not understand
their role in the building. Their concern connects to literature from Dr. Ratcliff (2013). He
cautions administrators may not understand the duties of a school counselor. Also, Katie and
162
Sandra reported frustration and concerns with teachers to complete anti-bullying lessons or
activities. Sandra adding “It’s almost like they don’t trust us, need our help, or think bullying is a
problem, or it could just be the schedule.” The research is clear, strong collaboration is needed
with teachers and counselors. Also, effective counselors must understand that collaboration may
look different for different people (Schumacher et al., 2015).
In comparison, all high school counselors reported being confident in their responses and
are not as concerned about bullying. High school counselors lack of concern appears to be
consistent with the findings. As gifted students develop, they come to understand their giftedness,
have possibly found their peers or friendship groups, have developed coping strategies, are more
motivated to succeed, have come to understand their identity, have more choice in course
selection, and have more self-understanding and acceptance (Barboza, 2009; Espelage, Green, &
Polanin, 2012; Gendron, Williams, & Guerra, 2011; Guerra, Williams & Sadek, 2011; Menesini
& Salmivalli, 2017; Nansel, 2001; NCES, 2017; Williams & Guerra, 2007). However, Dylan
Klebold and Eric Harris were gifted high school students and committed shootings as a result of
years of bullying (Delisle, 2012). Peterson and Ray (2006) caution gifted students could still be
vulnerable at the high school level. When gifted students are experiencing negative life events or,
and are highly distressed, they may not reveal their stressors to adults (Mishna, & Alaggia, 2005;
Peterson & Ray, 2006; Peterson, & Rischar, 2000). Counselors must never become too
comfortable and neglectful of gifted learners or display a “gifted students will be alright on their
own mentality or bias” (Wood & Peterson, 2009, p. 38). School counselors aware of gifted
students' tendency to hide, deny or control emotions should be alert to possible distress, especially
when a gifted student exhibits an angry outburst, withdraws, has a change in personality, is
referred by a teacher, or experiences flat affect (Wood & Peterson, 2009, p. 38). Fewer than half
163
of gifted struggling adolescents seek help (Peterson, Duncan, & Canady, 2009; Sadek, 2011;
Menesini & Salmivalli, 2017; Nansel, 2001; NCES, 2017; Williams & Guerra, 2007).
The second part of the first research question seeks to understand if counselors perceive
any specific populations being targets of bullying. Seven of the 9 counselors’ responses matched
the research in identifying special education students as the most likely to be targeted. Significant
research on disabilities or special needs students (Rose, Swearer, & Espelage, (2012) found
students with disabilities may be the most targeted subpopulation. Findings from their study
indicated the following targets: a) 33.9% of students with autism; b) 24.3% students with
intellectual disabilities; c) 20.8% with health impairments; and d) 19% of other learning
disabilities. The research has also revealed students with disabilities are more worried about
school safety and being injured or harassed by peers compared to students without disabilities
(Saylor & Leach, 2009).
Another targeted population reported by the counselors was the LGBT community. The
National School Climate Survey, 2013, indicates 74.1% of students were verbally bullied in the
past year because of their sexual orientation, and 55.2% because of their gender expression.
Unfortunately, 36.2% of LBGT students reported being physically bullied in that same survey.
Finally, the survey revealed that 49% of LBGT students experience cyberbullying. Cross (2005)
found students out of gender stereotypes and without peer support appear more vulnerable to
bullying. Gifted students are a diverse group and may also be a part of this population.
A third group identified as targets included the gifted population. Studies by Peterson and
Ray (2006), Estell et al. (2009), analysis by the U.S. Department of Education and U.S. Secret
Service Agency, analysis by Leary et al. (2003), analysis by Olenchak and Herbert, work by Dr.
Delisle all indicate that gifted students may not only be victims but may also become bullies.
164
The next population identified by counselors was the ELL population. Matching research:
25% of African American students, 17% of Hispanic, and 9% of Asian students report being
bullied (National Center for Educational Statistics, 2016). Students considered “different” by their
peers are more likely to face bullying (Kohut, 2007).
Whether in southern Minnesota, central Minnesota or northern Minnesota bullying
appears to be a concern at the elementary and middle school levels. High school counselors do not
seem as concerned across the state. Lyn, an experienced counselor, appeared to have a plan and
reports being successful with anti-bullying programming. Whereas Diana and Mary do not report
knowing how to even begin supporting bullied gifted youth. The counselor’s in the study’s
responses aligned with the research when it came to targeted groups. The researcher’s experience
has found more special education to be the main targets of bullying. The researcher has witnessed
wide targeting of LBGT youth and some targeting of gifted students.
Research Findings Question Two
The 40 years of research around bullying indicates teachers and administrators, although
important to developing and supporting a safe environment, are not in the best position. It is the
counselor with the necessary skills, understanding and knowledge to lead the work to create safe
environments. There has been limited research on counseling of gifted students around bullying.
The second question seeks to understand from a counselor’s perception how confident counselors
feel in understanding and serving the unique needs of gifted students.
Research Question 2. What is the level of confidence of school counselors in
understanding and serving the unique social and emotional needs of gifted students?
Discussion. The findings from the question revealed 4 of the 9 respondents reported they
were extremely confident in addressing the social and emotional needs of gifted students, with 1
165
of 9 feeling only somewhat confident, and 4 of the 9 of counselors indicated they did not feel
confident in serving the needs of gifted students. Counselors should know the consistent and long
history in the review of literature of the effect of giftedness on psychological well-being (Cross,
2001a, 2002, 2005; Eysenck, 1995; Freeman, 1983; Hollingworth, 1942; Kaiser, Berndt, & Van
Aalst, 1982; Parker & Mills, 1996; Reynolds & Bradley, 1983; Richards, 1989; Strang, 1950;
Watson, 1965). The literature review pointed out Sidney Marland, Jr.’s, warning to the Congress
in 1972 about gifted children being the most neglected group, and the possibility of gifted
children suffering psychological damage if not handled correctly, including permanent cognitive
impairment equal to or greater than other populations (Marland, 1972). The ASCA has mandates
for serving gifted students. Yet, it is concerning to the researcher only 4 of the 9 respondents
reported feeling confident in serving gifted students considering there is information, support
groups, and initiatives on giftedness dating back to the 1800s. Initial observation of counselor's
responses finds those with more experience seem more confident and comfortable in working
with gifted students. A growing body of research indicates counselors with more years of
experience serving gifted students report more knowledge and comfort with this population
(Carlson, Holcomb, McCoy, & Miller, 2017; Goldsmith & Goldsmith, 2011).
Research Findings Question Three
The research indicates counselors may not have needed strategies for addressing the needs
of gifted students. The research seeks to understand if this applies to bullying. The third question
wanted to see how effective counselors perceive the anti-bullying programs and strategies they
utilize to be.
Research Question 3. What anti-bullying programs and/or strategies do school
counselors utilize while addressing bullying of gifted students?
166
Discussion. The findings of the study indicated 3 of the 9 respondents utilized the PBIS
program. A finding is one counselor reports her school is having success with the program, while
a different counselor reports her school is struggling to achieve desired results. The counselor
reported this is due to poor implementation, inconsistency with following the expectations, little
attention to data collection and few discussions as a team about the program's results. However, as
a counselor, dissatisfied with the program, she stated the addition of PBIS has made some
difference compared to having no behavior program in place. One counselor with the help of her
administrator and team determined that both PBIS and Second Step combined would best meet
the social and emotional needs of students in order to help reduce bullying. Conscious Discipline
is being used in another district by select teachers with success but is not utilized by the entire
building.
Four of 9 counselors indicate their school had no anti-bullying program. The researcher is
aware anti-bullying strategies intentionally are being utilized in all locations where interviews
were conducted. Had time allowed, follow-up questions could have provided more insight.
Becky, a high school counselor in the study, was extremely confident in her work with gifted
students and bullying and reported she is comfortable with not having an anti-bullying program at
her school and provided solid reasons, which included a differentiated approach to services,
supported by Earle (1998), and the fact that she had worked with anti-bullying programs in the
past. She also felt counselors should be trusted more. Yet, MDE’s bullying legislation expects
programming. Counselors may seek help in selecting an evidenced-based anti-bullying prevention
program from the MN Safe Schools Tech Services. Support may be needed as over 300 violence
programs exist. (Bradshaw, 2015, Farrington, 1993, Ttofi & Farrington, 2010). After reviewing
44 program trials and evaluations, Ttofi and Farrington (2011) found anti-bullying programs
167
yielded a 20% decrease in bullying perpetration and a 20% decrease in victimization. Effective
programs include parent meetings and training, frequent feedback to teachers, frequent
information for parents, as well as input from students. Experts on bullying emphasize the need
for a school-wide, or district-wide approach to bullying (Espelage, & Swearer, 2003; Olweus,
1991, 1993a; Pepler, Craig, and O’Connell, 1999) as part of a comprehensive counseling
program. For these reasons, the researcher seeks to understand Becky’s position more in depth.
Becky reported students completing lessons in classrooms with link leaders, and the researcher is
interested to learn the role the students or link leaders play in creating a safe environment. One of
the 4 claiming no programming is being used made an intriguing remark when answering this
question, “Change is coming” leaving the researcher to question if a program is being considered
and she could not say at this time. A recent and significant study (2015) by the U.S. Department
of Education National Center for Education Statistics reveals a small decrease in bullying. Over
the past decade nearly 28% of students have reported being bullied. This new data claims around
22% report being bullied. The decrease in bullying is significant in this is the only time since
2005 there has been any type of decrease reported by the U. S. Department of Education. One of
the arguments provided for this drop is the implementation and focus provided by anti-bullying
programs and concerned adults. By establishing an effective, evidence-based, school-wide
comprehensive approach, students will no longer find bullying to be rewarding, and will be
motivated by greater social responsibility and acceptance (Espelage & Swearer, 2003; Olweus,
1991, 1993a; Pepler et al., 1999; Weddle, 2003).
Espelage maintains the existence of over 300 violence prevention programs but only a
handful are evidenced-based (Espelage, 2003) The researcher is pleased to see the programming
168
identified in the interviews. Conscious Discipline, PBIS, and Second Step were named in the
literature review, and have had significant impact when implemented correctly.
When it came to successful strategies used by the 9 counselors interviewed, 8 of the 9
reported reviewing the school’s handbook, reviewing terminology, and rules or bullying policy at
the start of the year is most utilized in reducing bullying. As several of the respondents pointed
out, “There is a difference between a conflict and being bullied.” 7 of the 9 respondents reported
it was important to teach coping strategies which included self-talk, self-advocacy, mindfulness or
breathing techniques. Knowing a trusted adult may protect students from bullies, 6 of the 9
counselors indicated they work to build relationships with students. Individual sessions may be
used as indicated by 6 of the 9 respondents. Increased supervision and forming friendship groups
followed, with 5 of the 9 counselors utilizing these strategies stating peers may also be an
important key for reducing bullying. As students progress among the grades (elementary, middle
school, and high school), the number of strategies mentioned by counselors decreased: 25, at
elementary, 20, at middle school, with only 6 mentioned at the high school level.
As a result of not understanding the unique experience of being gifted, the research
cautions counselors feel unprepared or lack strategies to address the unique needs of the gifted
students (Gysbers, 2004). How counselors respond is critical as social and emotional
characteristics shape and are shaped by interactions of others (Erickson, 1972; Wiley, 2016). The
lack of strategies in this study does not appear to match the findings of Gyber’s research.
Elementary and middle school counselors reported over 20 strategies being used. The finding is
encouraging and indicates more strategies are being utilized, and the need for more current
research around strategies and giftedness. When coded, counselors in this study were using a
humanistic approach in order to make their services student-centered. A humanistic approach
169
dates to Hollingworth (1926) and her student Carl Rogers (1980). Roger’s work supports the
beliefs of Abraham Maslow (1943) and the goal of self-actualization (Colangelo & Wood, 2015).
Also, an examination of the strategies reveals the counselors are addressing the five important
social and emotional areas outlined by CASEL (1997) and Betts (1985). Strategies include: Self-
awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship skills and responsive decision-
making. Betts (1985) argued more vulnerability may occur if they are not addressed. Most
strategies identified being used are also recommended and supported strategies from by the U.S.
Department of Education. Although reviewing a handbook, which is identified by the counselors
in the study is not specifically mentioned as a strategy. Discussing bullying, what it looks like,
who it happens to, what to do if it happens to a student, are all suggested strategies listed by the
U.S. Department of Education. The strategies also are supported by the work and advocacy of
Ruth Strang (Strang, 1960).
The actions of the counselors in the study are also in alignment with the newer work of
Wood and Peterson (2018). Wood and Peterson (2018) expect strategies for the gifted child to be
focused on forming relationships, making sense of self- empowerment, decision-making, working
toward autonomy and accountability, as well as direction in life (Gottfredson, 2005; Wood &
Peterson, 2018). The counselors offered a variety of strategies and claim to differentiate them
according to the individual or group needs of the students. A review of the list of strategies
identified by the counselors in the study matches the research claiming counselors must be
intentional when differentiating their counseling time in terms of pace, depth, novelty and
complexity to match their gifted student’s developmental levels (Colangelo & Wood, 2018, Earle,
1998; Peterson, 2009).
170
Research Findings Question Four
The final question sought to understand perceptions of counselors around strategies used
by their administrators for creating a safe environment for all populations, but especially the
gifted population. The second part of the question seeks to know if counselors perceive these
strategies as being successful or not?
Research Question 4. What strategies do counselors identify to be most often used by
administrators for creating a safe school environment for all students, including the gifted
population, and do counselors perceive these strategies to be effective?
Discussion. Data collected from the study indicated 6 of the 9 counselors reported the
strategies being utilized by school administrators are effective for creating a safe environment for
gifted learners. With 3 of 9 indicating they did not feel the strategies being used were effective.
These 3 counselors expressed concern about the administrator's failure to articulate the role of the
counselor in the building to the teachers. Marchetta (2011a, 2011b) found undefined roles and
teachers trust of counselors to be of concern. School administrators often determine the duty and
priorities in the individual schools. Therefore, school counselors' roles can be easily predisposed
by the demands of their principals (Reiner, Colbert, & Perusse, 2009). Often the principal’s
perception of the counselor’s role influences the counselor’s actions.
When the data is segregated, all high school counselors expressed the strategies being
used by their building administrators were effective. When counselors defined their roles,
protected their time, and guided work around bullying programming they felt more successful in
serving gifted students. Also, counselors in strong collaboration with their administrators reported
more satisfaction of their administrator's actions (Reiner, Colbert, & Perusse, 2009).
171
Limitations
According to Roberts (2010), limitations are aspects of the study that negatively affect
results or the ability to generalize outcomes in which the researcher has no control. The
limitations that occurred in the study include:
All 9 of the participants in the study were of one gender. The views may have been
slanted as no male counselor perspective is considered.
The study took place during the Covid-19 pandemic. Schools were in their third week
of utilizing distance learning when interviews began. No actual in-person contact
occurred with the researcher and respondents.
Results were limited to the self-reported perceptions of the participants based on their
knowledge of giftedness and bullying.
Results were based on a sample of respondents and districts may not be generalizable
to all school districts in the state of Minnesota.
Addressing Themes Found in the Interviews
The following themes emerged from coding of the qualitative documents. The themes are
listed in the order of prevalence as found in the coding review. All themes were supported by
literature in the field of giftedness and bullying.
Counselor training. Knowledge and experience of gifted students allow for a new
dimension to counseling (Carlson & Horne, 2004) The role of the counselor in history has
evolved with the needs of community and society (Dahir, 2004). Continuous counseling
education and programs are needed for these changing times (Holcomb, McCoy, & Miller, 2017).
All respondents in the study expressed interest in continuing to learn about the unique social and
emotional needs of gifted children or adolescents. Unfortunately, the study reveals if counselors
172
want training on giftedness or bullying, they need to seek training outside the district on their
own.
Knowledge of giftedness. In order to best serve the needs of gifted students it is critical
counselors understand the unique traits of gifted learners. Peterson (2006) argues:
All children are affected adversely by bullying, but gifted children differ from various
other populations in significant ways. Bullying in the gifted-student population is a highly
significant and overlooked problem that leaves these students emotionally shattered,
making them even more prone to extreme anxiety, dangerous levels of depression and
sometimes even violence and self-harm. (p. 1)
Counselors with more years of experience felt more comfortable serving gifted students.
Goldsmith and Goldsmith (2011) found a positive correlation between the more experience a
counselor has with gifted students the more likely the counselor is to advocate on his or her
behalf.
Transitions make gifted students more vulnerable. Developmental challenges increase
for gifted youth across transitions (Pelchar & Bain, 2004). A study of levels of distress with
transitioning found gifted students worry more about transitions and have trouble adjusting
afterward, perhaps resulting in higher levels of bullying (Pelchar & Bain, 2004). Knowing this,
proactive steps must be taken as students enter middle school and high school by counselors to
ensure student well-being and success (Peterson, & Ray, 2006).
The findings of the study reveal middle school counselors appear extremely concerned
about transitions and work to be proactive in response. Gifted students transition between
buildings, between classes and transition from home to school. High school counselors reported
they take extra steps to ensure gifted students feel supported during transitions.
173
Understanding and classifying types of bullying. Although counselors understand the
bullying terms physical, verbal, relational or cyberbullying, all the counselors shared it is
sometimes difficult to determine if an action falls into a specific category of bullying. A middle
example was provided in the interviews, “...if a middle school student bumps into the shoulder of
a student in the hallway during transitions, was it intentional and should it be documented? Or do
you wait to see if it will happen again?”
Lyn was the only counselor of the nine in the study indicating completion of training for
designated reporters. All districts according to the MDE legislation should have a designated
person that incidents are reported to, and incidents need to be investigated within the required
time frame.
Parent education. The researcher acknowledges he is a certified SENG parent education
facilitator. It is critical parents understand the gifted experience is different and challenging,
especially when all the answers or information is not readily available. In order to best help
parents, navigate their child’s education, parents must be included and educated around all
decisions impacting the development of their child (Webb et al., 2005). Parents should know the
roles of the different staff working with their child, including the teacher and counselor.
Comprehensive bullying programs, such as the Olweus program, include parents as stakeholders
and use their surveys and input to improve programming (Olweus, 1983). In this study, the
researcher is pleased schools were educating parents around giftedness and bullying. The research
shared Joy’s example of educating her parents about cyberbullying. Other counselors in the study
using PBIS also reported using parent input as a growth indicator for school improvement
planning.
174
Recommendations for Further Research
Several topics for further research have been identified from review of the themes and
findings of the research study. The following research topics are recommended for additional
study:
1. It is recommended future qualitative research be repeated and conducted with an
increased sample size of elementary, middle school and high school diverse counselors
who work with the gifted population within and outside of the state of Minnesota with
various years of experience. Follow-up questions are encouraged.
2. It is recommended a follow-up qualitative study be completed to determine gifted
student’s perceptions of their school culture. The culture in which a gifted child is
immersed has an important influence on the experience of being gifted (Cross, 2005).
“Gifted students receive mixed messages about their places in society, and that is often
interpreted to be an indicator of the degree to which they are accepted and can be
themselves” (Cross, 2005, p. 35).
3. It is recommended a follow-up study be conducted to determine how school
administrators may successfully utilize school counselors in efforts to reduce bullying
of gifted students.
4. It is recommended a follow-up study be conducted on teacher’s perceptions of the role
of the school counselor in working with gifted students.
As a result of this study, several themes emerged. Several of the themes were related to
changes in professional practices. In this section, several recommendations for professional
practices will be highlighted.
175
Recommendations for Practice
1. The counselors in this study found anti-bullying programs to be successful in helping
to reduce school bullying. A whole-school approach to developing anti-bullying
policy, is as important as the policy itself because of the process and effectiveness in
informing and mobilizing the entire school community to focus on bullying’s effects
and prevention (Weddle, 2003). School leaders should study various anti-bullying
programs and consider implementing some of these programs.
2. It is recommended schools provide continuous quality training for counselors
specifically around the social and emotional needs of various targeted populations of
bullying, including the gifted population.
3. It is recommended for a school culture/climate or response team to be formed and led
by the building’s counselor if one has not been clearly established. The team will
define and clarify roles of teachers, counselors and administrators. The established
group may review strategies, review monthly data, read and apply Best Practices and
communicate frequently with staff and families about successes and areas of growth.
Concluding Remarks
Jill Cook, the director of the American Counselor Association calls school counselors the
“unsung heroes'' in our nation’s battle to combat bullying (Finkel, 2012). Farmer, Hinton, and
Adams (2006) refer to counselors as “Institutional change agents.” Lily Eskelsen Garcia, the Vice
President of NEA claims when it comes to combating bullying, “it’s not because schools don’t
want to do it, it’s because they don’t know “how”.” It is my hope the study has provided
numerous insights through data and themes into “how” schools must work to support, nurture and
protect our gifted population. Understanding giftedness, learning strategies to support unique
176
emotional needs, advocating for anti-bullying programming, educating administrators, defining
the role of the counselor, and continuous access to education for all counselors working with
gifted children and adolescents is “how” we may move closer to eradicating bullying.
Moon argues, the “most common counseling need of this population is assistance in
coping in a society that does not always recognize, understand, or welcome gifted students''
(2002, p. 213). If school counselors were used in more effective ways Bardwell (2010 argues, the
aspects of 21
st
century demands will improve. The researcher leaves the study hopeful and with a
stronger understanding of the counselor’s purpose, value, potential and challenges. The study may
serve as justification for more counselors in our schools, as well as the need for mentoring
programs for new counselors. Most of all, this study enforces the urgent need for empowering
well-trained counselors for answering the call of transforming our school cultures for the safety of
our gifted population.
177
References
Abeysekera, I. (2014). Giftedness and talent in university education: A review of issues and
perspectives. Gifted and Talented International, 29, 137-146. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/
15332276.2014.11678436
Adams-Byers, J., Whitsell, S. S., & Moon, S. M. (2004). Gifted students’ perceptions of the
academic and social/emotional effects of homogeneous and heterogenous grouping. Gifted
Child Quarterly, 48(1), 7-20.
Adderholt-Elliot, M. (1989). Perfectionism: What’s so bad about being good? Minneapolis, MN:
Free Spirit.
Agatston, P. W., Kowalski, R., & Limber, S. (2012). Students’ perspectives on cyberbullying.
Journal of Adolescent Health, 41(6), S59-S60.
Ahmed, E., & Braithwaite, V. (2004). Bullying and victimization: Cause for concern for both
families and schools. Social Psychology of Education, 7, 35-54.
AHR Annual Report. (2018). A call to actions for individuals and their communities, Retrieved
from https://assets.americashealthrankings.org/app/uploads/ahrannual-2018.pdf
Al-Hroub, A., & Khoury, S. E. (2018). Definitions and conceptions of giftedness around the
world. In Gifted education in Lebanese schools. Springer International Publishing. Doi
10.1007/978-3-319-78592-9
All Psychology Careers. (2015). The Psychology Career Center: School counselor. Retrieved
from http: www.allpsychologycareers.com/career/school-counselor.html
Allanson, P. B., Lestor, R. R., & Notar, C. E. (2015). A history of bullying. International Journal
of Education and Social Science, 2(12), 31-36.
178
Almack, J. C. (1922). The influence of intelligence on the selection of associates. School &
Society, 16, 529-530.
Alshenqeeti, H. (2014). Interviewing as a data collection method: A critical review. Psychology,
3(1).
Alsop, G. (2003). Asynchrony: Intuitively valid and theoretically reliable. Roeper Review, 25,
118-127. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02783190309554213
American Association for Gifted Children [AAGC]. (1951). Chapter of the gifted child. P. Witty
(Ed.). Retrieved from https://aagc.ssri.duke.edu/tags/aagc
American Association for Gifted Children [AAGC]. (1999). History of AAGC. Retrieved from
https://aagc.ssri.duke.edu/history-aagc
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (1993). Bullying in schools: School
counselors’ responses to three types of bullying incidents. Author.
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (1999). Vision into action. Implementing the
national standards for school counseling programs. Fairfax, VA: Author.
American School Counseling Association [ASCA]. (2001). The ASCA national model: A
framework for counseling program (3
rd
ed.). Alexandria, VA: Peterson.
American School Counseling Association [ASCA]. (2003). The ASCA national model: A
framework for school counseling programs. Alexandria, VA: Author.
American School Counseling Association [ASCA]. (2005). The ASCA national model: A
framework for school counseling programs. Alexandria, VA: Author.
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2006)1. Position statement: Gifted programs.
Alexandria, VA: Peterson.
179
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2007). The ASCA national model: A
framework for school counseling programs. Alexandria, VA: Author.
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2008). The ASCA national model: A
framework for school counseling programs. Alexandria, VA: Author.
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2012). The ASCA national model: A
framework for school counseling programs. Alexandria, VA: Author.
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2013). The school counselor and gifted and
talented programs. Alexandria, VA: Jean Sunde Peterson. Retrieved from https:/www.
schoolcounselor.org/asca/media/asca/PositionStatements/PS_Gifted.pdf
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2019). The ASCA national model: A
framework for school counseling programs. Alexandria, VA: Author.
American School Counselor Association [ASCA]. (2020). School counseling standards.
Retrieved from https://www.schoolcounselor.org/school-counselors/standards
Amutan, K. (2014). A review of B. F. Skinner’s reinforcement theory of motivation. Journal
of Research in Education Methodology, 5.
Archer, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in real-world settings: A meta-analytic review.
Review of General Psychology, 8, 291-322.
Armstrong, L. L., Desson, S., St. John, E., & Watt, E. (2018). The D.R.E.A.M. program:
Developing resilience through emotions, attitudes, and meaning (gifted edition)a second
wave positive psychology approach. Counseling Psychology Quarterly. DOI:
10.1080/09515070.2018.1559798.
180
Armstrong, T. (1987). In their own way: Discovering and encouraging your child’s personal
learning style. An introduction to the theory of multiple intelligences for parents especially
those with kids who’ve had school difficulties. New York: Tarcher & Putnam.
Armstrong, T. (1994) Seven ways to approach curriculum. Educational Leadership, 52, 26-28.
Asher, J. (2011). Thirteen reasons why. New York: Razorbil.
Atlas, R., & Pepler, D. J. (1998). Observations of bullying in the classroom. American Journal of
Educational Research, 92, 86-99.
Atwood, M. (1998). Cat’s eye. Toronto: Seal Books.
Aubrey, R. (1977). Historical development of guidance and counseling and implications for the
future. Personnel & Guidance Journal, 55(6) 288-295.
Austin, S., & Joseph, S. (1996). Assessment of bully/victim problems in 8 to 11-year old.
British Journal of Educational Psychology, pp. 447-456.
Austin, S. M., Reynolds, G. P., & Barnes, S. L. (2012). School leadership and counselors working
together to address bullying. Education, 133, 283-290. Doi:10.1377/10554159113489102.
Avenevoli, S., Knight, E., Kessler, R., & Merikangas, K. R. (2008). Epidemiology of depression
in children and adolescents. In J. R. Z. Abela, & R. L. Hankin (Eds.), Handbook of
depression in children and adolescents (pp. 6-32). The Guilford Press.
Bailey, B. A. (2020). Conscious discipline: 7 basic skills for brain smart classroom management.
New York: Harper Collins.
Baker, B., & Friedman-Nimz, R. (2004). State policies and equal opportunity. The example of
gifted education. Psychology. doi: 10/30102/0162373026001039
Baker, J. A. (1995). Depression and suicidal ideation among academically talented adolescents.
Gifted Child Quarterly, 39(4), 218-223.
181
Baker, S. B., & Gerler, E. R. (2004). School counseling for the twenty-first century (4
th
ed.).
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.
Baldwin, L., Baum, S., Perles, D., & Hughes, C. (2015). Twice-exceptional learners: The journey
toward a shared vision. Gifted Child Today, 38(4), 206-214.
Balwin, L., Omdal, S. N., & Pereles, D. (2015). Beyond stereotypes: Understanding, recognizing
and working with twice-exceptional learners. TEACHING Exceptional Children, 47, 216-
225.
Barboza, G. E. (2009). Individual characteristics and the multiple contexts of adolescent
bullying: An ecological perspective. Journal of Youth Adolescence, 38(1), 101-121.
Bardwell, R. (2010). A plea for more school counselors. The New York Times. Retrieved from
https://thechoice.blogs.nytimes.com/2019/10/25/counselor-2
Barhosi, G., & Duncan, R. (2009). Bullying in schools retrieved from https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/
viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.926.1160&rep=rep1&type=pdf
Barkley, R. A. (1997). Behavioral inhibition, sustained attention, and executive functions:
Constructing a unifying theory of ADHD. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 65-94.
Barnard-Brak, L., Johnsen, S. K., Hannig, A. P., & Wei, T. (2015). The incidence of potentially
gifted students within a special education population. Roeper Review, 37, 74-83.
Baron, R. A., & Richardson, D. R. (1994). Perspectives in social psychology. Human Aggression
(2
nd
ed.). Plenum Press.
Barr v. Lafon. 538.F.3d554 (6
th
cir, 2008).
Bartel, N. P., & Reynolds, W. M. (1986). Depression and self-esteem in academically gifted and
non-gifted children: A comparison study. Journal of School Psychology, 24, 55-61.
182
Batsche, G. M., & Knoff, H. M. (1994). Bullies and their victims: Understanding a pervasive
problem in the schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174.
Baum, S., & Owen, S. (1984). Meeting the needs of learning-disabled gifted students. Roeper
Review, 7, 16-19.
Bauman, S. (2008). The role of elementary school counselors in reducing school bullying.
Elementary School Journal, 108, 362-375.
Bazelon, E. (2012). A big win: The landmark settlement in a Minnesota bullying case and how it
could help gay students everywhere. Slate. Retrieved from https://state.com/news-and
politics/2012/03/the-anoka-hennepin-settlement-a-big-win-in-the-fight against
gaybashing-bullies.html
Beale, D. (2011). Workplace bullying and the employment relationship. Exploring questions of
prevention, control and context. Work Employment & Society, 25.
Beckmann, E., & Minnaert, A. (2018). Non-cognitive characteristics of gifted students with
learning disabilities an in-depth systematic review. Front Psychology. Doi: 10.3389/
fpsyg2018.00504
Beesley, D. (2004). Teachers perceptions of school counselor effectiveness: Collaborating for
success. Education, A25, 259-270.
Berdondini, L., & Smith, P. K. (1996). Cohesion and power in the families of children involved in
bully/victim problems at school: An Italian replication. Journal of Family Therapy, 18,
99-162.
Berthold, K. & Hoover, J. (2000). Correlates of bullying and victimization among intermediate
students in the midwestern USA. School Psychology International, 21(1), 65-78.
183
Besag, J. (1989). Bullies and victims in schools: A guide to understanding and management.
Open University Press.
Betts, G. T. (1985). Autonomous learner model for the gifted and talented. Greeley, CO:
Autonomous Learning Publications & Specialists.
Betts, G. T. (1986). Development of the emotional and social needs of gifted students. Journal of
Counseling and Development, 64, 556-557.
Betts, G. T. (1989). A learning center approach to meet the needs of the gifted: Center for
autonomous learning. Gifted Child Today.
Betts, G. T., & Kercher, J. K. (1999). The autonomous learner model: Optimizing ability.
Greeley, CO: Auton.
Bidwell, A. (2013, September 16). Lack of funds leave school counselors struggling to find
balance. The U.S. News. Retrieved from http:///www.usnews.com/news/articles/
2013/09/16lack-of-funds-leave-school-counselors-struggling-to-find-balance
Blackburn, C., & Erickson, D. (1986). Predictable crisis of the gifted student. Journal of
Counseling and Development, 64(9), 552-554.
Blake, J. J., Lund, E. M., Zhou, Q., Kwok, O. M., & Benz, M. R. (2012). National prevalence
rates of bully victimization among students with disabilities in the United States. School
Psychology Quarterly, 27, 210-222. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/spq0000008
Boardman, R. K., & Hildreth, G. (1948). Adjustment problems of the gifted. Understanding the
Child, 17(2), 41-44, 51.
184
Borba, M. (2012). Unselfie: Why empathetic kids succeed in our all-about-me world. New York:
Touchstone.
Borland, J. H. (1989). Planning and implementing programs for the gifted. New York: Teachers
College Press.
Bosworth, K., & Espelage, D. (1999). Factors associated with bullying behavior in middle school
students. Journal of Early Adolescent, 19, 341-361.
Bouchet, N., & Falk, R. F. (2001). The relationship among giftedness, gender and
overexcitability. Gifted Child Quarterly, 45, 260-267. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/
001698620104500404
Boulton, M. J., & Underwood, K. (1992). Bully/victim problems among middle school children.
British Journal of Educational Psychology, 62, 73-87.
Bowers, P. G. (1978). Hypnotizability, creativity and the role of effortless experience.
International Journal of Experimental Hypnosis, 26, 184-202.
Bowers, L., Smith, P. K., & Binney V. (1994). Perceived family relationships of bullies, victims
and bully/victims in middle childhood. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships,
11(2), 215-232. https://doi.org/10.1177/0265407594112004
Bradshaw, C. (2015). Translating research to practice in bullying prevention. American
Psychologist, 70(4), 322-332.
Bradshaw, C. P., Waasdorp, T. E., & Leaf, P. (2012). Effects of school-wide positive behavioral
interventions and supports on child behavior problems. Pediatrics, 130(5), e1136-e1145.
Bristow, M. H, Craig, M. L., Hallock, G. T., & Laycock, S. R. (1951). Identifying gifted children.
In P. Witty (Ed.), The gifted child (pp. 10-19). Boston, MA: D. C. Heath.
185
Brody, L. E. & Mills, C. J. (1997). Gifted children with learning disabilities: A review of
literature. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 30(3), 282-286.
Brown, T. E. (2006). Executive functions and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder:
Implications of two conflicting views. International Journal of Disability, Development
Education, 53, 35-46.
Brunstein-Klomek, A., Marrocco, F., Kleinman, M, Schonfeld, I., & Gould, M. (2007). Bullying,
depression, and suicidality in adolescents, Journal American Academy Child Adolescent
Psychiatry. Doi: 10.1097/01.chi.0000242237.84925.18
Brunstein-Klomek, A., Marrocco, F., Kleinman, M., Schonfeld, I., & Gould, M. (2008). Peer
victimization, depression and suicidality in adolescents. Suicide Life Threatening
Behavior, 38(2), 166-169.
Buck, S. (2017). After 3 boys committed suicide in 1982, this doctor founded a heroic anti-
bullying program. Timeline. Retrieved from timeline.com/dan-Olweus-bullying-
preventing-8fa8f7983
Bukowski, W. M., Sippola, L. K., & Newcomb, A. F. (2000). Variations in patterns of attraction
to same- and other-sex peers during early adolescence. Developmental Psychology, 36,
147-154. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.36.2.147
Bullying Prevention. (2012). The Youth Bullying Prevention Act of 2012 (YBPA): DC Law L19-
167.
Burks, B. S., Jensen, D. W., & Terman, L. M. (1930). The promise of youth. In L. M. Terman,
Genetic studies of genius (Vol. 3). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Burnham, J. J., & Jackson, C. M. (2000). School counselor roles discrepancies between actual
practice and existing models. Professional School Counseling, 4, 41-49.
186
Buser, R. A., Stuck, D. L., & Casey, J. P. (1974). Teacher characteristics and behaviors preferred
by high school students. Peabody Journal of Education, 51, 119-122.
Cameron, L., & Thorsborne, M. (2001). Restorative justice and school discipline: Mutually
exclusive? In J. Braithwaite, & H. Strange (Eds.), Restorative justice and civil society (pp.
180-194). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Campbell, C. A., & Dahir, C. A. (1997). The national standards for school counseling programs.
Alexandria, VA: American School Counselor Association.
Campbell, J. M. (2000). Becoming an effective supervisor: A workbook for counselors and
psychotherapists. New York: Rutledge.
Campbell, L., Campbell, C., & Dickinson, D. (1992). Teaching and learning through multiple
intelligences. Stanwood, WA: New Horizons for Learning.
Cantril, H. (1968). The human dimension. New Brunswick, NJ: Reuters University Press.
Capuzzi, D., & Golden, L. (Eds.). (1988). Preventing adolescent suicide. Muncie, IN: Accelerated
Development.
Carbone-Lopez, K., Esbensen, F.A., & Bricks, R. T. (2010). Correlates and consequences of peer
victimization. Gender differences in direct and indirect forms of bullying. Youth Violence
& Juvenile Justice, 8, 332-350.
Card, D., & Guiliano, L. (2016, November 26). Universal screening increases the representation
of low-income and minority students in gifted education. PNAS, 113(48), 13678-13683.
Carlson, N., Holcomb-McCoy, C., & Miller, T. (2017). School counselors’ knowledge and
involvement concerning gifted and talented students. Journal of Counselor Leadership &
Advocacy, pp. 1-13.
187
Carlson, N. D., & Horne, A. M. (2004). Bully busters: A psychoeducational intervention for
reducing bullying behavior in middle school students. Journal of Counseling &
Development, 82, 259-267.
Cash, R. (2016). Self-regulation in the classroom: Helping students learn how to learn.
Minneapolis, MN: Free Spirit Press.
Casserly, P. (1975). An assessment of factors affecting female participation in advanced
placement programs in mathematics, chemistry, and physics. National Science
Foundation. Grant GY-11325.
Center and Project. (2010). Colorado School Safety Resource Center. Retrieved from
https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/cssrc/bullying-harassment
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC]. (2015). Youth risk behavior surveillance.
United States, 2015, MMWR, Surveillance Summaries, Retrieved from http://www.cdc.
Gov/mmwr/volumes/65/ss/ss65069.1.htm
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC]. (2017). Youth risk behavior survey. Retrieved
from https://www.cdc.gov/healthyyouth/data/yrbs/pdf/trendsreport.pdf
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC]. (2018). Preventing bullying. Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/bullying-factsheet508.pdf
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC]. (2019). Improving access to children’s mental
health care. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/childrensmentalhealth/access.html
Chamberlain, S. (2003). Susan Limber and Sylvia Cedilo: Responding to bullying. Intervention in
School and Clinic, 38, 236. Doi: 10.1001/jama.285.16.2094
188
Chan, D. W. (2003). Adjustment problems and multiple intelligences among gifted students in
Hong Kong: The development of the revised student adjustment problems inventory. High
Ability Students, 14, 41-54.
Chapman, P. D. (1988). Schools as sorters: Lewis M. Terman, applied psychology, and the
intelligence testing movement, 1890-1930. New York, NY: New York University Press.
Clabaugh, G. K. (1998). School bullies. Educational Horizons, 76(4), 163-165.
Clark, E. A., & Kiselica, M. S. (1997). A systemic counseling approach to the problem of
bullying, Elementary School Guidance and Counseling, 31, 310-325.
Clark, R. D. (1987). Children and teasing. In A Thomas & J. Grimes (Eds.), Children’s needs:
Psychological perspectives (pp. 610-618), Washington, DC, The National Association of
School Psychologist.
Clark, V., Kitzinger, C., & Potter, J. (2004). Kids are just cruel anyway: Lesbian and gay parents
talk about homophobic bullying. British Journal of Social Psychology, 43, 531-550.
Clemens, E. V., Shipp, A. E., & Kimbel, T. M. (2011). Investigating the psychometric properties
of school counselor self-advocacy questionnaire. Professional School Counseling, 15, 34-
44.
Cohen, R., Duncan, M., & Cohen, S. (1994). Classroom peer relations of children participating in
a pull-out enrichment program. Gifted Child Quarterly, 37, 33-38.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/001698629403800105.
Colangelo, N. (1991). Handbook of gifted education (3
rd
ed.). Allyn & Bacon, Inc.
Colangelo, N. (2003). Counseling gifted students. In N. Colangelo & G. A. Davis (Eds.),
Handbook of gifted education (3
rd
ed., pp. 373-387). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn &
Baco.
189
Colangelo, N., & Davis, G. A. (1997). Handbook on gifted education (3
rd
ed.). Jenson Books, Inc.
Colangelo, N., & Davis, G. A. (2003). Handbook on Gifted Education (3
rd
ed.).
Colangelo, N., & Parker, M. (1981). Value differences among gifted adolescents. Counseling and
Values, 26, 35-41.
Colangelo, N., & Wood, S. M. (2015). Counseling the gifted: Past, present and future directions.
Journal of Counseling and Development, 93. doi: 10.10002j.1556.6676.2015.0189
Colangelo, N., & Wood, S. M. (2018). Counseling the gifted individual. Journal of Counseling &
Development, 93, 131-132. doi:10.1002/j.1556-6676.201500188.x
Coleman, H. L, & Yeh, C. (2008). Handbook of school counseling. Mahwah, NJ: Earlbaum.
Coleman, L. J. (1961). The adolescent society. Free Press of Glencoe.
Coleman, L. J. (1985). Schooling the gifted. New York: Addison Wesley.
Coleman, L. J. (1999). Back to the future. Gifted Child Today, 22(6), 16-18.
Coleman, L. J., & Cross, T. L. (1998). Is being gifted a social handicap? Journal for the
Education of the Gifted, 11, 41-56.
Coleman, L. J., & Cross, T. L. (2001). Being gifted in school: An introduction to development,
guidance, and teaching. Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Coleman, L. J., & Cross, T. L. (2005). Definitions and models of giftedness of being gifted in
school (2
nd
ed.). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Coleman, L. J., Sanders, M. D., & Cross, T. (1997). Perennial debates and tacit assumptions in the
education of gifted children. Gifted Child Quarterly, 41, 105-111.
Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning [CASEL]. (1997). Retrieved from
Casel.org/what-is-sel/.
190
Collins, W., Maccoby, E., Steinberg, L., & Hetherington, M. (2000). Contemporary research on
parenting: The case for nature and nurture. American Psychologist. 55(2), 218-232.
Coloroso, B. (2016). The bully, the bullied, and the bystander. From preschool to high school:
How parents and teachers can help break the cycle of violence. New York: Quill.
Congressional Record, Vol. 146, No. 11. (2000, February 11). Testimony from Columbine, from
the Congressional Record Online through the Government Publishing Office. Retrieved
from www.gpo.gov.
Cooper, D., & Hoel, H. (2000). Destructive conflict and bulling at work. Manchester, UK:
Manchester School of Management.
Cooper, D., & Snell, J. L. (2003). Bullying--not just a kid thing. Educational Leadership, 60(6),
22-25.
Cortes, K. I., & Kochenderfer-Ladd, B. (2014). To tell or not to tell: What influences children's
decisions to report bullying to their teachers, School Psychology Quarterly, 29, (3), 336-
348.
Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA. Stanford
University Press.
Coy, D. R. (2001). Bullying. Eric Digest, EDO-CG-01-06.
Craig, W., Henderson, K., & Murphy, J. (2000). Prospective teachers’ attitudes toward bullying
and victimization. School Psychology International, 21, 5.
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design choosing among five Approaches
(3
rd
ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publication, Inc.
Creswell, J. W. (1998). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five
traditions. Sage Publications, Inc.
191
Creswell, J. W. (2008). Educational research, planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative
and qualitative research (3
rd
ed.). Upper Saddle River: NJ: Pearson Education, Inc.
Crick, N. R., & Grotpeter, J. K. (1995). Relational aggression, gender, and social-psychological
adjustment. Child Development, 66(3), 710-722.
Cross, J. R. (2012). Peer relations. In T. L. Cross & J. R. Cross (Eds), Handbook for counselors
serving students with gifts and talents (pp. 409-426). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Cross, J. R. (2013) Gifted education as a vehicle for enhancing social equality. Roeper
Review, 35(2), 115-132.
Cross, T., Cook, R., & Dixon, D. (1996). Psychological autopsies of three academically talented
adolescents who committed suicide. Journal of Secondary Gifted Education, 7, 403-409.
Cross, T., Gust-Brey, K., & Ball, B. (2002). A psychological autopsy of the suicide of an
academically gifted student. Researchers’ and parents’ perspectives. Gifted Child
Quarterly, 46(4).
Cross, T. L. (1996). Examining claims about gifted children and suicide. Gifted Child Quarterly,
19(1), 46-48.
Cross, T. L. (2001a). Gifted children and Erikson’s theory of psychological development. Gifted
Child Today, 24(1), 54-55.
Cross, T. L. (2001b). Social/emotional needs: The rage of gifted students. Gifted Child Quarterly,
24(2), 43-45.
Cross, T. L. (2001c). The many faces of bullies. Gifted Child Today, 24, 4, 36-38.
Cross, T. L. (2002). Putting the well-being of all students, including gifted students first. Gifted
Child Today, 25(4).
192
Cross, T. L. (2005). The social and emotional lives of gifted kids: Understanding and guiding
their development, Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Cross, T. L., Coleman, L. J., & Stewart, R. A. (1993). The social cognition of gifted adolescents:
An exploration of the stigma of giftedness paradigm. Roeper Review: A Journal on Gifted
Education, 16(1), 3740.
Cross, T. L., & Cross, J. R. (2017). Suicide among students with gifts and talents. In S. I. Pfeiffer,
E. Shaunessy-Dedrick, & M Foley-Nicpon (Eds.), APA handbook of giftedness and talent
(pp. 601-614). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Crozier, W. R., & Skliopideou, E. (2002). Adult recollections of name-calling at school.
Educational Psychology, 22, 113-124. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01443410120101288
Csikszentmihalyi, M., Rathunde, K., & Whalen, S. (1993). Talented teenagers: The roots of
success and failure. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Cullen, D. (2009). Columbine. New York, NY: Hachette Book Group.
Cultross, R. R. (1982). Developing the whole child: A developmental approach to guidance with
the gifted. Roeper Review: A Journal on Gifted Education, 5(2), 2426.
https://doi.org/10.1080/02783198209552673
Dabrowski, K. (1964). Positive Integration. Boston: Little Brown.
Dabrowski, K. (1967). Personality shaping through positive disintegration. Boston, MA: Little
Brown.
Dabrowski, K. (1970). Mental growth through positive disintegration. London: Gryf.
Dabrowski, K. (1972). Psychoneurosis is not an illness. London: Gryf. (Out of print).
Dabrowski, K. (1973). The dynamics of concepts. London: Gryf.
193
Dąbrowski, K., & Piechowski, M. M. (1977). Theory of levels of emotional development (Vols.1
& 2). Oceanside, NY: Dabor Science. (Out of print).
Dahir, C. (2004). Supporting a nation of learners. The role of school counseling in education
reform. Journal of Counseling and Development, 82, 344-354.
Dahir, C., & Stone, C. (2012). The transformed school counselor. Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Dake, J. A., Price, J. H, & Telljohann, S. K. (2003). The nature and extent of bullying at school.
Journal of School Health, 73, 173-180.
Dake, J. A., Price, J. H., Telljohann, S. K., & Funk, J. B. (2003). Teachers perceptions and
practices regarding school bullying prevention. Journal of School Health, 73, 347-355.
Daniels, S., & Piechowski, M. M. (2009). Living with intensity: Understanding the sensitivity,
excitability and emotional development of gifted children, adolescents and adults.
Scottsdale, AZ: Great Potential Press.
Danziger, K. (1980). Wundt’s psychological experiment in the light of his philosophy of science.
Psychological Research, 42(1-2), 109-122.
Dark, V. J., & Benbow, C. P. (1991). Enhanced problem-translation and short-term memory:
Components of mathematical talent. Journal of Educational Psychology.
Davis, G. A., & Rimm, S. B. (Eds.) (1998). Education of the gifted and talented (4
th
ed.).
Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Davis, J. L., & Robinson, S. A. (2018). Being 3e, a new look at culturally diverse gifted learners
with exceptional conditions: An examination of the issues and solutions for educators and
families. In S. B. Kaufmann (Ed.), Twice exceptional: Supporting and educating bright
and creative students with learning difficulties (pp. 280-291). UK: Oxford University
Press.
194
Davis, S., & Nixon, C. L. (2010). The youth voice project. Retrieved from
https://www.pacer.org/bullying/resources/stats.asp
Dawson, P., & Guare, R. (2009). Smart but scattered: The revolutionary executive skills approach
to helping kids reach their potential. New York: Guilford Press.
Delisle, J. (2012). Interview with Jim Delisle on Gifted Students and Peer Relations. Davidson
Institute.
Delisle, J. (2013, January 29). Meeting the complex needs of gifted children with Dr. Jim Delisle.
Emerson School. [Online video]. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fd-
WarSm8ko
Delisle, J. (2014, November). Shock and awe: Mass murderers among gifted youth. Baltimore,
MD: National Association for Gifted Children.
Delisle, J., & Galbraith, J. (2002). When gifted kids don’t have all the answers: How to meet their
social and emotional needs. Minneapolis, MN: Free Spirit.
Delisle, J. R. (1982). Striking out: Suicide and the gifted adolescent. Gifted/Creative Talented, 13,
16-19.
Delisle, J. R. (1986). Death with honors: Suicide and the gifted adolescent. Journal of Counseling
and Development, 64, 558-560.
Delisle, J. R. (1987). Gifted kids speak out. Minneapolis, MN: Free Spirit.
Delisle, J. R. (1990). The gifted adolescent at risk: Strategies and resources for suicide prevention
among youth. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 13(3), 212-228.
Delisle, J. R. (1992). Guiding the social and emotional development of gifted youth. New York:
Longman.
195
Dempsey, A. G., Haden, S. C., Goldman, J., Strivinski, J., & Wiens, B. A. (2011). Relational and
overt victimization in schools: Associations with suicidality and violence. Journal
of School Violence, 10(4), 374-392.
Dempsey, A. G., Sulkowski, M., Nichols, R., & Storch, E. (2009). Differences between peer
victimization in cyber and physical settings and associated psychological adjustment in
early adolescence. Psychology in the Schools, 46, 962-972.
Denzen, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Handbook of qualitative research. Sage Publications.
Devers, K., & Frankel, R. (2000). Study design in qualitative research collection strategies,
Education for Health, 13(2), 263-271.
Devoe, J. F., Peter, K., Kaufman, P., Miller, A. Noonan, M., Synder, T. D., & Baum, K. (2004).
Indicators of School Crime and Safety: 2004 (NCES2005-02/NCJ205290). U.S.
Departments of Education and Justice. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing
Office.
DeWall, C. N., Baumeister, R. F., & Vohs, K. D. (2008). Satiated with belongingness? Effects of
acceptance, rejection, and task framing on self-regulatory performance. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 95(6), 1367-1382. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0012632
Dewar, G. (2007). When bullies get bullied by others: Understanding bully-victims. Parenting
Science.
DiMatteo, H. (2012). The preparation of schools for serious school violence: An analysis of New
Mexico public high schools. (Doctoral dissertation). Retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/
?id=ED550901.
196
Dockery, D. J. (2005). Ways in which counseling programs at specialized high schools respond to
social and emotional needs of gifted adolescents. (Doctoral dissertation), University
of Virginia.
Dodge, K. A., Coie, J. D., & Lynam, D. (2006). Aggression and antisocial behavior. In Handbook
of child psychology: Social, emotional and personality development (pp. 719-788). New
York: Wiley.
Dollarhide, C. T., & Duval, K. A. (2017): Comprehensive school counseling programs K-12
delivery systems in action (3
rd
ed). What's new in counseling (3
rd
ed. Pearson Education.
Dollarhide, C. T., & Saginak, K. A. (2012). Comprehensive school counseling programs (2
nd
ed.).
Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.
Drapeau, P. (2014). Sparking student creativity: Practical ways to promote innovative thinking
and problem solving. ASCD Publisher.
Dweck, C. S (1986). Motivation process affecting learning. American Psychologist, 41, 1040-
1048.
Dweck, C. S. (2006). Mindset the new psychology of success. New York Random House
Publishing Group.
Earle, S. (1998). A critical incident study of the school guidance counselor’s interactions with
gifted students. Kent, OH: Kent State University.
Eckel, G. (1950, March 21). The gifted pupil held “neglected”: Appeal made at convention for “a
special place in special education for the bright.” The New York Times, p. 26.
Eckert, R., & Robins, J. (2016). Designing services and programs for high ability learning. A
guidebook for gifted education (2
nd
ed.). Corwin Press.
197
Edwards, D., Hunt, M. H., Meyers, J., Grogg, K. R., & Jarrett, O. (2005). Acceptability and
student outcomes of a violence prevention curriculum. The Journal of Primary Prevention,
26, 401-408. Doi: 10.1007/s10935-005-0002-z.
Edwards, K., Hershberger, P., Russell, R., & Market, R. (2001). Stress, negative, social exchange,
and health symptoms in university students. Journal of American College Health. 50(2),
75-79. Doi: 10.1080.07448010959601
Elhoweris, H., Mutua, K., Alsheikh, N., & Holloway, P. (2005). Effect of children’s ethnicity on
teachers’ referral and recommendation decisions in gifted and talented programs.
Remedial and Special Education, 26(1), 25-31.
Elias, M. J., Patrikakou, E. N., & Weissberg, R. P. (2007). A competence-based framework
for parentschoolcommunity partnerships in secondary schools. School
Psychology International, 28(5), 540-554. doi:10.1177/0143034307085657
Elkind, J. (1973). The gifted child with learning disabilities. Gifted Child Quarterly, 17, 45-47.
Elliot, L. (1999). What’s going on in there? How the brain and mind develop in the first five years
of life. New York, NY: Bantam Books.
Ellis, R. (2017). Einstein or Columbine: The dark side of intelligence, creativity and talent: The
socio-affective developmental needs of gifted and high-achieving students. International
Conference on Education and New Learning Technologies. Doi: 10.21125/edulearn.
2017.1196.
Erford, B. T. (2003). Transforming the school counseling profession. Upper Saddle River, NJ:
Merrill-Prentice Hall.
Erford, B. T. (2010). Transforming the school counseling profession (3
rd
ed.). Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Merrill/Prentice Hall.
198
Erickson, E. H. (1963). Childhood and society. New York: Norton.
Erickson, E. H. (1964). Insight and responsibility: Lectures on the ethical implications
of psychoanalytic insight. W. W. Norton & Co. Abstract. Retrieved from
https://psycnet.apa.org/record/1994-98233-000
Erickson, E. H. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. New York: Norton.
Erickson, E. H. (1972). Personality theory. Retrieved from https://www.oercommons.
org/authoring/22859-personality-theory/7/viewErikson, E.H. (1963). Childhood and
society. New York: Norton.
Espelage, D. L. (2003). Bullying in early adolescence: The role of the peer group. Retrieved from
http: llericcass.uncg.edu/virtuallib/bullying/1069.html
Espelage, D. L. (2014). Ecological theory: Preventing youth bullying, aggression, &
victimization. Theory into Practice, 53, 257-264. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00405841.
2014.947216
Espelage, D. L., Aragon, S. R., Birkett, M., & Koenig, B. W. (2008). Homophobic teasing,
psychological outcomes, and sexual orientation among high school students: What
influence do parents and schools have? School Psychology Review, 37, 202-216.
Espelage, D., Green, H., & Polanin, J. (2012). Willingness to intervene in bullying episodes
among middle school students: Individual and peer-group influences. The Journal of
Early Adolescence, 32(6), 776801. https://doi.org/10.1177/0272431611423017
Espelage, D. L., & Holt, M. (2013). Suicidal ideation and school bullying experience after
controlling for depression and delinquency. Journal of Adolescent Health, 53, 27-31.
Espelage, D. L., Huong, J. S., Rao, M., & Thornberg, R. (2015). Understanding ecological factors
associated with bullying across the elementary to middle school transition in the United
199
States. Violence and Victims, 30, 470-487. http://dx.doi.org/10.1891/0886-6708. VV-D-
14-00046
Espelage, D. L., & King M. T. (2018). Bullying and the gifted. In S. I. Pfeiffer, E. Shaunessy-
Dedrick, & M. Foley-Nicpon (Eds.), APA handbooks in psychology: APA handbook of
giftedness and talent (pp. 659-669). American Psychological Association.
https://doi.org/10.1037/0000038-043 (doi/10.1037/0000038-043)
Espelage, D. L., Low, S., Polanin, J. R., & Brown, E. C. (2015). Clinical trial of second step
middle-school program: Impact on aggression & victimization. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 37, 52-151. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2014.11.007
Espelage, D. L., Polanin, J. R., & Rose, C. A. (2015). Social-emotional learning program to
reduce bullying, fighting, & victimization among middle school students with disabilities.
Remedial and Special Education, 36, 299-311. http://dx.doi.doi.org/10/1177/
0741932514564564
Espelage, D. L., Rose, C. A., & Polanin, J. R. (2015). Social-emotional learning program to
reduce bullying, fighting, & victimization among middle school students with disabilities.
Remedial and Special Education, 36, 299-311. http://dx.doi.doi.org/10/1177/
0741932514564564
Espelage, D. L., & Swearer, S. M. (2003). Research on school bullying and victimization: What
have we learned and where do we go from here? School Psychology Review, 32, 365-384.
Espelage, D. L., & Swearer, S. M. (Eds.) (2004). Bullying in American school: A sociological
ecological perspectives on prevention and intervention. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates
Publishers.
200
Espelage, D. L., & Swearer, S. M. (2010). A social-ecological model for bullying prevention and
intervention. In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, & D. L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of
bullying in schools: An international perspective (pp. 61-72). New York: Routledge.
Estell, D. B., Farmer, T. W., Irvin, M. J., Crowther, A. Akos, P., & Boudah, D. J. (2009). Students
with exceptionalities and the peer group context of bullying and victimization in late
elementary school. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 18, 136-150.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10826-008-921.
Eurich, N. (1959). Remembering Conant's America’s high school’s today.
Eysenck, H. J. (1995). Creativity as a product of intelligence and personality. In D. H.
Saklofske & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Perspectives on individual differences.
Fancher, R. E., & Rutherford, A. (2012). Pioneers of psychology (4
th
ed., p. 691). New
York: W.W. Norton & Co.
Farmer-Hinton, R. L., & Adams, T. L. (2006). Social capital and college preparation: Exploring
the role of counselors in a college prep school for Black students. Negro Educational
Review, 57(1-2), 101-116.
Farrington, D. P. (1993). Understanding and preventing bullying. In M. Tonry (Ed.), Crime and
justice (Vol. 17, pp.381-458). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Farrington, D. P. (2013) Encouraging policy makers and practitioners to make rational choices
about programs based on scientific evidence on developmental crime
prevention. Criminology of Public Policy, 12(2), 295-301.
Farrington, D. P., & Tfofi, M. M. (2009). School-based programs to reduce bullying and
victimization. Campbell Systematic Review. Institute of Criminology, Cambridge
University. Doi: 10.4073/csr.2009.6
201
Feinberg, T. (2003, September). Bullying prevention and intervention, Principal Leadership, 4(1).
NASP Center.
Fekkes, M., Pijpers, F. I., & Verloove-Vanhorick, S. P. (2004). Bullying behaviors and
associations with psychomatic complaints and depression in victims. The Journal of
Pediatrics, 25(1), 17-22.
Feldman, D. H. (1980). Detecting deception in children. Journal of Communication, 30(2).
Feldman, D. H. (1999). The development of creativity. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of
creativity (pp. 169-186), Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Feldman, D. H., & Fowler, R. C. (1998). Second thoughts: A response to the commentaries. New
Ideas in Psychology, 15, 235-245.
Fiedler, E. D. (1999). Gifted children: The promise of potential/the problems of potential. In R. L.
Schwean, & D. H. Saklofska (Eds.), Handbook of psychosocial characteristics of
exceptional children (pp. 401-441). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.
Field, T., & Marr, N. (1991). Bullycide: Death at playtime. Didcot (UK): Success Unlimited;
2001.
Finkel, E. (2012, July-August), Unsung heroes, guidance counselors, sometimes underappreciated
in difficult budgetary times, are feeling more respect in their quest to combat bullying,
District Administration, 48.
Fonesca, C. (2011). Emotional intensity in gifted students: Helping kids cope with explosive
feelings. Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Ford, D. Y. (1993). Support for the achievement ideology and determinants of under-
achievements as perceived by gifted, above-average, and average black students. Journal
for the Education of Gifted Children, 16(3).
202
Ford, D. Y. (1995). Counseling gifted African American students: Promoting achievement,
identity, and social and emotional well-being. Storrs, CT: National Research Center on
the Gifted and Talented. Retrieved July 31, 2008, from http://www.gifted.uconn.edu/
nrcgt/reports/rbdm9506/ rbdm9506.pdf Ford, D. Y. (2006)
Fox, R. (1971). Today’s students and suicide among student and its prevention. Royal Society of
Health Journal, 91, 181-185.
Freeman, J. (2002). International out-of-school education for the gifted and talented. Retrieved
March 30, 2005, from http://www. JoanFreeman.com
Freeman, J. S. (1983). Emotional problems of the gifted child. Journal of Child Psychology and
Psychiatry, 24(3), 481-485, (3), 481-485.
French, L. R., Walker, C. L., & Shore, B. M. (2011). Do gifted students really prefer to be alone?
Roeper Review, 33(3), 145-159.
Frey, K. S., Nolen, S. B., Edstrom, L. V., & Hirschstein, M. K. (2005). Effects of a school-based
social-emotional competence program: Linking children’s goals, attributions, and
behavior. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 26, 171-200.
Friedberg, R., & McClure, J. (2002). Clinical practice of cognitive therapy with children and
adolescents: The nuts and bolts. The Guilford Press.
Furlong, M. J. Morrison, G. M., & Grief, J. L. (2003). Reaching an American consensus:
Reactions to the special issue on school bullying. School Psychology Review, 32, 456-
471.
Gagne, F. (1962). Human intelligence. An inquiry into its laws and consequences.
Gagne, F. (1985). Giftedness and talent: Reexamining a reexamination of the definitions. Gifted
Child Quarterly, 29, 103-112.
203
Gagne, F. (1993). Constructs and models pertaining to exceptional human abilities. In K. A.
Keller, F. J. Monks, & A. H. Passow (Eds.), International handbook of research and
development of giftedness and talent. (pp. 63-85). Oxford: Pergamon Press.
Gagne, F. (1998). The prevalence of gifted, talented, and multitalented individuals: Estimates
from peer and teacher nomination, In R. C. Friedman & K. B. Rogers (Eds.), Talent in
Context: Historical and social perspectives on giftedness (pp.101-126). Washington, DC:
American Psychological Association.
Gagne, F. (1999a). My convictions about the nature of human abilities, gifts and talents. Journal
for the Education of the Gifted, 22, 109-136.
Gagne, F. (1999b). Nature or nurture? A re-examination of Sloboda & Howe’s (1991) interview
study on talent development in music. Psychology of Music, 27, 38-51.
Gagne, F. (2013). Differentiated model of giftedness and talent. In T. L. Cross & J. R. Cross
(Eds.), Handbook for counselors serving students with gifts and talents: Development,
relationships, school issues, and counseling needs/interventions (pp. 3-20). Waco, TX:
Prufrock Press.
Gallagher, J. J. (1958). Peer acceptance of highly gifted children in elementary school.
Elementary School Journal, 58, 465-470.
Gallagher, J. J. (1975). Teaching the gifted child (pp. 1-432). Rockleigh, NJ: Allyn & Bacon.
Gallagher, J. J. (1985). Teaching the gifted child (3
rd
ed.). Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Gallagher, J. J. (1994). Current and historical thinking on education for gifted and talented
students. Washington, DC: Office of Educational Research and Improvement.
Gallagher, R. (2008). Si si puedo! Yes, yes, we can! Gifted Education Communicator, 39(2), 32-
39. Rancho Cordova, CA: California Association for the Gifted.
204
Galton, F. (1869). Hereditary genius. London: Macmillan.
Galton, F. (1892), Hereditary genius: An inquiry into its law and consequences. London/
Chicago: Watts & Co.
Galton, F. (1935). Eugenics. Journal of Medical Ethics.
Garbarino, J., & DeLara, E. (2003). Words can hurt forever. Educational Leadership, 60(6), 18-
21.
Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. New York: Basic
Books.
Gardner, H. (1991). The unschooled mind: How children think and how schools should teach.
New York: Basic Books.
Gardner, H. (1993). Multiple intelligences: The theory in practice. New York, NY: Basic Books.
Gardner, H. (1995). Reflections on multiple intelligences. Phi Delta Kappan, 77, 200-201.
Gardner, H. (1999). Intelligence reframed: Multiple intelligences for the 21
st
century. New York,
NY: Basic Books.
Gendron, B. P., Williams, K. R., & Guerra, N. G. (2011). An analysis of bullying among students
within schools: Estimating the effects of individual normative beliefs, self-esteem, and
school climate. Journal of School Violence, 10(2), 164. https://doi.org/10.1080/
15388220.2010.539166
GERI21. (2019). States lag in identifying gifted students. Retrieved from https://hechingerreport.
org/up-to-3-6-million-students-should-be-labeled-gifted-but-arent/
Get Help Now. (2020). Stopbullying.gov. Retrieved from https://www.stopbullying.
gov/resources/get-help-now
205
Gifted Child Development Center. (2020). Embracing giftedness. Denver, Colorado. Retrieved
from https://www.gifteddevelopment.com/
Ginter, E.J., Scalise, J. J., & Presse, N. (1990). The elementary school counselors role:
Perceptions of teachers. The School Counselor, 38, 19-23.
Gladden, R. M., Vivolo-Kantor, A. M., Hamburger, M. E., & Lumpkin, C. D. (2014). Bullying
surveillance among youths: Uniform definitions for public health and recommended data
elements. Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, and U.S. Department of Education.
Gladding, S. (1984). History and systems of counseling: A course whose time has come.
Counselor Education and Supervisor, 24, 325-331.
GLSEN. (2009). The 2009 national climate survey. Retrieved from https://files.eric.ed.gov/
fulltext/ED512338.pdf
GLSEN. (2013). The 2013 national school climate survey. Retrieved from https://www.glsen.
org/sites/default/files/2020-03/GLSEN-2013-National-School-Climate-Survey-Full-
Report.pdf
Gold, M. J. (1965). Education of the intellectually gifted. Columbus OH: C. E. Merrill Books.
Golding, W. (1954). Lord of the flies. New York: Perigee.
Goldman, W. (2012). Lord of the flies. Faber Education.
Goldsmith, E. B., & Goldsmith, R. E. (2011). Social influence and sustainability in households.
International Journal of Communication Studies, 35(2).
Gonsalkore, K., & Williams, K. (2007). The KKK won’t let me play: Ostracism even by a
despised outgoing hurts. European Journal of Social Psychology, 37(6), 1176-1186.
http: doi.org.10.1002/ejsp.392.
206
Gordon, S. (2019). Why gifted students are targeted by bullies. Verywell Family. Retrieved from
verywellfamily.com/how-bullying-imacts-the-gifted-student-460594
Gordon-Finlayson, A. R. (2010). Grounded theory. In M. Forrester (Ed.), Doing qualitative
research in psychology: A practical guide (pp. 154-176). London: Sage.
Gottfredson, L. S. (2005). Applying Gottfredson's theory of circumscription and compromise in
career guidance and counseling. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Eds.), Career development
and counseling: Putting theory and research to work (pp. 71-100). John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.
Graham, S., & Juvonen, J. (1998). Self-blame and peer victimization in middle school: An
attributional analysis. Developmental Psychology, 34, 587-599.
Graham, S., & Schuster, M. A. (2003). Bullying among young adolescents: The strong, the weak
and the troubled. Pediatrics, 112, 1231-1237.
Green, D. (1998). Classics in the history of psychology. Toronto, Ontario: York University.
Retrieved from psychclassics.yorku.ca/Binet/commentary.htm
Grissom, J., & Redding, C. (2016). Discretion and disproportionality. AERA Open, 2(1), 1-25,
https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858415622175
Gross, M. U. M. (1998). The me behind the mask: Intellectually gifted students and the search for
identity. Roeper Review, 20(3), 5-21.
Gross, M. U. M. (1999). Small poppies: Highly gifted children in the early years. Roeper Review,
21(3), 2017-2104.
Gross, M. U. M. (2002). Social and emotional issues for exceptionally intellectually gifted
students. In M. Neihart, S. Reis, N. M. Robinson, & S. Moon (Eds.), The social and
207
emotional development of gifted children. What do we know? (pp. 19-29). Waco, TX:
Prufrock Press.
Gruber, J. E., & Finneran, S. (2007). The impact of bullying and sexual harassment on middle and
high school girls. Violence Against Women, 13, 627-643. Doi: 10.1177/107780120
73201557
Guenole, F., Speranza, M., Louis, J., Fourneret, P., Revol, O., & Baleyte, J. M. (2015). Wechsler
profiles in referred children with intellectual giftedness association with trait-anxiety,
emotional dysregulation, and heterogeneity of Piaget-like reasoning process. European
Journal of Pediatric Neurology, 19, 402-410.
Guerra, N. G., Williams, K. R., & Sadek, S. (2011). Understanding bullying and victimization
during childhood and adolescence: a mixed methods study. Child Development, 82.
Guignard, J. H., Jacquet, A., & Lubart, T. (2012). Perfectionism and anxiety: A paradox in
intellectual giftedness? PloS One, 7(7), doi: 1371/journal.pone.0041043
Guilbault, K. (2008, Summer). Bullying and gifted learners, Davidson for talent development.
Gifted Education Communicator, 39(2). Retrieved January 7, 2019, at
https://www.davidsongifted.org/search-database/entry/a10854
Guo, G. (2006). Genetic similarly shared by best friends among adolescents. Twin Research and
Human Genetics, 9(11), 113-121.
Gysbers, N. C., & Henderson, P. (1988). Developing and managing your school guidance
program. Alexandra, VA: American Association for Counseling and Development.
Association for Counseling and Development.
Gysbers, N. C., & Henderson, P. (2000). Comprehensive guidance and counseling programs: A
rich history and a bright future. Professional School Counseling, 4(4), 246-256.
208
Gysbers, N. C., & Henderson, P. (2001). Comprehensive guidance and counseling programs: A
rich history and a bright future. Professional School Counseling, 4(4), 246-256.
Gysbers, N. C., & Henderson, P. (2004). Comprehensive guidance and counseling program
evaluation: Program + personnel = results. VISTAS Online, article 41.
Gysbers, N. C., & Henderson, P. (2012). Developing and managing your school guidance &
counseling program (5
th
ed.). Alexandria, VA: American Counseling Association.
Hall, G. S. (1903). Child study at Clark University. American Journal of Psychology, 14, 96-106.
Hall, G. S. (1911). Educational problems, Vol. 1. New York and London: D. Appleton and
Compay.
Hansen, J. (2012). A practice chasm in early childhood. The New Zealand Association for Gifted
Children. Retrieved from www.giftedchildren.org/nz/tallpoppies.php
Harris, S., & Petrie, G. (2003). Bullying: The bullies, the victims, the bystanders. Lanham, MD:
Scarecrow Press, Inc.
Hawker, D. S. J., & Boulton, M. J. (2000) Twenty years’ research on peer victimization
and psychosocial maladjustment: A meta-analytic review of cross-sectional studies.
Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 41, 441-455.
Haynie, D. L., Nansel, T., Eitel, P., Crump, A. D., Saylor, K., Yu, K., & Simons-Morton (2001).
Bullies, victims, and bully/victims: Distinct groups of at-risk youth. Journal of Early
Adolescence, 21, 29-49.
Hébert, T. P. (2002). Gifted males. In M. Neihart, S. M. Reis, N. M. Robinson, & S. M. Moon
(Eds.), The social and emotional development of gifted children: What do we know? (pp.
137-144). Prufrock Press Inc.
209
Heppner, P. P. (1990). Pioneers in counseling development: Personal and professional
perspectives. Alexandria, VA: American Association for Counseling and Development.
Hildenbrand, S. (1981, April). Democracy’s aristocrat: The gifted child in America, 1910–1960.
Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Educational Research
Association, Los Angeles, CA.
Hinduja, S., & Patchin, J. W. (2010). Bullying, cyberbullying, and suicide. Archives of Suicide
Research, 14(3), 206-221.
Hinduja, S., & Patchin, J. W. (2014). Bullying beyond the schoolyard: Preventing and
Responding to cyberbullying. Corwin Press.
Hirsch, L., Lowen, C., & Santorelli, D. (2012). Bully: An action plan for teachers and parents to
combat the bullying crisis. New York: Weinstein Books.
Hodges, E., Boivin, M., Vitaro, F., & Bukowski, W. M. (1999). The power of friendship:
Friendship as a factor in the cycle of victimization and maladjustment. Developmental
Psychology, 35, 94-101.
Holcomb-McCoy, C., & Miller, T. R. (2017). School counselors' knowledge and involvement
concerning gifted and talented students. Journal of Counselor Leadership and Advocacy.
Hollingworth, L. S. (1914). Variability as related to sex difference in achievement: A critique.
The American Journal of Sociology, 19, 510-530.
Hollingworth, L. S. (1925). Implications of abnormal psychology for education [Review of
the book Abnormal psychology and education, by F. Watts]. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 16(1), 6768. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0064723
Hollingworth, L. S. (1926). Gifted children: Their nature and nurture. New York: MacMillan.
210
Hollingworth, L. S. (1942). Children above 180 I.Q. Yonkers-on-Hudson, NY: World Book
Company.
Holt, M., Keyes, M., & Koenig, B. (2011). Teachers’ attitudes toward bullying. In D. Espelage &
S. M. Swearer (Eds.), Bullying in North American schools (pp. 121139). New York, NY:
Routledge.
Howley, A., & Howley, C. (2012). Counseling the rural gifted. In T. L. Cross & J. R. Cross
(Eds), Handbook for counselors serving students with gifts and talents: Development,
relationships, school issues, and counseling needs/interventions (pp. 121-136). Waco, TX:
Prufrock Press.
Hughes, T. (1857). Tom Brown schooldays. Macmillan Publishers.
Hughes, J. (1999, April 21). Massacre at Columbine High: Descriptions vary of suspects. Denver
Post. Retrieved from Cult Education Institute
Hunter, S. C., & Boyle, J. M. E. (2002). Perceptions of control in the victims of bullying: The
importance of early intervention. Educational Research, 44, 323-336.
Hyatt, L. (2010). A case study of the suicide of a gifted female adolescent. Journal for the
Education of the Gifted, 33(4), 514-535.
Hymel, S., & Swearer, S. M. (2015). Four decades of research on school bullying: An
Introduction. American Psychologist, 70, 293-299. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0038928
Jackson, P. S. (1998). Bright starblack sky; A phenomenological study of depression as a
window into the psyche of the gifted adolescent. Roeper Review, 20(3), 215-221.
Jackson, P. S. (2001). Gifthaven.net, a website by and for gifted teens.
Jackson, P. S., & Peterson, J. S. (2003). Depressive disorder in highly gifted adolescents. Journal
for Secondary Gifted Education, 14(3), 175-186.
211
Jackson, P. S., & Peterson, J. S. (2011). Counseling gifted children and teens. In S. I. Pfeiffer, E.
Shaunessy-Dedrick, & M. Foley-Nicpon (Eds.), APA handbooks in psychology®. APA
handbook of giftedness and talent (pp. 511527). American Psychological
Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/0000038-033
Jackson, R. M., Cleveland, J. C., & Merrenda, P. F. (1975). Longitudinal effects of early
identification and counseling of underachievers. Journal of School Psychology, 13, 119-
128.
Jacobs, L. (2015). The perpetrators of workplace bullying in schools: A South African study.
Mediterranean Journal of Social Sciences, 5(16).
Jacobsen, K., & Bauman, S. (2007). School counselors’ responses to school bullying scenarios.
Professional School Counseling, 11, 1-9.
Janssen, I., Craig, W., Boyce, W., & Pichett, W. (2004). Associations between overweight and
obesity with bullying behaviors in school-aged children. Pediatrics, 113(5), 1187-1194.
Jolly, J. (2018). A history of American gifted education. Routledge. doi: 10.4324/
9781315684451
Jolly, J. J. (2004). A conceptual history of gifted education. (Ph.D. dissertation), Baylor
University.
Jolly, J. L. (2009). The National Defense Education Act, current STEM initiative, and the gifted.
Gifted Child Today, 32(2), 5053.
Jones, S., Brush, K., Bailey, R., Brion-Miesels, G., McIntyre, J., Kahn, J., Nelson, B., & Stickle,
L. (2017). Navigating SEL from the inside out: Looking inside and across 25 leading SEL
programs: A practical resource for schools and OST providers. Harvard Graduate School
of Education.
212
Juvonen, J., Graham, S., & Schuster, M. A. (2003). Bullying among young adolescents: The
strong, the weak, and the troubled. Pediatrics, 112, 1231-1237, http://dx.doi.org/
10.1542/peds.112.6.1231
Juvonen, J., & Nishina, A. (2000). Peer harassment, psychological adjustment, and school
functioning in early adolescence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, 349-359.
Juvonen, J., Nishina, A., & Graham, S. (2000). Peer harassment, psychological adjustment, and
school functioning in early adolescence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, 349-359.
Kaiser, C. F., Berndt, D. J., & van Aalst, F. (1982). Depression and self-actualization in gifted
adolescents. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 38, 142-150.
Kaltiala-Heino, R., Rimpela, M., Martunnin, M, Rimpela, A., & Rantanen, P. (1999). Bullying,
depression, and suicidal ideation in Finnish adolescents & school survey. BMJ. doi:
10.1136/bmj.319.7206.348
KARE 11. (2018). School safety: MN has 4
th
worst student/counselor ration. Retrieved from
Kare11.com/article/news/school-safety-mn-has-4
th
-worst-studentcounselor-ratio-89-
528636288.
Kaufman, J. (2010). Using creativity to reduce ethnic bias in college admissions. Psychology. doi:
10.1037/a0020133
Kaufman, S. B. (2018). Twice exceptional supporting and educating bright and creative students
with learning difficulties. New York: Oxford University Press.
Kennedy, K., & Farley, J. (2018). Counseling gifted students: School-based considerations and
strategies. Chapman University.
Kerr, B. A. (1981). Career education strategies for gifted and talented. Journal of Career
Education, 7, 318-325.
213
Kerr, B. A. (1991). A handbook for counseling the gifted and talented. Alexandria, VA: American
Association for Counseling and Development.
Kerr, B. A. (2011) A handbook for counseling the gifted and talented. Alexandria: American
Counseling Association.
Kerr, B. A., & Cohn, S. (2001). Smart boys: Talent, manhood, & the search for meaning. Great
Potential Press, Inc.
Kerr, B. A., Colangelo, N., & Gaeth, J. (1988). Gifted adolescents' attitudes toward their
giftedness. Gifted Child Quarterly, 32, 245-247. 32, 245-247.
Kim, Y. S., Koh, Y., & Leventhal, B. (2005). School bullying and suicide risk in Korean middle
school students. Pediatrics, 115, 357-363.
Kirchner, G. L., & Setchield, M. S. (2005). School counselors and school principal’s perception
of the school counselor’s role. Education, 126, 10-16.
Kitano, M. (1990). Intellectual abilities and psychological intensities in young children:
Implications for the gifted. Roeper Review, 13(1), 5-10.
Kitano, M. (2012). Social-emotional needs of gifted students of color. In T. L. Cross & J. R.
Cross (Eds)., Handbook for counselors serving students with gifts and talents:
Development, relationships, school issues, and counseling needs/interventions (pp. 209-
226). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Klebold, A. (2016). A mother’s reckoning: living in the aftermath of tragedy (1
st
ed.). New York:
Crown.
Klein, A. G. (2000). Fitting the school to the child. The mission of Leta Stetter Hollingworth,
founder of gifted education. Roeper Review, 23(2), 97-103.
214
Klein, A. G. (2012). A forgotten voice: A biography of Leta Stetter Hollingworth.
Scottsdale, founder of gifted education. Roeper Review, 23, 97103. AZ: Great Potential
Press.
Kliewer, W. (2006). Violence exposure and cortisol responses in urban youth. International
Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 13(2), 109-120.
Knack, J., Gomez, H., & Jensen-Campbell, L. A. (2010). Bullying and its long-term health
implications. doi: 10.1037/12351-010
Kochenderfer, B. J., & Ladd, G. W. (1996). Peer victimization: Cause or consequences of school
maladjustment? Child Development, 67, 1305-1317.
Kohlberg, L. (1964). The development of moral character and moral ideology. In M. Hoffman &
L. Hoffman (Eds.), Review of child development research. New York: Russell Stage
Foundation.
Kohlberg, L. (1969). Stage and sequence: The cognitive approach to socialization. In D. A.
Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory and research (pp. 347-480). Chicago, IL:
Rand McNally.
Kohlberg, L. (1984). The psychology of moral development. San Francisco: Harper & Row.
Kohlberg, L., & Diessner, R. (1991). A cognitive developmental approach to moral attachment. In
J. L. Gerwitz & W. M. Kurtines (Eds.), Interactions with attachment (pp. 229-246).
Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Kohut, A. (2000). A year after Columbine: Public looks to parents more than schools to prevent
violence. Pew Report. www.people-press.org.
Kohut, M. R. (2007). The complete guide to understanding, controlling, and stopping bullies and
bullying: A complete guide for teachers and parents. Ocala, FL: Atlantic Publishing.
215
Kokkinos, C., & Panayioutou, G. (2004). Predicting bullying and victimization among early
adolescents: Associations with disruptive behavior disorders. Aggressive Behavior. https:
doi.org/10.1002/ab.20055
Koo, H. (2007). Timeline of the evolution of school bullying in differing social contexts. Asia
Pacific Education Review, 8(1), 107-116.
Kowalski, R. M., & Limber, S. P. (2007). Electronic bullying among middle school students.
Journal of Adolescent Health, 41(6), S22-S30.
Kowalski, R. M., & Limber, S. P. (2013). Psychological, physical and academic correlates of
cyberbullying and traditional bullying. Journal of Adolescent Health, 53(1), S13-S20.
Kowalski, R. M., Limber, S., & Agatston, P. W. (2012). Cyberbullying: Bullying in the digital
age. New York: Wiley/Blackwell.
Krouse, W. J., & Richardson, D. J. (2015). Mass murder with firearms incidents and victims,
1999-2013. CRS Report for Congress, R44126. Library of Congress.
Kupersmidt, J., Griesler, P., DeRosier, M., Patterson, C., & Davis, P. (1995). Childhood
aggression and peer relations in the context of family and neighborhood factors.
Childhood Development, 66(2), 360-375.
Ladd, G. W., Kochenderfer, B. J., & Coleman, C. C. (1997). Classroom peer acceptance,
friendship, and victimization: Distinct relational systems that contribute uniquely to
childrens school adjustment. Child Development, 68, 1181-1197.
Lajoie, S. P., & Shore, B. M. (1981). Three myths? The overrepresentation of the gifted among
dropouts, delinquents and suicides. Gifted Child Quarterly, 25, 138-143.
Langman, P. (2010). Why kids kill. Inside the minds of school shooters. St Martin’s Griffin.
Larkin, R. W. (2009). Comprehending Columbine. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.
216
Lawson-Davis, J. (2018). Addressing the gifted gap: Three strategies. Thomas B. Forham
Institute. Retrieved from https://fordhaminstitute.org/national/commentary/addressing-
gifted-gap-three-strategies
Leary, M. R., Kowalski, R. M., Smith, L., & Phillips, S. (2003). Teasing, rejection and violence:
Case studies of the school shootings. Aggressive Behavior, 29, 202-214.
Lee, C. (2001). Culturally responsive school counselors and programs: Addressing the needs of
all students. Professional School Counseling, 4, 163-171.
Lee, C. (2006). The emotional intelligence, moral judgment, and leadership of academically
gifted Aaolescents. Journal for the Education of the Gifted.
Lee, S. Y., Olszewski-Kubilius, P., & Thomson, D. T. (2012). Academically gifted students’
perceived interpersonal competence and peer relationships. Gifted Child Quarterly, 56, 90-
104. Doi: 10.11117/0016986224442568
Leff, S. S., Power, T. J., & Goldstein, A. B. (2004). Outcome measures to assess the effectiveness
of effective bullying-prevention programs in the schools. In D. L. Espelage & S. M.
Swearer (Eds.), Bullying in American schools: A social-ecological perspective on
prevention and intervention (pp. 269-293). Mahwah: NJ: Erlbuam.
Lemov, P. (1979). That kid is smart, Washingtonian, 15, 225-233.
Lenardt, A. C., & Young, P. A. (2001). Proactive strategies for advancing elementary school
counseling programs: A blueprint for the new millennium. Professional School Cunseling,
4(3), 187-194.
Lenhart, A., Purcell, K., Smith, A., & Zickuhr, K. (2010). Social media & mobile internet use
among teens and young adult millennials. Pew Internet & American Life Project.
217
LeRose, B., King, L, & Greenwood, S. (1979). The lighthouse project. Gifted Child Quarterly,
23, 472-486.
Lestor, G., & Lestor, D. (1971). Suicide: The gamble with death. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-
Hall.
Levy, J. L., & Plucker, J. A. (2008). A multicultural competence model for counseling gifted and
talented children. Journal of School Counseling, 6(4), 1-45. Retrieved from
http://jsc.montana.edu/articles/v6n4.pd
Limber, S., Olweus, D., Wang, W., & Masiello, M. (2018). Evaluations of the Olweus Bullying
Prevention Program: A large scale study of students in grades 3-11. Journal of
Psychology, 69, 56-72.
Lind, S. (2001). Overexcitability and the gifted. The SENG Newsletter, 1(1), 3-6. Retrieved from
http://www.senggifted.org/articles_social/Lind OverexcitabilityAndTheGifted.shtml
LoCicero, K., & Ashby, J. S. (2000). Multidimensional perfectionism and self-reported self-
efficacy in college students. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 15(2), 47-56.
Long, J. D., & Pellegrini, A. D. (2003). Studying change in dominance and bullying with linear
mixed models. School Psychology Review, 32(3), 401417.
Lorenz, K. (1966). On aggression. Toronto, ON, Canada: Bantam.
Low, S., Cook, C. R., Smolkowski, K., & Buntain-Ricklefs, J. (2015). Promoting social emotional
competence: An evaluation of the elementary version of second step. Journal of School
Psychology, 53, 463-477.
Low, S., Smolkowski, K., Cook, C., & Desfosses, D. (2019). Two-year impact of a universal
social-emotional learning curriculum. Group differences from developmentally sensitive
trends. Developmental Psychology, 55(2), 415.
218
Ludwig, T. (2012). Confessions of a former bully. Dragonfly books.
MacFarlane, B., & Mina, K. (2018). Cyberbullying & the gifted: Considerations for social and
emotional development. Gifted Child Today, 41(3), 130-135.
Maker, J. (1977). Providing programs for the gifted handicapped. Reston, VA: Council for
Exceptional Children.
Maker, C. J., Nielson, A. B., & Rogers, J. (1994). Multiple intelligences, giftedness, diversity, and
problem-solving, Teaching Exceptional Children, 27(1), 4-19.
Mammadov, S., Cross, T. L., & Ward J. (2018). The big five personality predictors of academic
achievement students: Mediations by self-regulatory efficacy and academic motivation.
High Ability Students, 29(2), 11-133. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1080/13598139.
2018.1489222
Marchetta, J. M. (2011a). Perceived best practices of school counselors in local education.
Digests of Lagos State. Annual National Conference of the Counselling Association of
Nigeria.
Marchetta, J. M. (2011b). Teacher perceptions of the school counselor role. (Master’s thesis),
paper 116, Available from Counselor Education at Digital Commons.
Marland, S. P. (1972). Education of the gifted and talented. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare.
Marr, N., & Fields, T. (2001). Bullycide: Death at playtime. Oxfordshire UK: Success Unlimited.
Marsh, H. W., Parada, R. H., Craven, R. G., & Finger, L. (2004). In the looking glass: A
reciprocal effect model elucidating the complex nature of bullying, psychological
determinants, and the central role of self-concept. In C. E. Sanders & G. D. Phy (Eds.),
Bullying: Implications for the classroom (pp. 63-109). Elsevier Academic Press.
219
https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012617955-2-500009-6
Martin, L. T., Burns, R. M., & Schonlau, M. (2010). Mental disorders among gifted and nongifted
youth. A selective review of the epidemiologic literature. Gifted Child Quarterly, 54(1),
31-41. doi: 10.1177/0016986209352684
Maslow, A. H. (1943). A theory of motivation, Psychological Review, 50(4), 370-396.
Matarazzo, J. D. (2012). Wechsler's measurement and appraisal of adult intelligence (5
th
and
enlarged ed.). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Mendaglio, S. (2003). Heightened, multifaceted sensitivity of gifted students: Implications for
counseling. Journal of Secondary Gifted Education, 14, 72-82.
Mendaglio, S. (2007). Introduction. In S. Mendaglio & J. S. Peterson (Eds), Models of counseling,
gifted children, adolescents and young adults (pp. 1-6). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Mendaglio, S., & Peterson, J. S. (2007). Models of counseling gifted children adolescents, and
young adults, Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Mendaglio, S., & Tiller, W. (2006). Dabrowski’s theory of positive disintegration and giftedness:
Overexcitability research findings, Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 30(1), 68-87.
Menesini, E., & Salmivalli, C. (2017). Bullying in schools: the state of knowledge and effective
interventions. Psychology, Health and Medicine, 22, 1-14.
Meraviglia, M. G., Becker, H., Rosenbluth, B., Sanchez, E., & Robertson, T. (2003). The expect
respect project: Creating a positive elementary school climate. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 18, 1347-1360.
Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. San
Francisco, CA: Fossey-Bass.
220
Merritt, R., & Brown, B. (2002). No easy answers: The truth behind death at Columbine high
school. Lantem Books.
Meyers, R., & Pace, T. M. (1986). Counseling gifted and talented students: Historical
perspectives and contemporary issues. Journal of Counseling & Development, 66, 548-
551.
Miller, E. (2003). The cognitive revolution: a historical perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
7(3), 141-144.
Miller, E. M. (2008). Chapter 8: Conceptions of giftedness. In J. A. Plucker & C. M. Callahan
(Eds.), Critical issues and practices in gifted education: What the research says. Waco,
TX: Prufrock.
Milsom, A., & Gallo, L. (2006). Bullying in middle schools: Prevention and intervention. Middle
School Journal, 37(3), 12-19.
Minnesota Department of Education (MDE). (2019). Schools Act. Minnesota Statutes.
S121A.0695--SCHOOL BOARD POLICY; PROHIBITING INTIMIDATION AND
BULLYING. St. Paul, MN: The Offices of the Revisor of Statures. Retrieved from
https://www.revisor.mn.gov/statutes/?id=121A.0695
Minnesota Department of Education [MDE]. (2020). Bullying prevention and help. Retrieved
from https://education.mn.gov/MDE/dse/safe/bprev/
Mishna, F., & Alaggia, R. (2005). Weighing the risks: A child's decision to disclose peer
victimization. Children & Schools, 27(4), 217226.
Mishna, F., Pepler, D., & Wiener, J. (2006). Factors associated with perceptions and responses to
bullying situations by children, parents, teachers and principals. Victims and Offenders, 1,
255-288. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15564880600626163
221
Modecki, K. L., Michin, J., Harbaugh, A. G., Guerra, N. G., & Runions, K. C. (2014). Bullying
prevalence across contexts: A meta-analysis measuring cyber and traditional bullying.
Journal of Adolescent Health, 55, 602-611. Retrieved from http:///www.jahonline.org/
Article/S1054-139X (14)00254-7/abstract
Moffitt, T. E. (1993). Adolescence limited and life course persistent antisocial behavior: A
developmental taxonomy. Psychological Review, 100(4), 674-701.
Moon, S. (2002). Counseling needs and strategies. In M. Neihart, S. M. Reis, N. M. Robinson, &
S. M. Moon (Eds), The social and emotional development of gifted children: What do we
know? (pp. 213-222). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Moon, S. (2006a). Counseling needs of gifted students: An analysis of intake forms at a
University-based counseling center. Gifted Child Quarterly, 50(1), 52-61.
Moon, S. (2006b). Talent development in adolescence: An overview. In F. A. Dixon & S. M.
Moon (Eds.), The handbook of secondary gifted education (pp. 198-201). Waco, TX:
Prufrock Press.
Moon, S. (2007). Counseling issues and research. In S. Mendaglio & J. S. Peterson (Eds.), Models
of counseling gifted children, adolescents, and young adults (pp. 7-32). Waco, TX:
Prufrock Press.
Morelock, M. J. (1992). Perspectives on giftedness. On the nature of giftedness and talent,
imposing order on chaos. Roeper Review, 19.
Morelock, M. J. (1996). On the nature of giftedness and talent: Imposing order on chaos. Roeper
Review, 19(1), 4-12.
Mueller, C. (2009). Protective factors as barriers to depression in gifted and nongifted
adolescents. Gifted Child Quarterly, 53, 3-14.
222
Mulvey, E. P., & Cauffman, E. (2001). The inherent limits of predicting school violence.
American Psychologist, 56, 797-802.
Myers, R., & Pace, T. (1986). Counseling gifted and talented students: Historical perspectives and
contemporary issues. Journal of Counseling and Development, 66, 548-551.
Myrick, R. D. (1997). Developmental guidance and counseling: A practical approach.
Minneapolis, MN: Education Media.
Nansel, T. R. (2001). Bullying behaviors among US youth: Prevalence and association with
psychosocial adjustment. Journal of the American Medical Association.
Nansel, T. R., Haynie, D. L., & Simons-Morton, B. G. (2003). The association of bullying and
victimization with middle school adjustment. Journal of Applied School Psychology, 19,
45-61.
Nansel, T. R., Overpeck, M., Pilla, R. S., Ruan, W. J., Simons-Mortons, B., & Scheidt, P. (2001).
Bullying behaviors among U.S. youth: Prevalence and association with psychosocial
adjustment. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285, 2094-2100.
National Association for Gifted Children [NAGC]. (1998). LGBT task force. Retrieved from
https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ750998.pdf
National Association for Gifted Children [NAGC]. (2010). NAGC Pre-K-Grade 12 gifted
programming standards. Retrieved from http://www.nagc.org/index.aspx?id=546
National Association for Gifted Children [NAGC]. (2018a). New report makes clear the need for
universal screening of gifted children. http://www.nagc.org/about-nagc/media/Press-
releases/there-gifted-gap
National Association for Gifted Children [NAGC]. (2018b). Use of the WISC-V for gifted
and twice exceptional identification.
223
National Association for Gifted Children [NAGC] (2019). A definition of giftedness that guides
best practice.
National Association for Gifted Children. (2020). Definitions of giftedness. Retrieved from
http://www.nagc.org/resources-publications/resources/definitions-giftedness
National Association of School Psychologists. (2018). Position statements. Retrieved from
https://www.nasponline.org/research-and-policy/policy-priorities/position-statements
National Center for Education Statistics [NCES]. (2015). Student reports of bullying and
cyberbullying: Results from the 2013 school crime supplement to the National
Victimization Survey. U.S. Department of Education. Retrieved from
http://nces.ed/gov/pubsearch/pubsinfo. asp?publid=2015056
National Center for Educational Statistics [NCES]. (2016). Indicators of school crime and safety:
2015. U.S. Department of Education. Retrieved from https://nces.ed.gov/fastfacts/display.
asp?Id=719
National Center for Education Statistics [NCES]. (2017). Indicators of school crime and safety:
2015. U.S. Department of Education. Retrieved from https://nces.ed.gov/fastfacts/
display.asp? Id=719.
National Center for Learning Disabilities. (2014). The state of learning disabilities (3
rd
ed.).
Retrieved from https://www.ncld.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/2014-State-of-LD.pdf
National Institute of Mental Health. (2000). Depression in children and adolescents: A fact sheet
for physicians. (NIH Publication No. 00-4744) Bethesda, MD: Author.
National Institute of Mental Health [NIMH]. (2019). Dr. Christopher Baker: How does the brain
categorize the visual world and change with learning? Retrieved from
https://www.nimh.nih.gov/news/media/2019/index.shtml
224
NCSP. (2003). Necessary use of the title “school psychologist”. Retrieved from
file:///Users/rhalley/Downloads/UseofSchoolPsychTitle.pdf
Neihart, M. (1991). Anxiety and depression in high ability and average ability adolescents.
(Doctoral dissertation), University of Northern Colorado. Dissertation Abstracts
International.
Neihart, M. (1999). The importance of giftedness and psychological well-being: What does the
empirical literature say? Roeper Review, 22, 10-17.
Neihart, M. (2009). Growing up smart and criminal. Morality, Ethics and Gifted Minds.
Neihart, M., Pfeiffer, S., & Cross, T. (2015). The social and emotional development of gifted
children: What do we know? Profrock Press.
Newland, T. E. (1976). The gifted in socioeducational perspective. Englewood Cliffs,
NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Newman, D. A., Horne, A. M., & Bartolomucci, L. (2000). Bully busters: A teacher’s manual for
helping bullies, victims and bystanders. Champaign, IL: Research Press.
Nicholson-Crotty, S. (2016, October). Disentangling the causal mechanisms of representative
bureaucracy: Evidence from assignments of students to gifted programs. Journal of Public
Administration Research and Theory, 26(4), 745-757.
Nielson, A. B. (1993). Gifted children and divorce: A study of the literature on the incidence of
divorce in families with gifted children. Journal for the Education of the Gifted,
16(3), 251267.
O’Boyle, M., & Benbow, C. (1990). Hardness and its relationship to ability and talent. Advances
in Psychology, 67, 343- 372.
225
OCALI, (2019). Youth with autism spectrum disorders. Retrieved from https://www.ocali.
org/project/2019-Employment-Guide
Oden, M. H. (1968). The fulfillment of promise: 40-year follow-up of the Terman gifted group.
Genetic Psychology Monographs, 77(1), 393.
Office of Civil Rights. (2014). 2013-2014 gifted and talented enrollment estimations, 2013-2014.
Retrieved from https://orcdata.ed.gov/StateNationalEstimations/Estimations_2013_14
Olenchak, F. R., & Hebert, T. P. (2003) Endangered academic talent: Lessons learned from gifted
first-generation college males. Journal of College Student Development, 43(2), 195212.
Olweus, D. (1978). Aggression in school: Bullies and whipping boys. Washington, DC:
Hemisphere.
Olweus, D. (1983). Low school achievement and aggressive behaviour in adolescent boys. In D.
Magnusson & V. Allen (Eds.), Human development.
Olweus, D. (1991). Bully/victim problems among schoolchildren: Basic facts and effects of
a school-based intervention program. In D. J. Pepler & K. H. Rubin (Eds.), The
development and treatment of childhood aggression (p. 411448). Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates, Inc.
Olweus, D. (1993a) Bullying at school. Oxford: Blackwell.
Olweus, D. (1993b). Bullying at school: What we know and what we can do. NY: Blackwell.
Olweus, D. (1996). The revised bully/victim questionnaire. Research Center for Health Promotion
(HEMIL Center), Bergen, University of Bergen.
Olweus, D. (1997). Bully/victim problems in school facts and intervention. European Journal of
Psychology of Education, 12, 495-510.
226
Olweus, D. (1998). The revised Olweus Bully/Victim Questionnaire. Mimeo. Bergen,
Norway: Research Centre for Health Promotion, University of Bergen.
Olweus, D. (1999). In P.K. Smith, Y. Morita, J. Junger-Tas, D. Olweus, R. Catalano, & P. Slee
(Eds.), The nature of school bullying: A cross-national perspective (pp. 7-29). New York:
Routledge.
Olweus, D. (2001). Bullying at school: Tackling the problem. The OECD Observer, 225, 24-26.
Olweus, D. (2013). School bullying: Development and some important challenges. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology. doi: 10.1146/annurev-clinspy-050212-185516
Olweus, D., & Limber, S. P. (2010). Bullying in school: Evaluation and dissemination of the
Olweus Bullying Prevention Program. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 80, 124-
134.
Olweus, D., Limber, S., & Mihalic, S. (1999). The Bullying-prevention program: Blueprints for
violence prevention. Boulder, CO: Center for the Study of the Prevention of Violence.
Olweus Prevention Program. (2020). Violence prevention works. Retrieved from http://www.
violencepreventionworks.org/public/olweus_bullying_prevention_program.page
O’Moore, A. M., & Hillery, B. (1989). Bullying in Dublin schools. The Irish Journal of
Psychology, 10, 426-441, Doi: 10.1080/030333910.1989.10557759
Oregon Research Institute. (2020). RadKIDS personal empowerment safety education curriculum:
A national leader on school safety. OR: Author.
Orpinas, P., & Horne, A. (2006). Bullying prevention creating a positive school climate and
developing social competence. American Psychological Association.
Orpinas, P., Home, A., & Staniszewski, D. (2003). School bullying: Changing the problem by
changing the school. School Psychology Review, 32, 431-444.
227
O’Shea, A. J. (1970). Low achievement syndrome among bright junior high school boys. Journal
of Educational Research, 63, 257-262.
Paisley, P. O., & Borders, L. D. (1995). School counseling: An evolving specialty. Journal of
Counseling and Development, 74(2), 150-153.
Paquette, J., & Underwood, M. (1999). Gender differences in young adolescents’ experiences of
peer victimization: Social and physical aggression. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 45(2),
Article 5.
Parker, M. (1979). Gifted kids in trouble with the law. Gifted/Creative and Talented, pp. 62-63.
Parker. W. D. (1997). An empirical typology of perfectionism in academically talented
children. American Educational Research Journal, 34, 545562.
Parker, W. D., & Mills, C. J. (1996). The incidence of perfectionism in gifted students. Gifted
Child Quarterly, 40, 194199.
Parliament of Victoria. (2012). Inquiry into the education of gifted and talented students.
Parliamentary paper No.108 Session 20102012.
Passmore. (2001). Boffins get picked out and picked on. Times Educational Supplement, 4485, 3-
8.
Peairs, K. (2010). The social world of gifted adolescent: Sociometric status, friendship, and social
network centrality. (Doctorate dissertation), Duke University.
Pelchar, T. K., & Bain, S. K. (2004). Bullying and victimization among gifted children in school
level-transitions. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 37, 319-336.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0162353214552566.
228
Pellegrini, A. D. (1998). The development of play during childhood: Forms and possible
functions. Child Psychology & Psychiatry Review, 3, 51-57.
http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/1475-3588.00212/pd
Pellegrini, A. D. (2002). Bullying, victimization and sexual harassment during the transition to
middle school. Educational Psychologist, 37(3), 151-163.
Pellegrini, A. D., & Bartini, M. (2000). An empirical comparison of methods of sampling
aggression and victimization in school settings. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92,
360-366.
Pellegrini, A. D., Bartini, M., & Brooks, F. (1999). School bullies, victims, and aggressive
victims: Factors relating to group affiliation and victimization in early adolescence.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(2), 216224. Retrieved from
https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.91.2.216
Pepinsky, P. N. (1960). A study of productive nonconformity. Gifted Child Quarterly, 4, 81-85.
Pepler, D., Craig, W., & O'Connell, P. (1999). Peer processes in bullying: Informing
prevention and intervention strategies. In S. R. Jimerson, S. M. Swearer, & D. L.
Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in schools: An international perspective (pp. 469
479). Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group.
Pepler, D. J., Craig, W. M., & Roberts, W. L. (1998). Observations of aggressive and
nonaggressive children on the school playground. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 44(1), 55
76.
Perkins, J. A., & Wicas, E. (1971). Group counseling of bright underachievers and their mothers.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 19, 273-278.
229
Perry, D. G., Willard, J., & Perry, L. C. (1990). Peers perceptions of the consequences that
victimized children proved aggressors. Child Development, 61, 1310-1325.
Peters, M. & Bain, S. (2011). Bullying and victimization rates among gifted and high-achieving
students. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 34. Doi: 10.1177/0162355321103
400405
Peterson, J. S. (2002). A longitudinal follow-up study of post-high-school development in gifted
individuals at risk for poor educational outcomes. Journal for Secondary Gifted
Education, 14, 6-18.
Peterson, J. S. (2006). Addressing counseling needs of gifted students. Professional School
Counseling, 10, 43-51.
Peterson, J. S. (2008). Strategies for counseling gifted children and adolescents and their families.
In C. M. Callahan, & J. A. Plucker (Eds.). What research says about...An encyclopedia on
research in gifted education. Washington, DC: National Association for Gifted Children.
Peterson, J. S. (2009). Myth 17: Gifted and talented individuals do not have unique social and
emotional needs. Gifted Child Quarterly, 53, 280-282. Doi: 10.1177/001698620
Peterson, J. S. (2012a). Gifted and at risk: Four Longitudinal case studies. Roeper Review, 24, 31-
39.
Peterson, J. S. (2012b). The asset-burden paradox of giftedness: A 15-year phenomenological,
longitudinal case study. Roeper Review, 34, 1-17.
Peterson, J. S. (2014). Giftedness, trauma, and development: A longitudinal case study. Journal
for the Education of the Gifted, 37, 295-318.
Peterson, J. S. (2015). School counselors and gifted kids: Respecting both cognitive and
affective. Journal of Counseling & Development.
230
Peterson, J. S., Duncan, N., & Canady, K. (2006). The impact of life events and other stressors on
social and emotional development during the school years. Manuscript.
Peterson, J. S., Duncan, N., & Canady, K. (2009). A longitudinal study of negative life events,
stress and school experiences of gifted youth. Gifted Child Quarterly, 53(1), 34-39.
Peterson, J. S., & Ray, K. E. (2006a). Bullying among the gifted: The subjective experience.
Gifted Child Quarterly, 50, 252-269.
Peterson, J. S., & Ray, K. E. (2006b). Bullying and the gifted: Victims, perpetrators, prevalence
and effects. Gifted Child Quarterly, 50, 148-168. http://dx.doi.org/10/1177/
001698620605000206
Peterson, J. S., & Rischar, H. (2000). Gifted and gay: A study of the adolescent experience. Gifted
Child Quarterly, 44, 149-164. http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/00169820004400404
Peterson, J. S., & Wachter Morris, C. A. (2010). Preparing school counselors to address concerns
related to giftedness: A study of accredited counselor preparation programs. Journal for
the Education of the Gifted, 33(3), 163-168.
Peterson, R. L., & Skiba, R. (2001). Creating school climate that prevent school violence. The
Clearing House, 74(3), 155-163.
Petzel, S., & Cline, D. (1978). Adolescent suicide: Epidemiological and biological aspects. In S.
Feinstein & P. Giovacchin (Eds.), Adolescent psychiatry (Vol. 6, pp. 239-266). Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Pew Internet. (2010). Generations 2010. Retrieved from https://www.pewresearch.org/
internet/2010/12/16/generations-2010
Pfeiffer, S. I. (2013). Serving the gifted. New York: Routledge.
231
Pfeiffer, S. I., & Burko, J. (2016). Counseling the gifted. In M. Neihart, S. I., Pfeiffer, T. L. Cross.
The social and emotional development of gifted children: What do we know? (pp. 243-
257). Prufrock Press.
Pfeiffer, S. I., & Stocking, V. B. (2000). Vulnerabilities of academically gifted students. Special
Services in the Schools, 16, 83-93. Doi.org/10.1300.J008v16n01_6
Phillps, V., & Cornell, D. (2012). Identifying victims of bullying: Use of counselor interviews to
confirm peer nominations. Professional School Counseling, 15(3), 123-131.
Piechowski, M. (1979). Developmental potential. In N. Colangelo & T. Zaffron (Eds.), New
voices in counseling the gifted (pp. 25-57). Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt.
Piechowski, M. (1991). Emotional development and emotional giftedness. In N. Colangelo & G.
Davis (Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (pp. 285-306). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Piechowski, M. M. (1997). Emotional giftedness: The measure of intrapersonal intelligence. In N.
Colangelo & G. A. Davis (Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (2
nd
ed., pp. 366-381).
Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Piechowski, M. M. (1999). Overexcitabilities. In M. A. Runco & S. R. Pritzker (Eds.),
Encyclopedia of creativity (Vol. 2, pp. 325-334). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Piechowski, M. M. (2013). Mellow out, they say. If only I could: Intensities and sensitivities of the
young and the bright (2
nd
ed.). Unionville, NY: Royal Fireworks Publishing.
Piirto, J. (1998) Understanding those who create (2
nd
ed.). Scottsdale, AZ: Great Potential Press.
Plomin, R., Fulker, D., Corley, R., & Defries, J. (1997). Nature, nurture and cognitive
development from 1 to 16 years: A parent offspring adoption study. Psychological
Science, 1(6), 442-447.
232
Polanin, J. R., Espelage, D. L., & Pigott, T. D. (2012). A meta-analysis of school-based bullying
prevention programs’ effects on bystander intervention behavior. School Psychology
Review, 41(1), 47-65. ISSN: 0279-6015
Public Law (PL) 94-142, or the Education for all handicapped children, enacted by Congress
(1975).
Pyrczak, F., & Bruce, R. R. (2005). Writing empirical research reports: A basic guide
for students of the social and behavioral sciences (5
th
ed.). Glendale, CA.
Quarto, C. (1999). Teachers’ perceptions of school counselors with and without teaching
Experience. Professional School Counseling, 2, 378-384.
Rabinowitz, M. & Glaser, R. (1985). Cognitive structure and process in highly competent
performance. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O’Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented
developmental perspective (pp. 75-98). American Psychological Association.
Ratliff, K. (2013). 21
st
Century school counseling: Dispelling myths of the school counselor.
Retrieved from http://www.edutrandsonline.com/21
st
-century-school-counseling-
dispelling-myths-of-the-school-counselor/
Reiner, S. M., Colbert, R. D., & Perusse, R. (2009). Teacher perceptions of the professional
school counselor role: A national study. Professional School Counseling, 12(5), 324-332.
Reis, S., Burke, M., & Burke, E. (2014). An operational definition of twice-exceptional learners.
Gifted Child Quarterly, 58, 217-230.
Reis, S. M., & McCoach, D. B. (2002). Underachievement in gifted and talented students with
special needs. Exceptionality, 10(2), 113-125.
Rembolt, C. (1998). Making violence unacceptable. Educational Leadership, 56(1), 32-38.
Renzulli, J. S. (1976). Enrichment triad model. Mansfield Center, CT: Creative Learning Press.
233
Renzulli, J. S. (1978). What makes giftedness? Re-examining a definition. Phi Delta Kappan, 60,
180-184, 261.
Renzulli, J. S. (1979). What makes giftedness? Ventura, CA: Ventura County Superintendent of
Schools Office.
Renzulli, J. S. (1986). The three-ring conception of giftedness: A developmental model for
creative productivity. In R. J. Sternberg & J. E. Davidson (Eds.), Conceptions of
giftedness (pp. 246-279). Cambridge University Press.
Renzulli, J. S. (1988). The multiple menu model for developing differentiated curriculum for the
gifted and talented. Gifted Child Quarterly, 32(3), 298-309. Doi: 10.1177/00169880
98803200302
Renzulli, J. S. (1997a). Interest-A-Lyzer family of instruments: A manual for teachers. Waco, TX:
Prufrock Press.
Renzulli, J. S. (1997b). The total talent portfolio: Looking at the best in every student. Gifted
Education International, 12(2). Doi: 10.1177/026142948701200203
Renzulli, J. S. (1998). The three-ring conception of giftedness. In S. M. Braum, S. M, Reis, & L.
R. Maxfield (Eds.), Nurturing the gifts and talents of primary grade students. Mansfield
Center, CT: Creative Learning Press.
Renzulli, J. S. (2000). The identification and development of giftedness as a paradigm for school
reform. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 9(2), 95-114.
Renzulli, J. S. (2005). The three-ring conception of giftedness: A developmental model for
promoting creative productivity. In R. J. Sternberg & J. E. Davidson (Eds.), Conceptions
of giftedness (pp. 246279). Cambridge University Press.
234
Renzulli, J. S., Koehler, J., & Fogarty, E. (2006). Operation houndstooth intervention theory:
Social capital in today’s schools. Gifted Child Today, 29(1), 14-24.
Renzulli, J. S., & Park, S. (2000). Gifted dropouts: The who and the why. Gifted Child Quarterly,
44, 261-271.
Reynolds, C. R., & Bradley, M. (1983). The impact of giftedness on psychological well‐being:
What does the empirical literature say? Roeper Review, 22(1), 10-17.
Richards, R. (1989). Compelling evidence for increased rates of affective disorder among eminent
creative persons. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 30(3), 272-273.
Rigby, K. (1993). School children’s perceptions of their families and parents as a function of peer
relations. The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human
Development, 154(4), 501-513.
Rigby, K. (1996). Bullying in schools and what to do about it. London and Bristol, Pennsylvania:
Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
Rigby, K. (1999). What harm does bullying do? Research Gate. Retrieved from
www.researchgate.net/Publication/24084964_WHAT_HARM_DOES_BULLYING_DO
Rigby K. (2003). Addressing bullying in schools: Theory and practice. Trends & Issues in Crime
and Criminal Justice, 259, 1-6.
Rigby, K. & Slee, P. T. (1991a). Bullying among Australian school children: Reported behavior
and attitudes to victims. Journal of Social Psychology, 131, 615-627.
Rigby, K., & Slee P. T. (1991b). Dimensions of interpersonal relation among Australian children
and implications for psychological well-being. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
133, 33-42.
235
Rigby, K., & Slee, P. T. (1997). The peer relations questionnaire. (PRQ). Point Lonsdale,
Australia: The Professional Reading Guide.
Rigby, K., & Slee, P. T. (1999). In P. K. Smith, Y. Morita, J. Junger-Tas, D. Olweus, R. Catalana,
& P. Slee (Eds.), The nature of school bullying: A cross-national perspective (pp. 324-
339). New York: Routledge.
Rinn, A. N., & Reynolds, M. J. (2012). Overexcitabilities and ADHD in the gifted: An
examination. Roeper Review, 34, 38-45.
Roberts, C. M. (2010). The dissertation journey: A practical and comprehensive guide to
planning, writing and defending your dissertation. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.
Robinson, A., & Jolly, J. (2013). A Century of contributions to gifted education: Illuminating
lives. Routledge.
Robinson, N. M., & Noble, K. D. (1991). Social-emotional development and adjustment of gifted
children. In M. G. Wang, M. C. Reynolds, & H. J. Walberg (Eds.), Handbook of special
education (Vol. 4. Research and Practice, pp. 23-36). New York: Pergamon.
Roddick, D. (2011). Gifted and talented: is it really a gift? Teacher: The National Education
Magazine, pp. 22-23.
Rodkin, P. C., & Berger, C. (2008). Who bullies whom? Social statues asymmetries by victim
gender. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 32, 473-485.
Roeper, A. (1982). How the gifted cope with their emotions. Roeper Review, 5, 21-23.
Rogers, K. B. (1980). Cognitive characteristics of handicapped children’s play. In R. Plez
(Ed.), Developmental and clinical aspects of young children’s play (Series Paper, No.
17).
236
Rogers, K. B. (1986). Do the gifted think and learn differently? A review of recent research and
its implications for instruction. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 10, 17-39.
Rogers, K. B. (2001). Re-forming gifted education: How parents and teachers can match the
program to the child. Scottsdale, AZ: Great Potential Press.
Rogers, K. B. (2002). Lessons learned about educating the gifted and talented: A synthesis of
the research on educational practice. Gifted Child Quarterly, 51(4).
Rosales, J. (2015). Closing the opportunity gap for gifted and talented students of color. NEA
Today.
Rose, C. A., Espelage, D. L., & Monda-Amaya, L. E. (2009). Bullying and victimization rates
among students in special education. A comparative analysis. Educational Psychology, 29,
761-776. http://dx/doi.10.1080/01443410903254864
Rose, C. A., Monda-Amaya, L. E., & Espelage, D. L. (2011). Bullying perpetration and
victimization in special education: Review of the literature. Remedial and Special
Education, 32, 114-130. Doi: 10.1177./0741932510361247
Rose, C. A., Swearer, S. M., & Espelage, D. L. (2012). Bullying and students with disabilities:
The untold narrative. Focus on Exceptional Children, 45(2), 1-10.
Ross, D. M. (1996). Childhood bullying and teasing. Alexandria, VA: American Counseling
Association.
Ross, S. W., & Horner, R. H. (2009). Bully prevention in positive behavior support. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 42, 747-759.
Rowley, J. (2012). Professional development needs of teachers to identify and cater for gifted
students. Australasian Journal of Gifted Education, 21(2), 75-80.
237
Rubin, K. H., Hymel, S., & Mills, S. L. (1989). Sociability and social withdrawal in childhood.
Journal of Personality, 57, 237-255.
Russo, C. (2001). Unequal educational opportunities for gifted students. Fordham Urban Law
Journal, 29, 727-758.
Rye, D. R., & Sparks, R. (1999). Strengthening K‐12 school counseling programs: A support
systems approach. Philadelphia: Accelerated Development.
Sadek, S. (2011). Understanding bullying and victimization during childhood and adolescence: A
mixed methods study. Child Development, 82(1).
Safe and Supportive Learning. (2013). Bullying/cyberbullying. Washington, DC. Retrieved from
http://safesupportivelearning.ed.gov/topic-research/safety/bullyingCyberbullying
Saginak, K. A. (2012). Comprehensive school counseling programs: K-12 delivery systems in
action. Boston: Pearson.
Sajjadi, S. H. (2000). Counseling students: past research, future directions. Gifted Education
International, 15(1).
Saldana, J. (2015). The coding manual for qualitative researchers, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
Publications Ltd.
Salmivalli, C., Lagerspetz, K., Bjorkqvist, K, Osterman, K., & Kaukiainen, A. (1996). Bullying as
a group process: Participants roles in their relations to social status within the group.
Aggressive Behavior, 22(1), 1-15.
SAMHSA. (2019). Media guidelines for bullying prevention. Retrieved from
https://www.samhsa.gov/newsroom/media-guidelines-bullying-prevention
Sampson, J. P., & Chasin, A. K., (2008). Helping gifted and talent adolescents and young adults.
In S. I. Pfeiffer (ED.), Handbook of giftedness in children: Psychoeducation theory.
238
Sanborn, M. P. (1979). Counseling and guidance needs of the gifted and talented. In A. H. Passow
(Ed.), The gifted and the talented (pp. 424-438). Chicago: National Honor Society for the
Study of Education.
Sanborn, M. P., & Niemiec, C. J. (1971). Identifying values of superior high school students.
School Counselor, 18, 237-245.
Sanborn, M. P., Pulvino, C. J., & Wonderlin, R. G. (1971). Research reports: Superior students in
Wisconsin high schools. Madison: University of Wisconsin.
Sandhu, D. S. (2000). Counseling strategies to curb school violence. Professional School
Counseling, 4(2), 81-85. Sage Publications.
Sapon-Shevin, M. (1994). Playing favorites: Gifted education and the disruption of community.
State University of New York Press.
Sattler, J. M. (2001). Assessment of children: Cognitive application, (4
th
ed.). Publisher, Inc.
Saylor, C. F., & Leach, J. B. (2009). Perceived bullying and social support in students accessing
special inclusion programming. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities,
21(1), 6980. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10882-008-9126-4
Schneidman, E. (1972). Forward. In A. C. Cain (Ed.), Survivors of suicide, Oxford, U.K: Charles
C. Thomas.
Schroeder-Davis, S. J. (1998, December). Parenting high achievers: Swimming upstream against
the current. Parenting for High Potential, 8-10, 25.
Schroeder-Davis, S. J. (1999). Brains, brawn or beauty: Adolescent attitudes toward three
superlatives. Journal of Secondary Gifted Education, 10(3), 134-147.
Schroeder, Davis, S. (2012). Bullying by exclusion: Gifted students and “Maslow’s Paradox”.
Understanding Our Gifted, 24(3), 21-28. Spring Edition.
239
Schumacher, R. A., Worsowicz, N., Shook, J., & Stone, C. (2015). Journey to collaboration.
ASCA School Counselor, 52(6), 40-48.
Schwandt, T. A. (2007). The sage dictionary of qualitative inquiry (3
rd
ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage Publications.
Schwartz, D., Dodge, K. A., Coie, J. D. (1993). The emergence of chronic peer victimization In
Boys’ play groups. Child Development, 64, 1755-1772.
Sciarra, D. T. (2004). School counseling: Foundations and contemporary issues. Thomson/
Brooks/Cole Publisher, University of Virginia.
Sears, P. S. (1977). Sources of life satisfactions of the Terman gifted men. American
Psychologists, 32(2), 119-128. Doi: 10.1037/0003-066X.32.2.119
Sears, P. S. (1979). The Terman studies of genius: 1922-1972, In A. H. Passow (Ed.), The Gifted
and talented and their education and development (pp. 75-96). University of Chicago
Press.
Sears, P. S., & Barbee, A. H. (1977). Career and life satisfaction among Terman gifted women.
In J. C. Stanley &W. C. George (Eds.), The gifted and the creative (pp. 28-72). Baltimore:
John Hopkins University Press.
Sears, R. R. (1977). Sources of life satisfactions of the ... affiliation. American Psychologist,
32(2), 119-128.
SENG. (2020). Supporting the emotional needs of the gifted, Retrieved from
https://www.sengifted.org/
Shantz, C. U. (1975). The development of social cognition. In E. M. Heatherington (Ed.), Review
of Child Development Research, 5, 257-323. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.
240
Shapiro, M., Schneider, B., Shore, B., Margison, J., & Udvari, S. (2009). Competitive goal
orientations, quality and stability in gifted and other adolescents’ friendships: A test of
Sullivan’s theory about the harm caused by rivalry. Gifted Child Quarterly, 53(2), 70-88.
Shaunessy, E., Suldo, S., & Friedrich, A. (2011). Mean level and correlates of perfectionism in
international baccalaureate and general education students. High Ability Studies, 22(1).
doi: 10. 1080/13598139.2011.576088
Shetgiri, R. (2014). Bullying and victimization among children advanced. Pediatrics, 60(1), 33-
51. Doi: 10.106/j.yapd.2013.04.004
Siegle, D. (2010). Cyberbullying and sexting: Technology abuses of the 21
st
century. Gifted Child
Today, 32(2): 14-16.
Siegle, D. (2011). Cyberbullying and sexting: Technology abuses of the 21st century. Gifted
Child Today, 33(2), 14-65.
Silverman, L. K. (1989). Perfectionism. Gifted Education International., 13(3).
Silverman, L. K. (Ed). (1993). Counseling the gifted and talented. Denver, CO: Love.
Silverman, L. K. (1997). The construct of asynchronous development. Peabody Journal of
Education.
Silverman, L. K. (1999). Upside-down brilliance: The visual-spatial learner. Denver: DeLeon
Publishing.
Silverman, L. K. (2009). Searching for asynchrony: A new perspective on twice-exceptional
children. In B. MacFarlane & T. Stambaugh (Eds.), Leading change in gifted education:
The festschrift of Dr. Joyce Van Tassel-Baska (pp. 169-181). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Silverman, L. K. (2012). Asynchronous development: A key to counseling the gifted. In T. L.
Cross & J. R. Cross (Eds.), Handbook for counselors serving students with gifts and
241
talents: Development, relationships, school issues, and counseling needs/interventions
(pp. 261-280). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Silverman, L. K. (2013). Giftedness 101. New York, NY: Springer.
Simmons, R. (2002). Odd girl out: The hidden culture of aggression in girls. Orlando, FL:
Harcourt.
Simonton, D. K. (1992). Gender and genius in japan: Feminine eminence in masculine
culture. Sex Roles, 27, 101-119.
Simonton, D. K. (1994). Greatness: Who makes history and why. Guilford Press.
Simpson, R. G., & Kaufman, F. A. (1981). Career education for the gifted. Journal of Career
Education, 8, 38-45.
Sink, C. (2015). History of school counseling in a nutshell, current trends, and WA state school
counseling law. Retrieved from https://sites.google.com/site/chrisinkwebsite/history-of-
school-counseling
Skinner, B. F. (1938). The behavior of organisms: An experimental analysis. New York:
Appleton-Century.
Slavin, R. E. (1990). Co-learning theory, research and practice. Prentice Hall: Englewood Cliffs.
Smith, B. W., Dempsey, A. G., Jackson, S. E., Olenchak, F. R., & Gaa, J. (2012). Cyberbullying
among gifted children. Gifted Education International, 28, 112-126.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0261429411427652
Smith, P. K., Madsen, K. C., & Moody, J. C. (1999). What causes the age decline in reports of
being bullied at school? Towards a developmental analysis of risks of being bullied.
Educational Research, 41(3), 267-285.
242
Smith, P. K., Mahdavi, J., Carvalho, M., Fisher, S., Russell, S., & Tippett, N. (2008).
Cyberbullying: Its nature and impact in secondary school pupils. Journal of Child
Psychology and Psychiatry, 49(4), 376385.
Smith, P. K., & Myron-Wilson, R. (1998). Parenting and school bullying. Clinical Child
Psychology and Psychiatry, 3(3), 405-417.
Smith, P. K., & Sharp, S. (1994). The problem of school bullying. In P. K. Smith & S. Sharpe
(Eds.), School bullying: Insights and perspectives (pp.1-19). London: Routledge.
Smith, P. K., & Shu, S. (2000). What good schools can do about bullying: Findings from a survey
in English schools after a decade of research and action. Childhood: A Global Journal of
Child Research, 7(2), 193-212.
Social Exclusion Unit. (2001). Preventing social exclusion. London: Crown.
Sourander, A., Klomek, A., Ikonen, M., Lindroos, J., Luntamo, I., Koskelainen, M., Ristkari, T.,
& Helenius, H. (2010). Psychological risk factors associated with cyberbullying among
adolescents, a population-based strategy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 67(7), 770-778.
Southern, W. T., & Jones, E. D. (1991). Practitioner's objections to the academic
acceleration: Gifted Child Quarterly, 33, 29-35.
Spivak H., & Prothrow-Stith, D. (2001). The need to address bullying: An important component
of violence prevention. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285, 2131-2132.
Srabstein, J. C., & Leventhal, B. L. (2010). Prevention of bullying-related morbidity and
mortality: A call for public health policies. Bulletin of the World Health Organization,
88(6), 403-404.
243
Stambaugh, T., & Ford, D. Y. (2015). Microaggressions, multiculturalism, and gifted individuals
who are Black, Hispanic or low income. Journal of Counseling & Development, 93, 192-
201.
Stanley, J. C. (1993). Boys and girls who do well mathematically. In G. R. Bock & K. Ackrill
(Eds.), The origins and development of high ability (pp. 119-138). New York, Wiley.
Stanley, J. C., George, W. C., & Solano, C. (1977). The gifted and the creative: A 50 year
perspective. Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press.
Start, K. B. (1995). The learning rate of intellectually gifted learners in Australia. Paper
presented at the supporting emotional needs of the gifted conference, San Diego, CA.
Retrieved from aeallgt.pbsworks.com/fl/lessonslrned-Rogers.pdf
St. Clair, K. L. (1989). Counseling gifted students: A historical review. Roeper Review, A Journal
of Gifted Education, 12(2), 98-102.
St. Clair, K. L. (2010) Counseling gifted students a historical review. Roeper Review, 12.
Stelzer, T. (2003). A critical analysis of the function of school counselors. University of
Wisconsin, Stout.
Sternberg, R. J. (1984). Beyond IQ: A triarchic theory of human intelligence. New York, NY:
Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (1985). Cognitive development in the gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M.
O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented: Developmental perspectives (pp. 3774).
American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10054-002
Sternberg, R. J. (2003a). A broad view of intelligence: The theory of successful intelligence.
Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research, 55(3), 139-154. Doi:
10.1037/1061-4087.55.3.139
244
Sternberg, R. J. (2003b). Wisdom, intelligence, creativity, synthesized. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (2010). The dark side of creativity and how to combat it. In D. H. Cropley, & A.
J. Cropley, J. C. Kaufman, & M. A. Runco (Eds.), The dark side of creativity (pp.316-
328). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (1993). Thinking styles and the gifted. Roeper Review: A
Journal on Gifted Education, 16(2), 122130. https://doi.org/10.
1080/02783199309553555
Stevens, J. (2018, April 15). Why Carl Rogers’ person-centered approach is still relevant.
Psychology Today.
Stopbullying.gov. (2014). Federal laws. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
Washington, DC. Retrieved from http://www.stopbullying.gov/laws/federal/index.html
Stopbullying.gov Now. (2011). A federal campaign for bullying prevention and intervention.
Journal of School Violence, 10(2), 213-219.
Storley, K., & Slaby, R. (2013). Eyes on bullying in early childhood. Waltham, MA: Education
Development Center.
Strang, R. (1947). Educational guidance: It’s principles and practice. Macmillan.
Strang, R. (1950). Inner world of gifted adolescents. Journal of Exceptional Children, 16(4), 97-
101, 125.
Strang, R. (1951). Mental hygiene of gifted children. In P. Witty (Ed.), The gifted child.
Lexington, MN: Heath.
Strang, R. (1960). Helping your gifted child. New York: Dutton.
Strang, R. (1965). Gifted adolescent views of growing up. Exceptional Children, 23.
245
Subotnik, R. F., & Arnold, K. D. (1993). Lessons from contemporary longitudinal studies.
Beyond Terman, pp. 437-451.
Sue, D. W. (2010). Microaggressions in everyday life: Race, gender, and sexual orientation. John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Suler, J. (2004). The online disinhibition effects. Cyberpsychology and Behavior, 7, 321-326.
Sullivan, K. (2000). The anti-bullying handbook (1
st
ed.). Oxford University Press.
Sullivan, T. N., Farrell, A. D., & Kliewer, W. (2006). Peer victimization in early adolescence
association between physical, relational victimization and drug abuse, aggression, and
delinquent behavior among urban middle school students. Development of
Psychopathology, 18(1), pp. 119-137.
Swearer, S. (2010). Bullying: What parents, teachers can do to stop it. American Psychological
Association. Retrieved from apa.org/news/press/releases/2010/04/bullying
Swearer, S. M. (2004). Gender differences in bullying: Moving beyond mean level differences. In
D. L. Espelage & S. M. Swearer (Eds.), Bullying in American schools: A social-ecological
perspective on prevention and intervention (pp. 1535). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates
Publishers.
Swearer, S. M., & Cary, P. (2003). Perception and attitudes toward bullying in middle school
youth: A developmental examination across the bully/victim continuum. Journal of
Applied School Psychology. Doi: 10.1300/J008v19n02_05
Swearer, S. M., Collins, A., Radcliffe, K. H., & Wang, C. (2011). Internalizing problems in
students involved in bullying and victimization. In D. Espelage & S. Swearer (Eds.),
Bullying in north American schools. New York: NY: Routledge.
246
Swearer, S. M., & Doll, B. (2001). Bullying in schools: An ecological framework. Journal of
Emotional Abuse, 2, 7-23.
Swearer, S. M., & Espelage, D. L. (2004). A social-ecological framework of bullying among
youth. In D. L. Espelage & S. M. Swearer (Eds.), Bullying in American schools: A social-
ecological perspective on prevention and intervention (pp. 112). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum
Swearer, S. M., Espelage, D. L., & Napolitano, S. A. (2009). Bullying prevention and
intervention: Realistic strategies for schools. New York: NY: Guilford.
Swearer, S. M., Espelage, D. L., Vaillancourt, T., & Hymel, S., & McDougall. (2010). What can
be done about school bullying? Linking research to educational practice. Educational
Researcher, 39, 38-47.
Swearer, S., Wang, C., Maag, J. W., Siebecker, A., & Frerichs, L. (2012). Understanding the
bullying dynamic and students in special education and general education. Journal of
School Psychology, 50(4), 503-520.
Sword, L. (2006a). Parenting emotionally intense gifted children. Retrieved from
http:..talentdevelopment.com/articles/ParentingEIGC.html
Sword, L. (2006b). Psycho-social needs: Understanding the emotional, intellectual and social
uniqueness of growing up gifted. Retrieved from http://talentdevelop.com/articles/
PsychosocNeeds.html
Tannenbaum, A. J. (1979). Pre-Sputnik to post-Watergate concern about the gifted. In A. H.
Passow (Ed.), The gifted and talented: Their education and development. The seventy-
eighth yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education (pp. 527). Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
247
Tannenbaum, A. J. (1983). Gifted children: Psychological and education perspectives. New
York: Macmillan.
Taylor, F. (2015). New study explores bystander intervention in cyberbullying. Taylor and
Francis Group.
Teeter, P. A. (1998). Interventions for ADHS: Treatment in developmental context (pp. 276-319).
New York: Guilford Press.
Terman, L. (1924). The physical and mental traits of gifted children. In G. M. Whipple (Ed.),
Report of the society’s committee on the education of gifted children (pp. 157-167).
(Twenty Third Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education).
Bloomington, IL: Public Schools Publishing.
Terman, L. M. (1925). Genetic studies of genius: Vol. 1 mental and physical traits of a thousand
gifted children (Vol. 1). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Terman, L. M., & Oden, M. (1935). The promise of youth. Genetic studies of genius (Vol. 3).
Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Terman, L. M., & Oden, M. (1947). Genetic studies of genius (Vol. 4). The gifted child grows up:
Twenty-five years’ follow up of a superior group. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Terman, L. M., & Oden, M. (1959). Genetic studies of genius (Vol. V). The gifted group at mid-
life. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Terrassier, J. C. (2011). Guide pratique de’l’enfant sourdoue’ N.N. (French)., E.S. F.
Thompson, R. (2012). Professional school counseling (3
rd
ed.). Routledge.
Thompson, R. A. (2002). School counseling: Best practices for working in the schools (2
nd
ed.).
New York: Brunner, Routledge.
248
Thorne, T. B., & Henley, B. (2005). The lost millenium psychology during the middle ages. The
Psychological Record, 55(1), Article 5.
Tishler, C., McKenry, P, & Morgan, K. (1981). Adolescent suicide attempts: Some significant
factors. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 11, 86-92.
Toeffler, A. (1970). Future shock. Bantam Books.
Torrance, E. P. (1959). Current research on the nature of creative talent. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 6(4), 309-316.
Torrance, E. P. (1961). Problems of highly creative children. Gifted Child Quarterly, 5, 31-34.
Torrance, E. P. (1962). Guiding creative talent. Englewood Cliff, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Torrance, E. P. (1965). Rewarding creative behavior. Experiments in classroom creativity.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Torrance, E. P., & Sisk, D. (1998). Gifted and talented in the regular classroom. Buffalo, NY:
Creative Education Foundation.
Treffinger, D. J. (1980). Fostering independence and creativity. Journal for the Education of the
Gifted, 3, 214-224.
Treffinger, D. J. (1998). From gifted education to programming for talent development. Phi Delta
Kappan, 79, 752-755.
Treffinger, D. J. (2009). Myth 5: Creativity is too difficult to measure. Gifted Child Quarterly,
53(4). Doi: 10.1177/0016986209346829
Ttofi, M. M, & Farrington, D. P. (2010). Effectiveness of school-based programs to reduce
bullying: A systematic and meta-analytic review. Journal of Experimental Criminology,
pp. 27-56. Doi: 10.1007/s11292-010-9109-1
249
Ttofi, M. M. & Farrington, D. P. (2011). Effectiveness of school-based programs to reduce
bullying: A systematic meta-analytic review. Journal of Experimental Criminology, 7,
27-56.
Ttofi, M. M., Farrington, D. P., & Losel, F. (2012). School bullying as a predictor of violence
later in life: A systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective longitudinal studies.
Aggression and Violent Behavior, 17(5), 405-418.
Ttofi, M. M., Frarrington, D. P., Losel, F., & Loeber, R. (2011). The predictive efficiency of
school bullying versus later offending: A systematic/meta-analytic review of longitudinal
studies. Criminal Behavior and Mental Health, 21, 80-89. 2e Twice-Exceptional
Newsletter. www.2eNewsletter.com
Turiel, E. (1979). Distinct conceptual and developmental domains: Social-convention and
morality. In H. E. Howe & C. B. Keasey (Eds.), Social cognitive development.
Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 1977, Col. 25: Social cognitive development (pp. 77
116). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Turiel, E. (1983). The development of social knowledge: Morality and convention. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Turiel, E. (2002). The culture of morality: Social development, context, and conflict. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Twenge, J., Baumeister, D., & Stuche, D. (2001). If you can’t join them beat them: Effects of
social exclusion on aggressive behavior. Journal of Personal Social Psychology, 81(6),
1058-1069. Doi: 10.1037/10022-3514.81.6.1058
250
Twymen, K, Saylor, C., Taylor, L., & Comeaux, C. (2010). Comparing children and adolescents
engaged in cyberbullying to matched peers. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social
Networking, 13(2), 195-199.
Uchino, B. N., Cacipoop, J. T., & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (1996). The relationship between social
support and physiological processes: A review with emphasis on underlying mechanisms
and implications for health. Psychology Bulletin, 119(3), 488-531.
Unnever, J. D. (2004). Middle school victims of bullying. Who reports being bullied?
Aggressive Behavior, 30(5).
Unnever, J. D., & Cornell, D. G. (2003). The culture of bullying in middle school. The Journal of
School Violence, 2(2), 5-27.
Upshur, C. C., Heyman, M., & Wenz-Gross, M. (2017). Efficacy trial of the second step early
learning (SSEL) curriculum: Preliminary outcomes. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 50, 15-25.
U.S. Department of Education. (2011). Analysis of state bullying laws and policies. Washington,
DC: Author.
U.S. Department of Education. (2014). Guiding principles: A resource guide for improving
school climate and discipline. Washington, DC: Author.
U.S. Department of Health. (2014). Bullying prevention in 2014. Author.
U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. (n.d.). Effects of bullying. Retrieved from
http:///www.stopbullying.gov/at-risk/effects/index/html#bullied
U.S. National Commission on Excellence in Education. (1983). A nation at risk, imperative for
education reform. Author.
251
Vaillancourt, J., Hymel, S., & McDougall, P. (2010). The biological underpinnings of peer
victimization: Understanding why and how the effects of bullying can last a lifetime.
Theory into Practice, 52(4), 241-248.
Vaillancourt, T., McDougall, P., Hymel, S., Krygsman, A., Miller, J., Stiver, K, et al. (2008).
Bullying: Are researchers and children/youth talking about the same thing? International
Journal of Behavior, 32, 486-495.
Valine, W., Higgins, E., & Hatcher, R. (1972). Teacher attitudes toward the role of the counselor:
An eight-year follow-up study. The School Counselor, 29, 2018-211.
Van Cleave, J., & Davis, M. M. (1996). Bullying and peer victimization among children with
special health care needs. Pediatrics, 118(4), e1212-e1219.
Van der Wal, M. F., de Wit, C. A. M., & Hirasing, R. A. (2003). Psychosocial health among
young victims and offenders of direct and indirect bullying. Pediatrics, 111, 1312-1317.
Vandebosch, H., & Van Cleemput, K. (2009). Cyberbullying among youngsters: Profiles of
bullies and victims. New Media & Society 11(8), 1349-1371.
VanTassel-Baska, J., Feng, A. Y., Swanson, J. D., Quek, C., & Chandler, K. (2009). Academic
and affective profiles of low-income, minority, and twice-exceptional gifted learners. JAA,
20.
Viadero, D. (2009), Lessons sifted from tragedy at Columbine. Education Week. Retrieved from
edweek.org/ew/article/2009/04/08/28Columbine_ep.h28.html
Vitasari, P., Wahab, A., Othman, M., & Sinnadurai, S. K. (2010). Exploring mathematics anxiety
among engineering students. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences, 8, 482-489.
Volokh, A, & Snell, L. (1998). Strategies to help schools be safe. Reason Public Policy Institute,
1998, Vol. 1, Policy Study No. 234. htpp//www.reason.org/ps234.html.
252
Vossekuil, B., Fein, R., Reddy, M., Borum, R., & Modzeleski, W. (2002). The final report and
findings of the safe school initiative: Implications for the prevention for school attacks in
the United States. Washington DC: United States Secret Service and United States
Department of Education.
Vossekuil, B., Reddy, M., & Fein, R. (2001). The secret services’ safe school initiative: An
interim report on the prevention of targeted violence in schools. Education Digest, 66, 4-
10.
Vygotsky, L. (1962). Thought and language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wallace, P. (1999). Distance learning for gifted students: Outcomes for elementary, middle, and
high school aged students. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 32.
Watson, G. H. (1965). Emotional problems of gifted children. In W. B. Barbe (Ed.), Psychology
and education of the gifted. (Selected readings, pp. 342-353). New York: Appleton-
Century-Crofts.
Webb, J. T. (1993). Nurturing social-emotional development of gifted children. In K. A. Heller, F.
J. Monks, & A. H. Passow (Eds.), International handbook of research and development of
giftedness and talent (pp. 525-538). Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.
Webb, J. T. (2008). A parent’s guide to gifted children. Gifted and Talented International.
Webb, J. T., Amend, E. R., Webb, N. E. Goerss, J., Beljan, P., & Olenchak, F. R. (2005).
Misdiagnosis and dual diagnosis of gifted children and adults: ADHD, bipolar, OCD,
Asperger’s, depression, and other disorders. Scottsdale, AZ: Great Potential Press.
253
Webb, J. T., Gore, J. L., Amend, E. R., & DeVries, A. R. (2007). A parent’s guide to gifted
children. Tucson, AZ: Great Potential Press.
Webb, J. T., Meckstroth, E., & Tolan, S. (1982). Guiding the gifted child. Columbus: Ohio
Psychology Publishing.
Weber, T. (2011). MPR news investigation: Minnesota lacks strong bullying laws, state oversight.
Minnesota Public Radio. Retrieved from http://minnesota-publicradio.org/
Display/web/2011/05/15/minnesota-weak-bullying
Wechsler, D. (2003). The WISC-IV technical and interpretive manual. San Antonio, TX:
Psychological Corporation.
Weddle, D. B. (2003, October). When will schools take bullying seriously? Trial, 39. Research
Library Core, p. 18.
Weinhold, B. (2003). Bullying and school violence: The tip of the ice burg. The Teacher
Educator, 35, 28-33.
Wenz-Gross, M., Yoo, Y., Upshur, C. C., & Gambino, A. J. (2018, October). Pathways to
kindergarten readiness: The roles of second step early learning curriculum and social
emotional, executive functioning, preschool academic and task behavior skills. Frontiers
in Psychology, (9). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01886
Whitted, K., & Dupper, D. (2005). Best practices for preventing or reducing bullying in schools.
Children and Schools, 27(3), 167-175.
Whitmore, J. R. (1980). Giftedness, conflict and underachievement. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Whitmore, J. R. (1981). Gifted children with handicapping conditions: A new frontier.
Exceptional Children, 48.
254
Wickstrom, C. D. (2004). Give us the best and the brightest, but...a historical review of U.S.
national policy on education for the highly capable. In D. B. Boothe & J. Stanley (Eds.),
Eyes of the beholder: Critical issues for diversity in gifted education (pp.263-274). Waco,
TX: Prufrock Press.
Wiley. (2016). Consequences of bullying behavior. Preventing bullying through Science, Practice
and Policy.
Wilgus, E., & Shelley, V. (1998). The role of the elementary school counselor: Teacher
perceptions, expectations, and actual functions. The School Counselor, 35, 259-266.
Willard, N. E. (2007). Cyberbullying and cyberthreats: Responding to the challenge of online
social aggression, threats, and distress. Research Press.
Williams, K. R., & Guerra, N. G. (2007). Prevalence and predictors of Internet bullying. Journal
of Adolescent Health, 41, S14-S21.
Wilton, M., Craig, W., and Pepler, D. (1999). Emotional regulation and display in classroom
victims of bullying. Characteristics of expressions of affect, coping styles and relevant
contextual factors, Review of Social Development, 9.
Winebrenner, S. (1996). Teaching kids with learning disabilities in the regular classroom.
Minneapolis: Free Spirit Publishing.
Winkler, D., & Voight, A. (2016). Giftedness and overexcitabilities: Investigating the relationship
using meta-analysis, Gifted Child Quarterly, 60(4), 243-257.
Wiseman, B. (2011) Cyberbullying in schools: A research study on school policies and
procedures. ProQuest Dissertation and Theses. Retrieved for EBSO host.
Wiseman, R. (2016) Understanding, preventing and responding to bullying. Harmony (3
rd
ed.). Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia.
255
Witty, P., & Jenkins, M. (1934). The educational achievement of a group of gifted Negro
children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 25, 585-597.
Wood, S. M. (2010). Best practices in counseling the gifted in schools: What’s really happening?
Gifted Child Quarterly, 54, 42-58. Doi: 10.1177/0016986209352681
Wood, S. M. (2012). Rivers' confluence: A qualitative investigation into gifted educators'
experiences with collaboration with school counselors. Roeper Review, 34(4), 261-274.
Wood, S. M., & Peterson, J. S. (2009). Counseling concerns of gifted and talented adolescents.
Springer Publishing Company.
Wood. S. M., & Peterson, J. S., (2018). Counseling gifted students: A guide for school counselors,
New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company.
Worrell, F. C., & Young, A. E. (2012). Gifted children in urban settings. In T. L. Cross & J. R.
Cross (Eds.), Handbook for counselors serving students with gifts and talents:
Development, relationships, school issues, and counseling needs interventions (pp. 137-
152). Waco, TX: Prufrock Press.
Wundt (1873). Principles of physiological psychology. E. B. Titchener (Trans). London:
Sonnenschein.
Yewchuk, C. (1995). The “mad” genius controversy implication for gifted education, Journal for
the Education of the Gifted, 19(1).
Zareski, M. (2018). When emotional intensity and cognitive rigidity collide. What can counselors
and teachers do? Gifted Child Today, 37.
Zilli, M. G. (1997). Reasons why the gifted adolescent underachieves and some of the
implications of guidance and counseling to their problem. Gifted Child Quarterly, 15, 279-
292.
256
Appendix A: Letter of Cooperation
*******************************************
Dear Principal,
My name is Rick Halley and I am a doctoral student in the Educational Leadership
program at St. Cloud State University. I’m reaching out to you because your school
is known for providing levels of gifted services (as indicated on your website)
including social and emotional support as part of the overall services.
I would like to ask your counselors to participate in my doctoral dissertation. Your
counselors, if they consent, would participate in a short (~30 minute) interview
conducted online.
By granting me permission, you agree to allow me to contact your counselors who
work in the gifted student program at your school. There will be no further
requirement on your part.
I look forward to your response. Please let me know if I can offer any clarifications
on this project.
Respectfully,
Rick Halley
rlhalley@stcloudstate.edu
257
Appendix B: Adult Informed Consent Form
Title: The Perceptions of School Counselors on Preparedness for Servicing Gifted Students using
Bullying Prevention and Intervention Strategies.
Primary Researcher: Rick Halley
Telephone: ***
Introduction: Although we have over 40 years of significant research on bullying, there is limited
research on one subpopulation: Gifted children and adolescents. A significant study by Peterson and Ray,
2006a, found that gifted students may be vulnerable to bullying, or to becoming the bully due to their
unique needs.
Purpose: The purpose of this study is to interview counselors who work with gifted students either at the
elementary, middle school or high school level.
Study Procedures: Up to Sixteen counselors will answer questions by participating in an interview with
the researcher using Google Meet. This is a one-time event. This should not exceed 30 minutes. All
answers are kept confidential.
Risks and Discomforts: Participation is voluntary. Participants will simply be answering a set of 12
questions in less than a 30-minute time span. There is minimal risk involved.
Benefits: There is limited research on bullying and gifted individuals. This study will add to this research
and can provide insights for teachers, counselors, directors and administrators.
Compensation: Participants will NOT be compensated for their participation.
258
Confidentiality: The confidentiality of the information gathered during your participation in this study
will be maintained. Your personal identity will remain confidential. You will not be identified by name in
any published material. All data will be seen only by the researcher and will be locked in a file cabinet in a
locked office.
Voluntary Participation/Withdrawal: Please understand that your participation in this study is
voluntary. You may decide not to participate or to withdraw your consent to participate in this study at any
time, for any reason, without any type of penalty. Your decision as to whether or not to participate will not
affect your current or future relations with St. Cloud State University, or the researcher.
Contacts and Results: If you have any questions or concerns about this study, you can contact me at
rlhalley@stcloudstate.edu or my advisor at jfeller@stcloudstate.edu. If you would like to have a copy of
the results of this study, please let me know and I will send you a link to the final document once it is
done.
By stating “I consent to participate” you consent to the following items:
Mr. Halley has my permission to record video and audio from our interview.
Mr. Halley has my permission to use transcribed audio from the interview for research purposes
(e.g., publishing the study).
I understand that conducting the interview online might carry additional risks to confidentiality.
My consent applies to all elements in this consent form.
259
Appendix C: Qualitative Interview Questions
Interview Questions:
The final interview questions developed by the researcher and used in the study were:
12. What kinds of conversations do students have with you about bullying?
13. To what extend do you believe bullying occurs in your building, and if you encounter
bullying, what are the predominant types of bullying you encounter? Does this change by
grade level?
14. In your experience or opinion, would you say there are any specific population(s) that are
targets of bullying?
15. Are you aware of who the gifted students are in your district and how they are identified?
16. Do you believe gifted students are any more (or less) vulnerable to bullying than other
populations?
17. How confident are you that you are meeting the social and emotional needs of gifted
students when it comes to bullying prevention and intervention?
18. What specific strategies and anti-bullying programs do you utilize in your district to
address bullying?
19. Do you feel the intervention/prevention strategies and/or programs utilized by the
administrator have been effective with gifted students?
20. Do you feel counselors, teachers or administrators would be best suited for addressing
bullying with students? What makes you indicate or believe this?
21. How does your principal communicate bullying prevention policies? How often is this
communicated? Do you feel this is effective?
260
22. How often do you as a counselor receive training around bullying in your district? What
skills, strategies, curriculum or information do you feel is needed to effectively intervene
and prevent bullying for gifted students?
261
Appendix D: Example of Coding Journal for Theme Analysis
A. Possible
Theme
B. Evidence
found
C. Contradictions
or
Wonderments?
D. Agree or
Disagree with
theme?